Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutENFORCEMENT (2) PROJECT MANU/%L EMERGENCY GENERATOR PROJECT PROJECT #0994 San Joaquin Community Hospital 2615 Eye Streetv Bakersfield, CA 93303 OSHPD # HS-941218-15 Date: OCT 21, 1994 ~RCHITECT ~ Bar~ Mosesman, AI~ HFP Architects Montec~to~ CA 93108 S05/969-6888 F~ ~//~//#/~#~ Architect STRUCTU~L ENGINEER Brian L. Ward 2920 "H" Street, %307 Bakersfield~ CA 93301 s0~/~s-90~ ELECTRICAL ENGINEER J~es W. ~rah~ Interstate Engineering, Inc. 2727 N. Grove Industrial Drive Building %155, Suite B Fresno, C~ 93727 '' 209/453-9491 209/453-9525 FAX g~neer EE5101 FI~ PROTECTION EN~I~ER R. L. Hardcastle R. L. Hardcastle Company, Inc. 310 30th Street Bakersflel~, CA 93~01 8051322-9344 805/322-6816 F~ Engineer ~ A ~'P~OVED ~{ice o{ Sf~ew~de He~ Di~. Gf Fcci~ifles ~veiopme~ MAY 0 ~ I '9~ OSHPD ~PPROVRL ST~P San ~oaquin Community Hospital Emergenc~ Power Index of Specifications DIVISION 0 - BIDDING liND CONTRaCT REQUIREMENTS 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00030-1 - 00030-2 00100 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 00100-1 - 00100-4 00230 SITE DESCRIPTION 00230-1 00300 BID FORM 00300-1 - 00300-2 00430 SUBCONTRACTOR/FABRICATOR LIST 00430-1 - 00430-2 00500 AGREEMENT FORM 00500-1 - 00500-3 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700-1 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800-1 - 00800-5 DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1 - 01010-4 01018 FURNISHED HOSPITAL ITEMS 01018-1 01030 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-1 - 01030-2 01040 COORDINATION 01040-1 - 01040-2 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-1 - 01045-2 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01060-1 - 01060-3 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-1 - 01152-4 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-1 - 01153-2 '01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01200-~ - 01200-2- 01300 SUBMITTALS 01300-1 - 01300-3 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01400-1 - 01400-3 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01500-1 - 01500-4 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-1 - 01600-3 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 - 01700-5 DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02000 SITEWORK 02100 SITE PREPARATION 02100-1 - 02100-6 02151 SHORING AND BRACING 02151-1 - 02151-3 02200 EARTHWORK 02200-1 - 02200-8 '02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING 02221-1 - 02221-6 02520 CONCRETE PAVING 02520-1 - 02520-3 02585 RESTORATION OF SURFACES 02585-1- 02585-4 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03000 CONCRETE 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 - 03300-2 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04000 MASONRY 04200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04200-1 - 04200-6 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05000 METALS 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-1 - 05120-7 05320 METAL ROOF DECK 05320-1 - 05320-3 ~05400 COLD-FORMEDMETAL FRAMING 05400-1 - 05400-5 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS 05500-1 - 05500-7 DIVISION 6 - WOOD ~%ND PLASTIC 06000 WOOD AND PLASTIC 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-1 - 06200-4 ~06410 CABINETWORK 06410-1 - 06410-4 DIVISION 7 - THERM~L]%NDMOISTURE PROTECTION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07220 RIGID INSULATION 07220-1 - 07220-2 07270 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07270-1 - 07270-2 07410 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07410-1 - 07410-8 O7600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600-1 - 07600-3 ,O7900 SEALANTS 07900-1 - 07900-4 DIVISION S - DOORS ~%NDWINDOWS 08000 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08100-1 - 08100-3 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 08710-1 - 08710-5 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09000 FINISHES 09110 NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS 09110-1 - 09110-2 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220-1 - 09220-3 09250 GYPSUM~WALLBOARD 09250-1 - 09250-4 09900 PAINTING 09900-1'- 09900-7 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10000 SPECIALTIES 10210 METAL WALL LOUVERS 10210-1 - 10210-4 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE DI'VISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 - CONVEYIN~ SYSTEMS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 15 - MECH~NIC~L 15000 MECHANICAL 150'10 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-1 - 15010-11 15500 FIRE PROTECTION 15500-1 - 15500-10 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL SCOPE & GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-1 - 16010-6 16030 ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS 16030-1 - 16030-6 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16100-1 - 16100-12 16210 STANDBY GENERATOR 16210-1 - 16210-9 16260 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 16260-1 - 16260-4 16461 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16461-1 - 16461-2 16470 DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS 16470-1 - 16470-4 16471 PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHES 16471-1 - 16471-3 16500 LIGHTING 16500-1 - 16500-6 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00030 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed proposals will be received by the Engineering Department of the San Joaquin Community Hospital, Bakersfield, California, for the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to the erection of PROJECT NO. #0994 "' EMERGENCY POWER to the San Joaquin Community Hospital located at 2615 Eye Street, Bakersfield, California. Sealed bids will be received by the Engineering Department, 2711 Chester, Bakersfield, California until 3:00 o'clock P.M., at which time all bids will be publicly opened. The hospital will have forty (40) calendar days upon which to act on the bids. Each bid shall be in accordance with the Construction Documents prepared by HFP Architects, l16-K Middle Road, Montecito, CA 93108, and shall be submitted on forms contained in the Specifica- tions. Copies of the Documents are obtained at the Hospital Engineering Department, or the Architect's office, andare available to each qualified General Contractor. ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Section 00030-1 The Hospital reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding, or in any bid received. No bid shall be withdrawn for a period of forty (40) calendar days subsequent to the opening of bids without the consent of San Joa- quin Community Hospital, Bakersfield, California. Each bidder must be licensed by law. All bids are to be accompa- nied by a list of the principal subcontractors to be employed on the work. Minimum prevailing wage rates are required to be paid for each craft, classification, or type of workman needed to execute the Contract. Date: San Joaquin Community Hospital ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Section 00030-2 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00100 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS: The San Joaquin Community Hospital, Bakersfield, California, hereinafter called the "Owner", invites bids on the form to be obtained at the Engineering office of San Joaquin Community Hospital, 2711 Chester, Bakersfield, California. Bids will be received by the Owner at the aforesaid office until 3:00 o'clock P.M., , at which time all bids will be publicly opened. PREPARATION OF BID FORM: Bids mUst be submitted on the prescribed form. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in units, in both words and figures, with the lump sum for which the bid is made. The signature of all persons signing shall be in longhand. The completed form shall be without interlineations, alterations or erasures. All bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the out- side the name of the bidder, his address and the name of the project for which the bid is submitted. It is the sole responsi- bility of the bidder to see that his bid is received in proper time. Any bid received after the scheduled closing time for re- ceipt of bids will be returned to the bidder unopened. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless called for. No oral, telegraphic or telephone modifications will be considered. EXAMINATION OF SITE, EXISTING BUILDINGS & DOCUMENTS: Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work and fully acquaint him- self with conditions relating to the construction and labor so that he may fully understand the. facilities, difficulties and restric- tions attending the execution of the work under the contract. Bidders shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with the Docu- ments. The failure or omission of any bidder to receive or examine any form, instrument, addendum or other documents, or to visit the site and acquaint himself with the conditions there existing, shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation with respect to his bid or to the contract. The submission of a bid shall be taken as prima facie evidence of compliance with this section. Existing documents of previous development of the site and facilities are available for inspection of the hospital upon request. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Section 00100-1 WITHDRAWALS OF BIDS: Any bidder may withdraw his bid either per- sonally or by telegraphic or written request, at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. AGREEMENT: The form of Agreement, which the successful bidder, as contractor, will be required to execute, and are included in the Contract Documents and should be carefully examined by the bidder. The Agreement and the bonds will be.executed in four (4) original counterparts. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS: If any person comtemplating submit- ting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or omissions from the drawings or specifications, he may submit to the Architect a writ- ten request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation or correction of the proposed docu- ments will be made only by addendum duly issued and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. San Joaquin Community Hospital will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents. REQUIREMENTS: 1. The bidder's attention is specifically directed to the require ments of DivisiOn 00000 Bidding and Contract Requirements in- cluding General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions and to the requirements of Division 01000 General Requirements with reference to insurances and construction procedures for the Work. 2. It is the intention of~the Owner to maintain the hospital faci- Iities in operation during the execution of this contract and the Contractor must cooperate with the Owner's staff in sche- duling his work, and must carry on his work in such a manner as not to cause interruption of, or interference with, the opera- tion of the hospital (other than as herein provided) and not to cause damage or injury to persons or property in, on, or about the hospital and hospital grounds. 3. The Contractor for this work will be required to keep all driveways and roads on or providing access to hospital district property open at all times for the entrance and exit of all ve- hicular traffic. Except for walks and drives indicated as being relocated or removed, all others shall be made safe and accessible. Provide temporary facilities, barricades as re- quired for safety at all areas and also provide for legal or service egress and ingress at areas where work occurs or where drives and walks are relocated or removed. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Section 00100-2 4. It is the intention of the Owner that the contractors and sub- contractors for this work shall confine the construction acti- vities to the specific areas of construction work. No other' areas, interior or exterior, are to be used for the construc- tion activities of this contract without the consent and prior scheduling of the Executive Director. Upon completion of the work of this contract, the areas used for construction purposed shall be restored to an equivalent condition acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor and his employees and other persons in- volved, in the construction activities shall not part vehicles in any established hospital parking areas without consent of the Executive Director. 5. No hospital facilities shuch as cafeteria, toilets, telephones, equipment, or other facilities, my be used by persons engaged on the construction work. 6. The Contractor for this work will be responsible for all damage caused by his operations to the curbs, sidewalks, driveways and building interior and exterior surfaces and equipment. NOISE DURING CONSTRUCTION: The noise and vibration generated by the construction for this work may at times create a problem for the hospital. A low level of noise may be tolerated. In the event the noise produced by the construction work conflicts with the hospital procedures and purposes, the contractor shall be required to cease and reschedule his work. The Director of Facilities of San Joaquin Community Hospital shall be the sole judge of what constitutes tolerable noise levels and vibrations at any particular time and his decision shall be final. Any such decision must be reasonable under the circumstances. It is required of the Contrac- tor that agreement be secured from the Director of Facilities prior to scheduling any construction work project creating moderate to high levels of noise and vibrations if an ongoing work project becomes o'bjectionable to the Executive Director. Ail combustion- fired equipment, such as earth movers, compressors or other equip- ment shall be equipped with a suitable muffler. No jack hammers shall be allowed. REGULATION GOVERNING EXAMINATION OF EXISTING HOSPITAL FACILITIES: The examination of the existing facilities as they relate to the work of this contract, must be governed by the following regula- tions which must be observed by each bidder. 1. The exterior of the building may be examined at any time of the day. 2. The interior areas of the building may be examined during the hours between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. by appointment or by calling at the Office of the Director of Facilities, who will arrange for the bidder to be shown through the facilities by hospital personnel. This procedure must be observed by all INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Section 00100-3 bidders as unrestricted examination of the facilities will not be permitted. PERMITS: The Owner will obtain and pay for all permits required to construct the work. See Section 01018-1.06. SUBSTITUTIONS: Prequalification is required prior to bid receipt. See Section 01600-1.02. INDEMNIFICATION: The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. END OF SECTION INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Section 00100-4 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00230 SITE DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE A General Description 1.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A A portion of that certain property in Bakersfield, Cali- fornia, bounded by "H" Street, Chester Street, 26th Street and 27th Street containing San Joaquin Community Hospital B Area of Work is in the Northeast section of the site, near the corner of "H" Street and 27th Street END OF SECTION SITE DESCRIPTION Section 00230-1 DIVISION 00000'BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00300 BID FORM Name of Contractor License Number Phone Number BID FORM TO: San Joaquin Community Hospital 2615 Eye Street Bakersfield, CA 93303 Pursuant to and in compliance with your Advertisement for Bids and other documents relating thereto, the undersigned bidder, having familiarized himself with the terms of the Contract, the local conditions affecting the performance of the Contract, and the cost of the work at the place where the work is to be done, and with the Contract Drawings and Specifications and other Contract Documents, hereby proposes and agrees to perform within the time stipulated, the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, transportation and services necessary for and incidental to the construction of: PROJECT #0994 EMERGENCY POWER San Joaquin Community Hospital ~- 2615 Eye Street Bakersfield, CA -93303 for San Joaquin Community Hospital, Bakersfield, California, for the sum of: BASE BID: DOLLARS ($ ), the said amount constituting the Base Bid. DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE #1: DOLLARS ($ ), the said amount constituting the Deductive Al- ternate #1. DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE %2: DOLLARS ($ ), the said amount constituting the Deductive Al- ternate 91. BID FORM Section 00300-1 The undersigned has/have checked alI of the figures carefully and understands that the Owner will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making his bid. ADDENDA: I/We Acknowledge receipt of the following addenda: START AND COMPLETION OF WORK: The undersigned agrees to execute a Contract for the herein stated compensation, and to guarantee the completion of this work in Ninety (90) calendar days starting from the date of Notice to Proceed. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: It is agreed by and between the Owner and Contractor that in the event the project is not completed in the. time period specified by this Contract, it would be impractical or extremely difficult to fix the actual damages resulting from such delay and, therefore, Contractor agrees to pay to Owner as Liqui- dated Damages and not as a penalty, the sum of Four Hundred ($400.00) dollars per day for each day of delay which sum repre- sentsa reasonable endeavor by the parties hereto to estimate a fair compensation for the foreseeable losses that might result from a delay in completion of the project by Contractor. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, or waive any informalities in the bidding. It is agreed that this Bid shall remain valid and will not be withdrawn by the undersigned for a period of forty (40) calendar days from the date prescribed for the opening of this Bid and that the Owner may'reject any Alternative at the time of acceptance of the lump sum proposal. Dated Firm Name Official Address: By: Note: Bidders should not add any conditions or qualifying state- ments to this Bid, as otherwise the Bid may be declared irregular as being not responsive to the Advertisement for Bids. Attachment: Subcontractors/Fabricators List BID FORM Section 00300-2 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00430 SUBCONTRACTOR/FABRICATOR LIST A. The General Contractor is required to list each subcontractor or fabricator and list the place of business of each subcon- tractor and fabricator who will perform work or labor or render services to the bidder in connection with the work or improve- ment contemplated by this bed for the Portions of Work listed below. If the General Contractor itself intends to perform portions of the work listed below, it must list its own name in the space provided below as well as complete Section B below regarding qualifications. Portion of Work Name Place of Business 1. Concrete 2. Steel 3. CMU 4. Metal Roof 5. Miscellaneous Metals 6. Flashing & Sheet Metal 7. Doors & Hardware 8. Underground Tank 9. Studs/Gypboard/Stucco 10. Painting 11. Mechanical 12. Fire Protection 13. Plumbing 14. Electrical SUBCONTRACTOR/FABRICATOR LIST Section 00430-1 B. If the General Contractor intends to perform any portion of the work listed above, and there are qualifications for performing that ortion of work listed in the Specifications, the General Contrac- or is to list those qualifications in the space provided below. Use additional pages if necessary. SUBCONTRACTOR/FABRICATOR LIST Section 00430-2 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT This Agreement, effective the day of 1994, by and between San Joaquin Community Hospital, Bakerfield, Califor- nia, hereinafter called the "Owner", and hereinafter called the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the Owner and Contractor for the consideration stated herein agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. SCOPE OF WORK: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation and services, and shall per- form all work shown on Drawings or described in the Specifications necessary for the construction of PROJECT %0994 EMERGENCY POWER in strict conformance with the drawings and specifications prepared by HFP Architects and their consultants, including any and all addenda issued by the Architect prior to the opening of the bids, and in strict compliance with the Contract ·Documents. It is agreed that said labor, materials, equipment, transportation and services, shall be furnished and said Work 'shall be performed and completed and subject to the full acceptance.of the Owner or his authorized representative. ARTICLE 2. TIME FOR COMPLETION: The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced from the date of letter from the Owner with orders "to proceed". The Contractor agrees to complete the work within ninety (90) calendar days after date started. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: It is agreed by and betWeen Owner and Contrac- tor that in the vent the project is not completed in the time period specified by this Contract, it would be impractical or extremely difficult tO fix the actual damages resulting from such delay and, therefore, Contractor agrees to pay to Owner as Liqui- dated Damages and not as a penalty, the sum of $400 dollars per day for each day of delay which sum represents a reasonable endeavor by the parties hereto to estimate a fair compensation for the foresee- able losses that might result from a delay in completion of the project by Contractor. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT PRICE: The Owner shall pay the Contractor as full consideration for the faithful performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions, as provided in the Contract AGREEMENT Section 00500-1 Documents, the Contract price of : Base Bid: $ Deductive Alternate Bid #1 of $ Accepted Rejected Deductive Alternate Bid #2 of $ Accepted Rejected ARTICLE 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with and subject to the provisions em- bodied in the documents made a part of this Contract. Should any dispute arise respecting the true value of any work omitted or of any extra work which the Contractor 'may be required to do, or respecting the amount of any payment to the Contractor during the performance of the Contract, sai4 dispute shall be decided by the Architect and his decision shall be final and conclusive. ARTICLE 5. ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT: Final payment shall be due thirty-five (35) days after final completion, acceptance by the Owner and the date of recording of Notice of Completion. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection. The Architect will check all work completed and assure himself that the terms of the Contract have been reasonably satis- fied and then upon submission by the Contractor of certification' satisfactory to the Architect and Owner that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness.connected with the work have~ been paid, the Architect will issue the final Certificate of Payment. ARTICLE 6. COMPONENT PARTS" OF THIS CONTRACT: The Contract con- sists of the following documents, all of which are as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, or if not attached, as if hereto attached. Advertisement for Bids Information for Bidders Bid Form Agreement General Conditions Supplementary General Conditions Technical Specifications Technical Drawings Addenda IN WITNESS WHEREOF: Four (4) identical counterparts of this in- strument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an origi- nal thereof, have been duly executed by the parties hereinafter named, in the day and year first above written. AGREEMENT Section 00500-2 SAN JOAQUIN COMMUNITY HOSPITAL BAKERSFIELD, CALIFORNIA Owner Contractor By Authorized Representative Authorized Representative Date Date AGREEMENT Section 00500-3 DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AIA Document A201, 1987 edition modified, as attached, shall be the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Additional modifications are enumerated in Section 00800 Supplementary General Conditions. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Section 00700-1 T H E A M E' R I C''A 'N I N S T I T U T E 0 F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQ. UENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1 1. INSURANCE AND BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS. 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, © 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D,C., 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. AIA DOCOMF..NT A201 ,, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® ,~ © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1987 1 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work ......... 9.6.6, 9.9.3,12.3 Building Pcrmit .................................... 3.7.1 Acceptance of Work ........... 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1,9.10.3 Capitalization ....................................... 1.4 Access to Work ........................ .... 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion .................... 9.8.2 Accident Prevention .............................. 4.2.3, 10 Certiflcatea for Peyment ....... 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, Acts and Omissions . .. 3.2.1,3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.2, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 4.3.9, 8.3.1, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Certificatesoflnspection, Testing or Approval ..... 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Addenda ..................................... 1.1.1,3.11 Certificates of Insurance .................. 9.3.2,9.10.2, I 1.1.3 Additional Cost, Claims for ......... 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1,10.3 Change Orders ...... 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.8.2.4, 3.11, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, Additional Inspections and Testing ....... 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 7.1, 7,2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 1 1.3.1.2, Additional Time, Claims for ..... '. i ...... 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ....... 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Change Orders, Definition of ........................... 7.2.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid ................. ' .... ~ 1.1.1 Changee ........................................... 7.1 Aesthetic Effect ............................... 4.2.13,4.5.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK .... 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,10.1.3 Allowances ........................................ 3.8 Claim, Definition of ................................. 4.3.1 All-risk Insurance ................................. 11.3.1.1 Claims end Disputes ................ 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, Applications for Payment .. 4.2.5, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1,9.6.3, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Claims and Timely AsserUon of Claims ................ 4.5.6 Approvals .... 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, Claims for Additional Cost ........ 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1,10.3 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 ClalmsforAddltionalTime ............ 4.3.6,4,3.8, 4..3.9, 8.3.2 Arbitration ..................... 4.1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.4, 4.5, Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions ........... 4.3.6 8.3.1, 10.1.2, 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Claims for Damages...3.18, 4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Architect .......................................... 4.1 Claims Subject to Arbitration ................. 4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.5.1 Architect, Definition of ...............................4.1.1 Cleaning Up ................................... 3.15, 6.3 Architect. Extent of Authority ........ 2.4, 3.12.6, 4.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period .......... 13.7 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, Commencement ofthe Work, Conditions Relating to ....... 2.1.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 2.2.1, 3.2..1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1,3.10.1, 3.12.6. 4.3.7. 5.2.1. 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 9.2, I 1.1.3, I 1.3.6, 11.4.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . 3.3.3, 3.12.8, Commencement of the Work, Definition of ............... 8.1.2 3.12.1 I, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, Communications Facilitating Contract 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Administration ....................... '. 3.9.1, -~.2.4.5.2.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses .......... 2.4, 9.8.2, Completion, Conditions Relating to ....... 3.1 I, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 4.3.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5, 12.2.2. 13.7.1 Architect's Administration of the Contract .......... 4.2, 4.3.6, COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND ......................... 9 4.3.7, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5 Completion, Substantial ......... 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1,8.1.3, 8.2.3, Architect's Approvals 2.4,3.5.1,3.10.2,3.12.6,3.12.8,3.18.3,4.2.7 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work .... 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12A.2, 12.2.1 Compliance with Laws ...... 1.3,316,3.7,3.13,4.1.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, Architect's Copyright ..................... ~ ........ ;.. 1.3 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Architect's Decisions .......... 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11,4.2.12, 4.2.13, Concealed or Unknown Conditions ..................... 4.3.6 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, Conditions ofthe Contract .................. 1.1.1, 1.1.7,6.1.1 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Consent, Written .................. 1.3.1,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2, Architect's Inspections ........... 4.2.2, ~4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3,10.1.2, 10.1.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Architect's Instructions... 4.2.6,4.2.7, ,4.2.8,4.3.7,7.4.1,12.1, 13.5.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE Architect's Interpretations ................. 4.2.11,4.2.12, 4.3.7 CONTRACTORS .............................. 1.1.4, 6 Architect's On-Site Observations ........ 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, Construction Change Directive, Definition of .............. 7.3.1 9.5.1, 9.10. I, 13.5 Construction Change Directives .... 1. l.l, 4.2.8, 7.1, ?.3, 9.3.1.1 Architect's Project Representative ..................... 4.2.10 Construction Schedules, Contractor's ............... 3.10, 6.1.3 Architect's Relationship with Contractor ....... 1.1.2, 3'.2.1', 3.2.2, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts .: .............. 5.4 3.3.3.3..5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 3.12:11, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, Continuing Contract Performance ................. :.. 4.3.4 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Contract, Definition of ............................... 1.1.2 Architect's RelationshiD with Subcontractors .... 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 SUSPENSION OF THE .................. 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1,14 Architect's Representations ................. 9.4.2, 9.5.1,9. I O. 1 Contract Administration ..................... 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Architect's Site \'isits ........ 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2,9.5. l, Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to ...... 3.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 3.10, 5.2, 9.2, I 1.1.3, I 1.3.6. I 1.4.1 Asbestos .......................................... 10.1 Contract Documents, The ....................... 1.1, 1.2, 7 Attorneys' Fees ........................ 3.18.1,9.10.2, 1(1.1.4 Contract Documents, Copies Furnishe~l and Usc of... 1.3.2.2.5, 5.3 · Award of Separate Contracts ............................ 6.1.1 Contract Documents, Definition of ..................... 1.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contract Performance During Arbitration ............ 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Portions of the Woek .............................. 5.2 Contract Sum ................... 3.8, 4.3.6, 4.3.7.4.4.4, 5.2.3, Basic Definitions .................................... 1,1 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Bidding Requirements ................ 1.1.1, 1.1.7,5.2.1, 11.4.1 Contract Sum, Definition of ........................ ' .... 9.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance ..................... 11.3.2 Contract Time ................. 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, Bonds, Lien ...................................... 9.10.2 8.2.1, 8.3.1.9.7. 12.1.1 Bonds. Performance and Payment ..... 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Contract Time, Definition of .......................... 8.1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ® FOURTEENTH EDITION 2 A201,1987 AIA® · © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 CONTRACTOR ....................................... 3 Emergencies .. ................................ 4.3.7, 10.3 Contractor, Definition of ......... . ................. 3.1, 6.1.2 Employees, Contractor's .......... 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1,3.9, 3.18.1, Contractor's Bid .................................... 1.1.1 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules ............. 3.10, 6.1.3 Equipment, Labor, Materials and .......... 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, Contractor's Employees ....... 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1,3.9, 3.18, 4.2.3, 3.8.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, Il..1.1, 14.2,1.1 6.2.1, 7,3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Contractor's Liability Insurance ....................... 11,1 Execution and Progress of the WorR ....... 1. 1.3, 1.2.3, 3.2, 3.4.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 3.5.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, and Owner's Forces ...... 2.2.6, 3.12.5, 3,14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 12.2.5 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors ....... 1.2.4, 3.3.2, Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3,.5,4, 9.6.2, 11,3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Contract Documents .......................... 1.2; 3.7.1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect .... 1.1.2, 3.2.1,3.2.2, Extensions of Time ............. 4.3.1,4.3.8, 7.2. 1.3, 8.3.10.3.1 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.1 I, 3.12.8 3.16, 3..18, 4.2,3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, Failure of Payment by Contractor .............. 9.5.1.3, 14.2.;.2 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11,3.7, 12.1, 13.5 FailureofPayment by Owner ................ 4.3.7,9.7, 14.1.3 Contractor's Representations.. 1.2.2,3.5.1,3.12.7,6.2.2,8.2:1,9.3.3 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Contractor's Responsibility for Those Final Completion and Final Payment ........ 4.2.1,4.2.9, 4.3.2, Performing the Work ................. 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3, 10 4.3.5, g.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ...... 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner's ....................... 2.2. Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .................... ... 9.7 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ................... 11.3 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract .............. 14.I Contractor's Submittals ....... 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3, GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................ 1 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1,9.10.2, Governing Law .................................... 13.1 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) Contractor's Superintendent ...................... 3.9, 10,2.6 Hazardous Materials .... : ....................... 10. I, 10.2.4 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures ...... 1.2.4, Identification of Contract Documents ................... l 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 10 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............. -3.2. I Contractual Liability Insurance ................. 11.1.1,7, 11.2.1 Indemnification ....... 5.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.1 .o,. 11.3.l .2. l 1.3.7 Coordination and Correl'ation .............. '. 1.2.2, 1.2.4, 3.3.1, Information and Services Required of the Owner ..... 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 4.3.% 6.1.5, 6.1.4, 6.2.6, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications... 1'.3, 2.2.5, 3.11 · 9.10.3, 10. 1.4, 11.2, I 1.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Correction of Work ..................... 2.3, 2,4, 4.2.1,9.8.2, Injury or Damage to Person or Property ' ' 4.3,9 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7.1.3 Inspections ......................... 3.3.3, 3.3.4,3.7.1,4.2.2, Cost, Definition of i ........................... 7.3.6, 14.3.5 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Costs .... 2.4,3.2.1,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.8.1,5.2.3, Instructions to Bidders ............................... 1.1.1 6.1.1,6.2.3,6.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7,3.7,9.7,9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, Instructions to the Contractor .... 3.8.1,4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12.1, 13.5.2 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 12.2.5, 13.5, 14 Insurance ....... 4.3.9.6.1.1,7.3.6.4,9.3.2,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2, 11 Cutting and Patching ........................... 8,14, 6.2.6 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery .................... 11.3.2 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, Insurance, Contractor's Liability ...................... 11.1 6.2.4,9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Insurance, Effective Dateof ..................... 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Damage to the Work ..... 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.3 Insurance, Loss of Use ............................. l [.3.3 Damages, Claims for.. 3.18,4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5,8.3.2,9.5.1.2,10.1.4 Insurance, Owner's Liability .......................... 11.2 Damages for Delay .................... 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7 Insurance, Property ........................... 10.2.5,11.3 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of. ........ 8.1.2 Insurance, Stored Materials .................... 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of .............. 8.1.3 INSURANCE AND BONDS .............................. 11 Day, Definition of ............................... ;... 8.1.4 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy .. 9.9~ 1, 11.3.1.1 Decisions of the Architect ...... 4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.11,4.2.12, 4.2.13; Insurance Companies, Settlement with ................. l 1.3. tO 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, Intent of the Contract Documents ................ 1.2.3, 3.12.q. 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12..~.2.13, De¢isionatoWIthholdCertlficstion ...... i... g.$,9.7, 14.1.1.3 Interest ........................................... 13.$ Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and.Correction of ............ 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, Inte~retstlon ........ 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.$, 4.1.1, ~.3.1.5.1,6.1.2, 8.1.4 4.2.6,4.3.5,9.5.2,9.8.2,9.9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Interpretations, Written .................. 4.2.11. 4.2.12. -~.3.7 Defective Work, Definition of ......................... 3.5.1 Joinder and Consolidation of Ck~ims Required ............. a.5.6 Definitions ...... 1.1,2.1.1,3.1, 3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2, 3.12,3, a.l.l, Judgment on Final Award ................ -~ 5.1, -LS.-~. t, 4.5.7 4.3.1, 5.i, 6.1.2, 7:2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6; 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Labor and Materials, Equipment .... 1.1.3, 1.1.0,3.4, 3.5.1,3.8.2, Delaysand Extensions of Time .......... 4.3.1,4.3.8.1,4.3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.-~, 14 7.3.9, 8.1.1, 8.3, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Labor Disputes ..................................... 8.3.1 Disputes ............ 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,6.2.5,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.1.2 Laws and Regulations ....... 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, .L5.$, 4.5.7, Documents and Samples at theSite ...................... 3.11 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6 Drawings, Definition of .............................. 1.1.5 Liens .................. 2.1.2.4.3.2, 4.3.5.1,8.2.2, 9.3.3.9. IO.2 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of ..... 1.1.1, 1.3, Limitation on Consolidation or Jolnder ................ 4.5.5 2.2.5, 3.11, 5.3 Limitations, Statutesof ................... 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions ..... 3.2 Limitations of Authority .................... 3.3. i, 4.1.2, 4.2. I, Effective Date of Insurance ...................... 8.2.2, 11.1.2 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2, 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 AIA DOCUMENT A20t ~, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AL&® · © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1987 3 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violatee U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. Limitations of Liability ..... 2.3, 3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 3.17, 5.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, Awerd Separate Contracts ......................... 6.1 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work ................... 2,3,4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work ..................... 14.3 Limitations of Time, General ........... 2.2.1,2.2.4, 3.2.1,3.7.3, Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ................. 14.2 3.8.2, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.3.2, Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications 4.3.3, 4.3.4,4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, and Other Documents ................ 1.1.1,1,3, 2.2.5, 5.3 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13:7 Patching, Cutting and .......................... 3.14,6.2.6 Limitations of Time, Specific ......... 2.1.2, 2.2.1., 2 4,3 10,3.11, Patents, Royalties and .............................. 3.17 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.5, '5.4, 7.3.5, 7.5.9, 8.2, Payment, Applications tot ................ 4.2.5, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Payment, Certificates for ........... 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5, Material Suppliers .............. 1.3.1,3.12.1,4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, Payment, Failure.of .......................... 4.3.7, 9.5.1.3, Materials, Hazardous ........................... 10.1, 10.2.4 Payment, Final ............ 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, I 1.1.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, Payment Bond, Performance Bond and .............. 7.3.6.4, Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Payments, Progress .......................... 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, Procedures of Construction ........... 3.3.1,4.2.3, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 9.8.3, 9.10.3. 13.6, 14.2.3 Minor Changes in the Work .......... 1. I. 1,4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.1,7,4 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ......................9, 14 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................ 13 Payments to Subcontractors .................... 5.-t.2, 9.5.1.3, Modifications, Definition of ........................... 1.1 .I 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Modifications to the Contract ........... 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11, PCB .............................................. 10.1 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, .7, 8.3.1, 9.7 Performance Bond and Payment Bond ................. 7.3.6.4, Mutual Responsibility ................................ 6.2 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of .................. 12.3 Permlte, Fees and Notices ....... 2.2.3,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of ........ 2.3.1, PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ............ 10 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12, 13.7.1.3 Polychlorinated Biphenyl ............................. 10.1 Notice ............. 2.3, 2.4, 5.2.1,5.2.2, 3.7.3, 5.7.4, 3.9, 5.12.8, Product Data, Definition of ........................... 5.t2.2 3.12.9, 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, Product Date and Samples, Shop Drawings .... 3.11,3.12, 4.2.7 9.5.1,9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, Prograss and Completion ................... 4.2.2,4.3.4,8,2 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14 Progress Payments ............................ 4.3.4,9.3, Notice,~Written ............... 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 9.10, 'Project, Definition ofthe ............. ................ 1.1.4 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11,1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Project Manual, Definition ofthe ...................... 1.1.7 Notice of Testing and Inspections ................ 15.5.1, 13.5.2 Project Manuals .................................... 2.2.5 Notice to Proceed ................................... 8.2.2 Project Representatives .... ' ......................... 4.2.10 Notices, Permits, Fees and ...... 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4,10.2.2 Property Insurance ........................... 10.2.5, 11.3 Observations, Architect's On.Site ................. 4.2.2, 4.2.5, PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ............. 10 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Regulations and Laws ............ 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13,4.1.1,4.5.5, Observations, Contractor's ....................... 1.2.2,3.2.2 4.5.7, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Occupancy ......................... 9.6.6,9.8.1,9.9, 11.3.11 Rejection of Work '. ......... : .............. 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2 On-Site Inspections by the Architect .......... 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, Releases of Waivers and Liens ......................... 9. I 0.2 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 Representations ......................... 1.2.2, 3.5.1,3.12.7. On-Site Observations by the Architect ......... 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.5.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1,9.8.2, 9.10.1 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10. I, 13.5 Representatives ') .1.3.1 12.2, 13.5.2. 14.3.1 Resolutlon of Claimsand Disputes .................. 4.4,-i.5 OWNER ............................................. 2 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work ............ 3.3.2, Owner, Delinition of ................................. 2.1 Retainage ............... 9.3.1,9.6.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.3 Owner, Information and Services Required of the ........ 2.1.2, Review of Contract Documents and Field ' Owner's Authority ......... 5.8.1,4.1.5, 4.2.9, 5.2.1; 5.2.4, 5.4.1, Review of Contractor's Submittals by · Owner's~Financial Capability ................... 2.2.1, 14.1.1.5 4.2.7, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Owner's Liability Insurance .......................... 11,2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data Owner's Loss of Use Insurance ........................ 11.3.3 and Samples by Contractor ........................ 3.12.5 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors ......... ...... 1.1.2, Rights and Remedies ............. t .1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1,3.15.2, Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work ........ 2.4, 12.2.4, 14.2.2.2 . 10.3, 12._.7..2, 12.2.4, 13.4, t 4 Owner's Right to Clean Up ............................ 6.3 Royalties and Patents ...............................3.17 AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 4 A201-19~7 AIA® * © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Rules and Notices for Arbitration ...................... 4.5.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience ............. 14.3 Safety of Persons and Property ....................... 10,2 Suspension of the Work ............. 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 14.1. 1.4, 14.3 Safety Precautions end Programs ........... 4,2.3, 4.2.7,10,1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract ...... 4.3.7, 5.4.1. I, 14 Samples, Definition of .............................. 3.12.3 Taxee ...................................... 3,6, 7.3.6.4 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and ... 3.11,3.12, 4.2.? Termination by the Contractor ........................ 14.1 Samples at the Site, Documents and ................... 3.11 Termination by the Owner for Cause ............. $.-Ll.l, 14.2 Schedule of Values ..................... . .... .... 9,2, 9.3.1 Termination o f the Architect .......................... 4.1.3 Schedules, Construction .............................. 3.10 Termination o f the Contractor ........................ 14.2.,. Separate Contracts and Contractors .......... 1.1.4, 3.1'4.2, 4.2.4, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ...... 14 4.5.5, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2,5 Testa and Inspections ..... 3.3.3,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2, 12.2.1,13.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of ......................... 3.12.1 TIME ............................................... 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .... 3.11,3.12, 4.2.7 Time, Delays and Extensions of .............. 4.3.8, 7.2.1,8.3 Site, Use of .............................. 3.13, 6.1.1,6.2.] TimcLimits, Specific ......... 2.].2, 2.2.1,2.4, 3.10.3.1 l, 3.15.1, Site Inspections ... 1,2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.8.2, 9.10.1, 13,5 4.2.1, 4.2.1 l, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1. Site Visits. Architect's .................. 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, I 1.1.3. I 1.3.6. I 1.3. I0, 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9,2,9.10.1, 13.5 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.($. 13.-. Iq Special Inspections and Testing .............. 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5 Time [.imits on Claims ......... 4.3.2, 4.3,3, 4.3.0. -~.3.9. -~.-~. -~.'~ Specifications, Definition of the ....................... 1.1,6 Title to Work ................................. ~).3.2. Specifications, The .......... 1.1.1.1.1,6, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3, 3.11 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ............. 12 Statutes of Limitations .................... 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6. 13.7 Uncovering of Work ........................ 12.1 Stopping th~- \%irk ............ 2.3, 4.3.7.9.7, IO.I.2, 10.3, 14.1 Unforeseen C~nditions .................. q.3.(~.,'-;.3.1. 1o.I. Stored Materials ........... 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, I 1.3.1.4, 12.2.4 Unit Prices ................................ -. 1 .-t, -.3.3 Subcontractor. Definition of ........................... 5.1.l Use of Documents ................ 1.1. I. 1.3.2.2.5.3.12.-, 5.3 SUBCONTRACTORS .................................. 5 Use of Site .............................. 3.13, 6.1.1. O.2.l Subcontractors, Work by .................. 1.2.4,3.3.2,3.12.1, Values, Schedule of ............................ 9.2,9.3.1 4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Waiverof Claims: FInalPayment ........... 4.3~5,-~.~,,1,9.1o.3 Subcontractual Relations .............. 5.3, 5.4, 9.3. 1.2, 9.6.2, Waiver of Claims by the Architect ......... '. ............ 13.4.2 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3.7, 11..3.8, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Waiver ofClaimsby the Contractor ......... c).10.4, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 Submittals ......... 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.1 O, 3.11,3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1,5.2.3, Waiver of Claims by the Owner .............. -~.3.'~, 4.'3.1, 9.9.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 9.10.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 Subrogation, Waivers of ................. 6.1.I, I 1.3.5, '~1.3.7 Waiver of Liens .................................... 9.1.0.2 SubstantialComplefion ......... i... 4.2.9,4.3.5.2,8.1..I,8.1.3, WaiversofSubrogation ............ ....... 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Warranty and Warranties ......................... 3.5, 4.2.9, Substantial Completion, Definition of .................... 9.8.1 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9. I, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Substitution of Subcontractors .................... 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Weather Delays ................................... 4.3.8.2 Substitution of the Architect ........................... 4.1.3 When Arbitration May Be Demanded .................. 4.$.4 Substitutions of Materials ...................... ' ....... 3.5.1 Work, Definition of ................................. I. 1.3 Sub-subcomractor. Definition of ....................... 5. 1.2 Written Consent .............. 1.3. l, 3. i 2.8, 3.14.2, -i. 1.2, ~.3.4, Subsurface Conditions ............................... 4.3.6 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.1(I.2, 9.111.3, 10.1.2, 1O.l.3, Successoraand Assigns ............................ 13.2 I 1.3.1, 11.3.1.'h I 1.3.11, 13.2. 13.4.2 Superintendent ............................... 3,9, 10.2.6 Written Interpretations ................... 4.2.1 l, -t.2.12,-~.3.7 Supervision and Construction Procedures ...... 1.2.4, a.a, 3.4, Written Notice ........... 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9.4.3. 4.2.3, 4.3.~, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 10, 12, 14 . 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.~, 5.4.1.1,8.2.2, 9.4.1,9.~.1.9.". 9.1(1. lO.I.2, Surety. .............. ~.4.1,4.4.4, 5.4.1;2, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2. 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Surety, Consent of ....................... 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Written Orders .............................. 2.3.3.9. -t.3.'7, Surveys ..................................... 2.2.2,'3.18.3 -7.8.2.2. 11.3.9. 12.1. 12.2. 13.5.2. 1~,.3.1 ] AIA'DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS O~ THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AiA® · ~ 1987 TIlE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20000 A201-1987 5 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 ment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), 1.'2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract cation is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- ments upon request. both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the sentation that the Contractor has visited the site, become famil- Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other Jar with local conditions under which the Work is to be per- documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or formed and correlated personal obserx, ations with require- invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the ments of the Contract Documents. Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. mentary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, required only to the extent i:onsistent with the Contract Docu- representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Con- ments and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The to produce the intended results. Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Con- 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub- and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contract in. tended to facilitate performance of the words which have well-known technical or construction indus- Architect's duties, try meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- 1.1.3 THE WORK ance with such recognized meanings. The term "Work" means the construction and services 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OFARCHI~'ECT'S required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, DOCUMENTS equipment and services provided or to be provided by the 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents Contractor to fulfill the ContraCtor's obligations. The Work prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. service through which the Work to be executed by the Con- 1.1.4 THE PROJECT tractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub- The Project is the total construction of which the Work per- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other part and which may include construction by the Owner or by documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise separate contractors, indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the tract .Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted showing 'the design, location and dimensions of the Work, for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared ules and diagrams, by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contrac-' tor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS to be used by the Contractor 'or any Subcontractor, Sub- The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents ' subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the .&,IA DOCUMENT A201 · GENEP~L CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 6 A201-1987 AIA® · ~) 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and ments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors of permanent Structures or for permanent changes in existing and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited facilities. license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their be famished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, 2.2.$ Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in con- Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication execution of the Work. in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- rights, sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those 1.4 CAPITALIZATION in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of nam- I I (Insurance and Bonds). bered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subpara- 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to cot'rect Work which is not in documents published by the American Institute of Architects. accordance with the requirements of thc Contract Documents 1.5 INTERPRETATION as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carD' out 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents fee- ' Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, quently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and arti- by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so cles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- article is absent from one .statement and appears in another is tor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- ARTICLE 2 tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. OWNER 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.1 DEFINITION 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in Work in accordance with the Cotltract Documents and }'ails the Agreement and is referred to throughout the. Contract within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner to commence and continue correction of such the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative, default or neglect with diligence and promptness, tile Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and seven-day period. If the Contractor within such second seven- relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or day period after receipt of such second notice l~tils to com- entk)rce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a mence :md continue to correct any deficiencies, thc Owner correct statement of tile record legal title to the property on m:ly, xx'itllt)ttt prejudice to ()tiler remedies tile t)wner re:iv which tile Project is located, usually referred to as tile site, and have, correct such deficiencies. In such case :t,1 appropriate the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Change Order shall bc issued dcductillg'from payments then or Agreement and, within five days after any change, information thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deft- of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded, ciencies, including compensation for thc Architect's :ldditional services and exp~nses made necessary by such default, neglect 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to REQUIRED OF THE OWNER the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of thc Archi- tect. If payments then or thereafter due tile Contractor are not 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay tile to execution of the Agreement'and promptly from time to time difference to the Owner. thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence-that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. [Note: Unless such reasonable ARTICLE 3 eridence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the Agreement or to commence the Work.] CONTRACTOR 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys .describing physical 3.1 DEFINITION characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such of the Project, and a legal description of the site. in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assess- representative. AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH ~.DI'I'ION AiA® · c~ 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENL;E. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C 2ooo() A201-1987 7 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND 3.5 WARRANTY FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect'that 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and .compare the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be Contract Documents with each other and with information of good quality and new unless other~,ise required or permit- furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and ted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsis- Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these require- tencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the merits, including substitutions not properly approved and Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Con- warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by tractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves abuse, modifications nbc executed by the Contractor, improper a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contrac- wear and tear under normal usage. If required by thc Architect. tot shall assume appropriate .responsibility for such perfof the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidenct' as t,) tile kind mance and shall bear an appropriate, amount of the attributable and quality of materials and equipment. costs for correction. 3.6 TAXES 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and yetiS' 3.6.1 Tile Contractor shall pa}' sales, consumer, use and similar field conditions and shall carefully compare such field mea- taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Con- surements and conditions and other information known to the tractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall scheduled to go into effect. be reported to the Architect at once. 3.7 .PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pur- 3.7,1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and suant to Paragraph 3.12. other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, and which are legally required when bids arc received or ncgo- using tile Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor clarions concluded. shall be solely responsible for and have control over construc- tion means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Con- required by laws, ordinances, rules, regtllations and klWfUl tract, unless Contract Documents give other specific' i,lstruc- orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the lions concerning these matters. Work. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner k)r acts 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that and omissions of tile Contractor's employees. Subcontr:tctors the Contract Doct, ments are in accordance with :lpplicable and their agents and employees, and other persons performing laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes. ;.{nd ri,les and reguta- portions of tile Work under a contract with the Contractor. lions. However, il' thc Contractor observes ti\at portions of tile Contract Documents are at variance tllerewith, tile Ct),ltractor 3.3.3 'File Contractor shall not bt: relieved ofobligation.~ to per- shall promptly notih,, the Architect and Owner in writing, and form the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents ' ' necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate rather By activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's Modification. administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work k,lowi,lg it to l~e con- Contractor. trary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, 3.3.4 The Contractor sha!l be responsible for inspection of por- the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work lions of Work already performed under this Contract to deter- and shall bear the attributable costs. mine that such portions are in proper condition to receive sub- sequent Work. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equip- persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor ment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, shall not be required to employ persons or entities against heat, utilities, transportation, and otheL facilities and services which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorpo- 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: rated or to be incorporated in the Work. .1 materials and equipmefit under an allowance shall be 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the order among the Contractor's employees and other persons Work; carrying ()ut the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit .2 allowances shall cover tile cost to thc Contractor of employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks materials and equi.pment delivered at thc rotc and all assignttd to thefn, recluired taxes, less applicable Italic dtsc(~tulIs: I AIA DOCUMENT A201 ,, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 8 A201-1987 'AiA® ° ~) 1987 THE ANIERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK A\'ENUE, N,\'('.. \VASI~IIN(;TON. DC. 2(IOo6 .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes site, labor, installation costs, Overhead, profit and to conform to the information given and the design concept other expenses contemplated for stated allowance expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7.. not in the allowances; 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in tractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. required by the Contract Documents may be returned without 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT action. 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of thc Work dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the requiring submitral and review of Shop Drawings, Product Project site during performance of the Work. The superinten- Data, S:u'nples or similar submittals until the respective submit: dent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given r,d has been approved by the Architect. Such Worl~ shall be in to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- accordance with approved submittals. tractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product written request in each case. Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or 3,10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Con- will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information tract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's contained within such submittals with the requirements of tile information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. Work and of the Contract Documents. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility required by the conditions of the Work'and Project, shall be for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data. tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practi- Samples or similar submittals unless tile Contr:lctor has calale execution of the Work. specific:lily informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of subnlittal and the Architect has given written 3.10.~ The Contractor shall prepare trod keep current, for the approval to the specific deviation. The Coc~tractor shall taot Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordl- relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- naiad with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows lugs, Product Data, S:unples or simiktr submittals by thc Archi- the Architect reasOn:lble time to review submittals, feet's al'~proval thereof. 3.10.3 Th¢ (X)ntractD,' shall confornl to the most recent 3.12.9 Thc Contractor sllall direct specificaucnm,n, m writiqg scheclulcs, or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data. Samples or 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE similar submittals, to revisions otllcr than those rc(.lucsted by the Architect im prevkms sttbmittals. 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner ()ne record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, 3.12.10 hlfornlatio~l;fl submittals upon which tile Ardlitect Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and not expected to take responsive .qctioH may bc so idcHtificd itl 0 marked currently to record changes and selections made during the Contract Docume~3ts, construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- 3.12.11 When professkmal certification of performance criteria act Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Archi- ' Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work, accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES cations. 3.12.1 Shop Drawings arc drawings, diagrams, schedules and 3.13 USE OF SITE other data specially prepared fi)r the Work by the Contractor or 3.13.1 Tile Contractor shall confine operations at the site to a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or areas permitted by law, ordinances, pernlits and tile Contract distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber thc site with 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- materials or equipment· formance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials 3.14.1 The C(mtractor shall be responsible for caning, fining or equipment for some portiere t)f thc Work. or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts 3.12.3 Samples are physical, examples which illustrate fit together properly. materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which thc Work will lae judged. 3.14.2 Thc Contractor shall not damage or end:roger :, portion · of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of tile S.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar sub- Owner or separate contractors by cutting, p:itchi~lg or other- initials are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their sub- wise altering such construction, or by excavation. The (2 mitac- initial 'is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for tor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by thc AIA DOCUMI=NT ~201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION AiA'~ · 'c~ 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2001}0 .o,201-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subiect to legal prosecutien. Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, not be unreasonably w{thheld. The Contractor shall not unrea- opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifica- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the tions, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or Comractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or 3.15 CLEANING UP failure to give is the primary cause of the injury, or damage. 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- ing area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the ARTICLE 4 Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 4.1 ARCHITECT 3.15.2 If the Contractor falls to clean up as provided in the 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture iden- thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. tiffed as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever representative. located. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority (~f the 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unrea- The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of sonably withheld. patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, such defense or loss when a particular design, process or prod- the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- uct ora particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has rea- the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect· son to believe that the required design, process or product is an 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for shall be subject to arbitration. such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Archi- Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- time to time during the correction period described in Para- lng but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting graph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, dam- Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the age, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible prop- unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance erty (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting with other provisions of the Contract. therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicat- indemnified hereunder. Such obligation ~hall not be construed lng that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections described in this Paragraph 3.18. to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on- site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a guard the Owner against defects arid ~ieficiencies in the Work. Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts thc}, may be liable, the indemnifica- 4.2,3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of:md tion obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by will not be responsible for construction means, methods, a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor and programs in connection with the Work, since these are under workers' or workmen'~ compensation acts, disability solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph benefit acts or other employee benefit, acts. 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Archi- of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Con- AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS oF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION o FOURTEENTH EDITION '10 A201-1987 AiA® ° © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.\V., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed ohotocoovlno vlrtl~t~.,= I ! ~ ~.~..1~, i~,,,~ ~.-,~ ~ -,,~,;~* .~ ~~-~ ....... .:~- tractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, other persons performing portions of the Work. responsibilities and limitations of. authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- rated in the Contract Documents· lion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially autho- 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communi- lng performance under and requirements of the Contract cate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Documents on written request of either the Owner or. Contrac- Architect's consultants shall be through the A~'chitect. Commu- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within separate contractors shall be through the Owner. which interpretations required of the Architect shall be fur- 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of nished irt compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.8 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of lion of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or comp. leteci, will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so ~owever, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision rendered in good faith. made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi- 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic tect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons perform- Contract Documents. ing portions of the Work. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustmenl or interpre- limited purpose of checking for conformance with information ration of Contract terms, payment of n~oney, extension t)f time given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Docu- or other relief with respect to the terms of the Uontract. The ments. The Architect's action will be taken with such reason- term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- able promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the lion between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relat- activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, ing to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals party making the Claim. is not conducted for the'purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A alert- responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract sion by tee Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4,4, shall Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit- be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless' otherwise of(l) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been corn- methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's pleted. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in assembly of which the item is a component, the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decisio,~ 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construe- within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take tion Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct' inspections to determine the been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final mechanic's lien. completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party n~ust be documents required by the Contract and assembled by the made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims · must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will pro- after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. AIA DOCUMENT A20t · GENERAL CONE)ITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® ~' © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1987 11 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopy!ng violatea U.S. copyright laws and is subiect to legal prosecution. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make scheduled construction. payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the except those arising from: other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances aris- such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or lng out of the Contract and unsettled; damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable of the Contract Documents; or the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for addi- .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract tional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall Documents. be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES ditions are encountered at the site which are (11 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materi- 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or. (2) the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt ora unknown physical con.ditions of an unusual nature, which dif- Claim: (11 request additional supporting data from the claimant, fee materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- recognized as inherent in construction activities of the tect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of by the observing party shall be given to the other party the Claim by the other party or (5)suggest a compromise.-The promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Archi- any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. tect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prep:ire or cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the obtain appropriate documentation. Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making tile Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that Claim shall, within ten days after thc Architect's preliminary the conditions at the site are not materially different from those response, take one tlr more of the folh)wing :~c'lions: ( I I suhmit indicated in thc Contract Documents and that no change in the additional supporting dat:l requested bx" thc Archile~'t. (21 terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so noti~' the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons, modify the initial Claim or (3) noti~' the Architect that the initial Claim stands. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, requested by the Architect, the Architect will noti~' the parties the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within ruination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on tile · 4.4. parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice written decision relative to the Claim, including any change i,a as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, emergency endangering life or property arising under Para- the Architect may, but is not obligated to, noti~' tile surety and graph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. involved for reasons including but not limited to (11 a writt&n interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to 4.5 ARBITRATION stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a writ- 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. m~y ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- controversy or Claim arising ()ut of or related to thc Coqtract, tect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of tile or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accor- Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other dance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the r.easonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordaqce with the ~Jllerican Arbitration Association, and judgment upon thc procedure established hereiq, aw:ltd rendered by tile arbitrator or arbitrators mztv bc ctltcrcd 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time i,l any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies tlr Claims rehlting to aesthetic effect aqd except th~'~sc waived as 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be provided for in St, bparagraph ~.3.5. Such controversies or given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall bc subject to case of a continuing delay only ()ne Claim is necessary, arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration · may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in P:lragraPh .~.3 for additional time. such Claim shall be documented by data and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE C(~NTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" FOURTEENTH EDITION 12 A201-1987 AIA® * © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., ',X:ASHINGTON. D.C. 20000 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal larosecution. 4.5.2 Rules and Notices {,or Arbitration. Claims between the 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4,4 shall, files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra- by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry tion is permitted to be demanded. When a party tails to include Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, rently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, Notice of demand for. arbitration shall be filed in writing with the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Con- 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award.' The award rendered by the tractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration. During arbi- having jurisdiction thereof. tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 'ARTICLE 5 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbi- tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the SUBCONTRACTORS date on which the Architect has rendered 'a final written deci- 5.1 DEFINITIONS sion on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the partieshave pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final contract with the Contractor to. perform a portion of the Work written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout described in Subparagraph 4.3,2. the Contract Documents as if singular in number and me:ms a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of tile Subcon- 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) tractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or emitv who has a the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in portion of the Work at the site· The term ",'.;uh-suhcc~ntractor" the Architect's decision becoming fic~a[ and binding' upon the is ret~:rrcd to throughout thc Cotltract l)ockt{~tct~t.~ zts it singular Oxx-~er and.Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after itl ~umber and illealls a Sub-subco~tractor or an authorized arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may representative of the. Sub-subcontractor. be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration pro- ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER concerned. CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as prac- limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause ticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to -L5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable th~ Owner through the Architect the names of persons or enti- time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made ties (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment after thc date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal pi Jr- based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute tion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply ti) thc Con- of limitations as determined pursuan't to Paragraph 13.7. tractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice ()f no reason- include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, able objection. the Architect. the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- ment and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and an), son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rca- other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall sonable and timely objection. Tile Contractor shall not bc include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, required to contract with anyone to whon~ thc (~onlr:l{.'tot' h:.ts parties other than the Owner. Contractor, a separate contrac, made reasonable objection. tor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity proposed by the Contractor. thc (]ontract(ir person or entity other than tile Owner, Contractor or a separate shall propose another to ~.vhe)lll thc Owner ~)~' Arc'hitter has no contractor a.s described in Article 6 shall be included as an orig- reasonable objection. Thc Contract Sum sh'.dl bc incrc;~scd or inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose decreased by tile differe:lCC in cost occasioned by such change interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration and an appropriate Change Order shall be issuccl. Hoxvevcr, involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute increase in the Contract Sui'n shall be lib)wed for such change consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in a person or entity not named or described therein. The lore- submitting names as required. going agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under appli- or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof, reasonable objection to such change. AIA OOCUMI::NT Aa01 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ,~ FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA$ * & 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C, 20000 A201-1987 1 a WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is sublect to legal prosecution. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate con- to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- tractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ments, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcon- deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. tract agreement shall preserve and protect the ~rights of the The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules Owner-and Architect under the Contract Documents with to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the respect to the Work to be performed by the Subdontractor so Owner until subsequently revised. that ~ubcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided 6.1.4.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, otherwise in the subcontract agreement; the benefit of all when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-sub- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- and 12. posed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate con- lions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents ties and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's con- available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. struction and operations with theirs as required by thc Contract Documents. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper assigned by the Contractor to the'Owner provided that: execution or results upon construction or operations by the .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to graph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcon- construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper tractor in writing; and execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sepa- .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, rate contractors' completed or partially completed construction if any. obligated under bond relating to the Contract. is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, defects not then reasonably discoverable. the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsi- ARTICLE 6 ble therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrong- CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER fully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially eom- OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate and to award separate contracts in connection with other pot- contractor has reciprocal obligations. lions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the similar to these including those portions related to insurance same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided else- 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP where in the Contract Documents. 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate con- 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different pot- tractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their lions of the Project or other construction or operations on the respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surround- site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each ing area free from waste materials' and rubbish as described in case shall mean the Contractor .who executes each separate Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost Owner-Contractor Agreement. among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 14 A201-1987 AIA® · © 198,7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20OOG WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. coDyrlaht laws and ia subieet ARTICLE 7 .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percent- CHANGES IN THE WORK age fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.1 CHANGES 7,3,4 Upon rcccipt of a Construction Change Directive, thc 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after exccu- Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in thc tion of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among 7.8.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change toe indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, includ- Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and lng adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- minor chang~ in the Work may be issued by the Architect tire immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. alone. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond 'promptly or disagrees 7.1.8 Changes in the Work shall be performed under appli- with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the cable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contrac- method and the adiustment shall be determined by the Archi- toe shall proceed promptly, unlcs~ otherwise provided in the tect on the basis of reasonable, expenditures and savings of Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a those performing the Work attributable to the change, includ- minor change in the Work. lng, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum. :1 reasonable 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or allowance for overhead and proilt. In such case. and also under subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con- form as tile Architect may prescribe, an itemized :,ccou,ating struction Change Directive that application of such unit prices together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity provided in the Contract Documents, costs for th& purposes of to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: equitably adjusted. .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the compensation insurance; Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- stating their agreement upon all of the following: lng cost of transportation, whether incorporated or .1 a change in the Work; consumed; .2 the amount of the adjustment in th'e Contract Sum, if .8 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of any; and hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or .8 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if others; any. .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the '/.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments ~o the Contract Work; and Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. .5 additional costs of supervision and field office person- 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES nel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order pre- 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost ltl thc ()whet, pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for amounts not in dispute may be included itl Applications for Payment. The ;maount of credit to be allowed hy thc Contr:lc- adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or for to the Owner for a deletion or Change which results in a ,lei both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual ,act cost a.~ con- ~,'ithout invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits within the general scope of the Contract consisting of addi- tions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con- covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a tract Time being adjusted accordingly, change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the 7.8.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, 7.8.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based for determination. on one of the following methods: 7.8.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the deter- .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized mination made by the Architect concerning the adiustntents in and supported by sufficient substantiating data to per- the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agree- mit evaluation; ment upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or sub- immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and cxecu- sequently agreed upon; tion of an appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® * © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 200(K) A201-1987 15 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE 9 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the 9.1 CONTRACT SUM intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, includ- and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written ing authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor.for performance of the Work under orders promptly, the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor TIME shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and sup- 8.1 DEFINITIONS ported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period may require. This schedule, unless objected to b.,,! the Architect, of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applica- tract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. tions for Payment. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the' Work is the date 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed 9.3.1 At lea.st ten days before the date established for each by tile failure to act of thc Contractor or of persons or entities Ilrogrcss payment, tile Contractor shall submit to thc Architect for whom tile Contractor is responsible, an itemized Applicatio,~ for Payment for operatio,~s completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified shall be notarized,' if required, and supported by sucll data b.x~ tile Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- account of changes in the Work which have been properly tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet for performing the Wo?k. included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pay- 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- merit or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely-corn- merit of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a mence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the reason. Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in tile Contract Doct,ments, be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed delivered and suitably stored at tile site for' subsequent incor- given by the Owner. the Contractor shall notify the Owner in potation in the' Work: If approved in advance by tile Owner, writing not less than five days or other agreed period before payme,~t may similarly be made for materials and cciuipment commencing tile Work to permit tile timely filing of mortgages, suit:filly stored off tile site at a location agreed up~)n in writing mechanic's liens and ()tiler security interests, l)a\'m~.qli for materials and equipment stored on or off thc site 8.2.3 Thc Comractor sllall proceed expeditiously with adc- sh:dl bc co,lditioned upo,1 compliance by thc C()ntractt~r with quart forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within procedures satisfactory to th~ Owner to establish tile ()wner's the C()ntract Time. title to such materials arid equipment or otherwise protect tile Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME storage and transpbrtation to the site for such materials and 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time itl progress of the equipment stored off the site. W~)rk bv an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by empk)yee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than tile Owner, or by changes ordered in tile Work, or by labor the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the causes which tile Architect determines may justify delay, then Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in reasonable time as the Architect ma5, determine. .favor of the Contractor, Subcotatractors, material suppliers, or 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made'itl accordance with other persons or entities making a clairol by reason of having applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of dam- 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of tile Contract Documents. Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the AIA DOCUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ~' (OURTEENTII EDITION 16 A201-1987 AIA® * © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1'~3~3 NE\V YORK AVENUE. NW., WASHINGTON. DC 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contrac- 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly removed, certification will be made for amounts previously due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the withheld. Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in 9,6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the representation by the Architect to th& Owner, based on the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the the Architect. Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the 9.6.2 The COntractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowl- upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the :unount edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accor- paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por- dance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing represents- lion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is lions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments with the Contract Documents upqn Substantial Completion, to to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completiota with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor Ii) and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. Thc payments to Sub-subcontractors in simil:lr manner. issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the 9.6.~ The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Pay- tor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of com- ment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) pletion or an~ounts applied for by the Contractor and action made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of poe- quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction tions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner ' to substanti.~te the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made except as may otherwise be required by law. exanlinatioi~ to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- · 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner toe has used money previously paid on account of the Contract similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2.9.6.3 and 9.(~.-~. Sum. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION or entire use or occupancy of the Project by tile Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the 9.5.1 Thc Architect may decide not to certify payment and Contract Documents. may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT thc extent reasonably necessary, to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations t0 the Owner required 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate roi Payment. by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is through nc) fault of the Contractor, within seven days after unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the receipt of thc Contractor's Application for Payment, tlr il' thc Architect will noti~' the Contr:lctor and Owner :ks provided in Owner does not pa)' the Contrac.tor within seven days :~ftcr the Subparagr:~ph 9.4.1. If tile Contractor and Architect callll{It date established in thc Contract Doct,m¢~,~ts thc :m~t,unt cc,'- agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a tided by thc Architect or aw:reded by :lrbitration. then the Con- Certificate for Payment for the amount for which thc Architect tractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice rtl thc is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Archi- Owner anti Architect, stop the Work until payment of tile tect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of amount owing has been received. The Contract Time sh:lll be subsequently discoveredevidenceorsubsequentobservations, extended apprt)priately and the Contract Sum shall may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonahle costs of previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary, in the shut-down, delay and start-up, which shall be accomplished as Architect's ()pinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: provided in Article 7. 9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION .1 defective Work not remedied; 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicat- Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- lng probable filing of such claims; ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents · .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or use. equipment; ~.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a poe- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- tion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be eom- or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- pleted within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid plete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on balance wot,id not be adequate to cover actual or such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance ments. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, thc Architect will with thc Contract Documents. make :tn inspection to determine whether the \'('ork (ir desig- AIA DOCUMENT A~01 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® * & 198' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHING'YON. I).C. 20(RX) A201-1987 1 ? WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is sub}ect to legal prosecution. hated portion thereof is substantially .c°mplete' If the such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work accept- Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance formed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contrac- Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, tor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Com- information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's pletion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial ments and tfiat the entire balance found to be'due the Contrac- Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is tor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Sub- representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as stantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, have been fulfilled. damage tt) the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaini,lg retained accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Con- percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to tract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sub- responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) mitred to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- · have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a'certificate evidenc- tance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. lng that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will 9.8.$ Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written certificati(Sn by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or por- that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period tion ~hereof as provided in the Contract Documents. · required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE an}', to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as 9.{}.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par- receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests tially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- in such form as maT' be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- toe, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the tractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the. insurer as required under Subparagraph I 1.3.11 and authorized Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to thc by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such Owner to indemnify the Owner against such li~n. If such lit:n partial occup;.incy or use may commence whether or not the remains unsatisfied after payments arc ill:.lde, the Contractor portion is sul~stantiallv complete, proi.,ided the Owner and shMI refund to the Owner all money that tile Oxvncr may be Contraclor have accepted in writing the responsibilities compelled to pa}' in discharging such lien, including all costs assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, secu- and reasonable attorn~:ys' lees. ritv malr~tenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insur- ' ance. and have agreed in writing concerning the period for cdr- 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work. final com- rection of the Work and commencement of warranties pletion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall completion, and the 'Architect so confirms, the Owner shall. prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial ·ecu- Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment pancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not Milt, com- ment between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is pleted or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Con- reached, by decision of the Architect. tract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, tile written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that por- 9~9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the tion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submit- Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area ted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and determine and record the condition of the Work. conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall 9.9.8 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Sub- of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute accep- paragraph 4.3.5. tance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10.¢ Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor. a Sub- 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready and identified by that payee as unsettled at the ti,lac of final for final inspection and acceptance, and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. AIA DOCUM£NT ~,g.01 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ,, FOURTEENTH EDITION 18 A~0~-~987 AIA® ~©~987THEAMER~CAN~NST~UTE~FARCH~TE~TS.~735NEWY~RKAVENUE~N.W.~WASH~NGT~N.~)~C~2~(~ ARTICLE 10 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY . of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or ~loss. 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, main- existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reason- raining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. able safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and 'other warnings against hazards, promulgating 10.1,2 In the event the Contraetor encounters on the site safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated sites and utilities. I~iphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the 1.0.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected materials or equipment or unusual methocks arc necessary for and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing, execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in qualified personnel. fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected 10.2.{i The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlori- (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance hated biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been rendered harmless, required by the Contract Documents) to property referred [o in by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the accordance with final determination by the Architect on which Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone Article 4. for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. except 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of thc Owner "to perform without consent an,;' Work relating to asbestos or or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by l~olychk~rinated biphenyl (PCB). either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Archi- addition to the Contractor's obligations Under Paragraph 3.18. tect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- 10.2.6 The Contr:lctoc sh.'tll designate :~ responsible member of ing hut not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting the Contractor's organiz:ltion at the site whose dt,ty shall be the I'rt)lll pt:rformance of the kX'ork in thc: affected arc:a if in fact thc: preventi(}n ()f accidotlts. Wllis p¢2r,,;oll shall l-)c thc (~()llll'aCt()l"S material is a.sbestos or polychlori,'iated biphenyl (PCB) and has . superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor' not bet:,.t rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, in writing to thc Owner and Architect. Ios.s or expense is'attributable to bodily injui'y, sickness, disease 10.2.7 Thc CO,~lractor shall not load or permit any part of thc t)r death, or to injury to or destruction of taqgible property construction or site to be loaded so as 1o endanger its s:ltk:ty. {other than the Work itself) including loss of usc resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by 10.3 EMERGENCIES negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone directly or 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to pre- the Owner ma;., be liable, regardless of whether or not such vent threatened day, age, iniury or loss. Additioqal compensa- c'l:lim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party lion or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account indc:mnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed of an en-tergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of 4.3 and Article'7. indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. ARTICLE 11 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY INSURANCE AND BONDS 10.2,1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection tO prevent damage, injury or loss to: .11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insur;u-tce as be affected thereby; will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations rated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the Contract and for which thc Contr;[ctor may be lcg~dly under care, custody or control of the Contr:ictor or liable, whether such operations I)c l)v Ibc Cotllr~,c'tor t~l' Dy :1 thc Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontrac- SLd~co,xtractor bi' Dy :ax.rune dirt:oily or itxdit'cctI.,,' ctuptoycd hv tots; and :ti't)' of them. or l)y anyone for whose acts :thy of thorn re;tv bt: .3 other property at the sire'or adiacent thereto, such as liable: trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements' roadways, .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compens;itiot'~, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relo- disability benefit and other similar empk)yee benefit .'<ts cation or replacement h~ the course of construction, which are applicable to the Work to he pcrtDr, ncd: AIA DOCUMENT .$201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® · © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A201-1a87 19 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupa- other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property tional sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is employees; earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the or disease, or death of any person other than the Con- Work. tractor's employees; 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form .4. claims for damages insured by usual personal injury and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage liability coverage which arc sustained (1) by a person and physical loss or damage including, without duplicatioh of as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related lO coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious n'fischicf, collapse, false- employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) work, temporary buildings and debris removal including by another person; demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal .$ claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, requirements, and shall cover reasonable 'compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- crt.v, including loss of use resulting therefrom; insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of owner- 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purch:~se such prop- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and erty insurance required by the Contract and with all of the .? claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of 3.18. the Work, The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub- 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subl~aragraph 1 1.1.1 shall be subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Con- the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contrac- tract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is tor is d.qmaged by the failure or neglect of thc Owner to put- greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reason- from date of commenceltlent of the Work until date of final able costs properly attributable thereto. payment and termination of any coverage required to be main- rained after filial payment. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti- bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Docu- 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owrier shall merits, the Cont~Tactor shall pay costs not covered because of be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the. Work. such deductibles. If thc Owner or insurer incre:L'¢Cs the required These Certificates and thc insurance policies required by this · minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- afforded under the policies will not be cancelled ¢)r allowed to tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for l')ayl~lcnt of expire until ;it lea.st 30 days' prior written notice has been given the additional costs not covered because of such inCl'Ca.sed or · to tine Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are voluntao' deductibles. If deductibles ;ire not idc~ltified in thc required to remain in force after final payment and are reason- Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered ably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation because of deductibles. of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information merits, this property insurance shall cover portions of tile \Vork concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work. Contractor's information and belief, in transit. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and purchase and maintain boiler and machillcry insurance maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, required by the Contract Documents or by law, wl'~icb shall the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self- specifically cover such insured objects during installation and protection against claims which may arise from operations until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include under thc Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub- for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor insurance unless specifically required by the Contract shall be named insureds. Documents. 11,3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase insure the Owner against loss of use of the OWller's property and rnaintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized due to fire or other hazards, however caused. Thc Owner to do business in the jurisdiction in which tile Project is waives MI rights of actiol'~ against the Col-~tractor for loss of usc' located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Con- of tile Owner's property, including COllse..quenlial los,'gcs (.h. lc [o tract Sum as well as subsequent'modifications thereto for the fire or other hazards however caused. entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without vol- 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for untary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be main- risks other than those described herein or for other special haz- rained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents ards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner t)r otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cosi thereof are belleficiariesofsuch insurance, until final payment has t3een shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTll EDITION 20 A201-1987 AiA® · © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 2llOO6 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja- settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest cent to the site by property insurance under policies separate shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph .~.5. through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case. make settlement with ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate the arbitrators will direct such distribution. property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or cora- l 1.3,6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall panics providing property insurance have consented to such File with the Contractor 'a copy of each policy that includes partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The insurance coverages required by this Paragraph- 11.3. Each Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, defini- consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, tions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be partial occupancy or use that would cause c;tncellati()n, lapse or reductk)n of insurance. cancelled or 'allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ- ten notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- 11.3.7 Waivers of ~ubrogation. The Owner and Contractor tor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcon- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- tractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the lated in bidding requi?ements or specifically required in the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. contractors described in Article 6, if any, and an}' of their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, age. ms and employees, for 11.4.2 Upon the reqt,est of any person or entity appearing to damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering pa)'tlaent of ohliga- property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or tions :trising under'the Contract, tiao Contractor shall prOllq')tly other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such furnish a copy tit' thc bonds or shall permit :0 c:~ qa5' t~ Iai' m;ide. rights :ts they have to proceeds of such insurance held I~y thc Owner :is ficluciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of thc Architect, Architect's consultants, separate ARTICLE 12 contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontrac- tors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enum- erated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers ofsubro- 1~.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that per- the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the son or entity wo~ld otherwise have a duty of indemnification, Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity Contract Tin~. had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the being covered, the Architect may reqt, est to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncover- appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay lng and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received charged to the Owner. If such Work is nt)t in :tccordance with by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors unless the condition was caused bv the Owner or a sup:irate to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar contractor in which event the Owner shall b~: res')ot'~sil')le for manner, i')a.vt¥1et'~t of st[Ch costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner 12.2.1 Thc Contractor shall promptly correct \X'~rk as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give I)y the Architect or failitag to conform to thc rcqui,'cmcnts t)f bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost the c.;ontract Documents, whether observed hcti.)t'c or at'tcr of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as St, bstantial Completio,a and whether or not fabricated, installed ficluciaD'. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account pro- or completed. Thc Contractor shall bear costs <it' correcting ceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accor- such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspcc- dance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, tio[~s and compensation for thc Architect'.,; scr','iccs or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such expenses made necessary thereby. loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of dam- 12.2.2 If, within ()ne },ear after the date of Substanti:d Comple- aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. tion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after tile date AIA DOCUMENT A:)01 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® · ©Ig87THEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE~ N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C.~O(I06 A201-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. for commencement of warranties established under Sub- ARTICLE 13 paragraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after 13.1 GOVERNING LAW receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place Owner has previously given the Contractor a written.accep- where the Project is located. lance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- tial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acrep- tires to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, lance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Con- covery of the condition, tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of thc other. If 12.2.3 Tile Contractor shall remove from the site portions of either party attempts to make such an assignment without such the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements consent, that party shMl nevertheless remain legally responsible of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the for all obligations under the Contract. Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to tlave bce,~ dui.',' dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed served if delivered in person to tile individual or a member of with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reason- the tirol or entity or to an officer of the corlxoratitDn fi)r wi'itch it able time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner was i,xtended, or if delivcrecl at or sero by rcgistc,'cd o,' certified nlltV relllt}x'e it and store the salvable materials or equipment at mail to the last busillUSS address kllO\\'ll ti) thc p;ffty gix'ing the Contractor's expense. If thc Contractor does not pay costs tl¢)ticu. of sUCh ~el'llo\'al and storage within ten da\'s after written notice, thc Owner may upon tun additional days' written 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by thc Con1,'acl l)ocu- costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- ments and rights and remedies available thereunder sh:dl he in tractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by tile Owner, Architect tlr Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right (Dr duty afforded then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act such amount, the Contractor shall pa), the difference to the constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thcreun3.ier. Owner. except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS partialh.- completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals Of portions of the which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Con- Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws. ordi- tract Documents. nances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- 12.2,6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con- wise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other such tests, inspect:ocs and approvals with aq independent test- obligations which the Contractor might have under tile Con- lng laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owl\er, or with thc tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of ()ne year appropriate public auth¢)rity, and shall bear :ill related costs :is described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall gi\'c tile obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and h~s no Architect timely not:cc of when and where tests and inspec- relationship to :he time within which the obligation to comply tions are to be made so the Architect may observe such proce- with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspccti<)ns tlr nor to the time within, which proceedings may be commenced appro\'als which do not become requirements until after bids to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- are received or negotiations concluded. tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 13.5.2 If tile Architect, Owner or public author:tics having 1.2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub- 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in paragraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cur- for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity reel:on, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections whether or not final payment has been made. are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. AIA DOCUMI~NT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION 22 A201-1987 AIA® · © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1 '~33 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WAStlING'rON. D.C. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- ARTICLE 14 paragraph 13.5.3. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval · OF THE CONTRACT under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the expenses. Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval of the Work under contract with the Contractor, for any of the shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be following reasons: secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- Architect. ity having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or emergency, making material unavailable; approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place Payment and has not notified the Contractor of. the of testing, reason for withholding certification as provided in 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not tract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable made payment on a Certificate for Payment within delay in the Work. the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 1,t.3 constitute in 13.6 INTEREST the aggregate more than 100 perce,~t t)f the total hum- 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- bar of days scheduled for completion, or 121) days in ments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such any 365-day period, whichever is less; or rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to thc Contractor thereof, 'at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at t. he place promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable where the Project is located, evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.'2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and LIMITATION PERIOD Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment .1 Before SubstantialCompletion. As to acts or failures and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- damages. tial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events agents or enaployees or any other persons performing portions not later than such date of Substantial C6mpletion; of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certifi- Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters impor- cate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occur- ring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial rant to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon Completion and prior to issuance of the tinal Certifi- seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the cate for Paymeqt, any applicable statute of limitations Architect, terminate tile Contract and recover from thc ()wncr shall commence to run and any alleged cause t)f as provided in Suhp:tragraph I-LI.2. action shall be deemed to have accrued in an}' and all 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE events not later than the date of issuance of the final 14.2.1 Tile Owner may terminate the Contr;t¢t ii' thc Certificate for Payment; and Contractor: .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or I';tils to st, pply failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- enough properly skilled workers or proper mated:ds: ance of the final Certificate for Payment, any appli- .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials cable statute of limitations shall commence to run and or labor in accordance witla the respective agreements any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; accrued in any and all events not later than the date of .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, reg- any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to ulations or orders of a public authority havit~g juris- any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date diction; or of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the .4 otherwLse is guilty of substantial breach of a provision Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure of the Contract Documents. to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor 14.2.2 When may of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon or Owner, whichever occurs last. certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to jus- AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIOfilS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION · FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® '* ©IgRTTHEAMERICANINSTITUTEOFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W..WASlIINGTON. D.U. 2OO{X~ A201-1987 23 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. tif-y such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon appli- Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, termi- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive termina- mate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any tion of the Contract. prior rights of the surety: 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equip- FOR CONVENIENCE merit, tools, and construction equipment and machin- 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in ery thereon owned by the Contractor; writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Para- part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. graph 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of Owner may deem expedient, performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the tion. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is .1 that performance is, was or would have been so sus- finished, pended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under of finishing the Work, including compensation for 'the Archi- another provision of this Contract. tect's ser¥ices and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance ,l~ay have unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. AIA DOCUMENT A201 · GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ', FOURTEENTH EDITION 24 A201-1 987 AIA® * © 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocoovin~ viotates U.S. coovrioht Inw. DIVISION 00000 BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS The General Conditions of this Contract are the American Institute of Architects' Document A201,"The General Conditions of the Con- tract for Construction" Fourteenth Edition, 1987 Edition, 14 Arti- cles, 24 pages, hereinafter referred to as the "AIA General Condi- tions'', a copy of which is bound herein. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS The Supplementary General Conditions contains changes and additions to the AIA General Conditions° Where any part of the AIA General Conditions is modified or voided by the Supplementary General Con- ditions, the unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. See also Division 1 General Requirements. ARTICLE i GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1.1 The Contract Documents: Add the following to the list of Contract Documents: The Advertisement for Bids, Information for Bidders, the Bid Form, the Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond, and Bid Bond. During the bidding period written interpreta- · tions of the drawings and specification may be issued by the Archi- tect in the form of Addenda. No Addenda will be issued within six (6) days of bid due date. Oral discussions or interpretations by the Architect in that final six day period will not be binding. 1.3.2 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, twenty (20) sets of working drawings and specifications. Contractor shall pay the actual cost of reproduction for all additional sets re- quested by him or her. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.4.1 Modify Line 16 after the word "expenses" by inserting the .words "and the Owner's costs and reasonable attorney's fees." ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.12.7 Add the following sentence: In the absence of Contractor's stamp of approval, it shall be construed that he/she shall be'fully responsible for all conditions arising therefrom. 3.13.1 See "Information for Bidders" wherein Contractor's opera- tions and conduct are further defined. 3.14.3 Cutting and Patching: All cutting through concrete slabs or walls of existing building shall be performed with a diamond drill or saw with water attachment. Contractor shall provide compressed air and water for this drilling equipment and shall also provide sufficient drip pans and protection to prevent water damage to the existing building. No excessive noise producing jack ham- meringshall be permitted except by consent of the Architect and the Director of Facilities, Hospital Engineering Department. SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00800-1 3.18.3 Delete this section from General Conditions. The obliga- tions under 3.18 shall not exten4 to any claim, damage, loss or expense which is attributable in whole or in substanital part to a defect in drawings or specifications prepared by the Architect. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1.4 Delete in its entirety 4.5 ARBITRATION Delete this entire section. Add the following: "Should any party hereto institute legal proceedings of any type against the other in connecto~.n with this Contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable legal fees and costs incurred in prosecution of defenses of such legal proceedings." ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2.1 Modify as follows: Award of Subcbntracts: Delete the por- tion of the first sentence reading "as soon as practicable after the award of the Contract". Insert the following in place thereof: "...shall submit with his/her bid and also". ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No Changes. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.3 Change Orders: Add to paragraph .3 the percentage fee of ten (10) percent'. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.3.1 Delete the words "or by the delay authorized by the Owner pending Arbitration" from this section. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.6.7 Payments to the Contractor: Not later than the third Friday of each ~alendar month, the Owner will make a partial payment to the Contractor on the basis of a duly certified and approved esti- mate of work performed during the preceding calendar month under this Contract. To insure the proper performance of this Contract, and to comply with California Government Code, Section 53608 and other applicable sections, the Owner shall retain ten percent (10%) of the amount of each estimate until final completion and accept- ance of all work covered bY this Contract. In preparing estimates, the material delivered on the site and preparatory work done may be taken into consideration. All material and work covered by partial payment made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Own- er, but this provision shall be not construed as relieving the Con- tractor from the sole responsibility for the care and protection of materials and work upon which payments have been made or the resto- ration of any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Own- er to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract. 9.7.1 All references to seven (7) days in this paragraph shall be changed to fourteen (14) days. The provisions of this Section 9.7.1 shall not apply if the Architect and Owner proceed under the SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00800-2 provisions of Section 9.5.1. Delete the words "or awarded by arbi- tration.'' ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.8 Add the following: Protection in general:. Contractor shall protect all finish surfaces of existing building, driveways, curbs, paved areas and sidewalks from damage. 10.2.9 Bracing, Shoring, Sheeting: Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing and sheeting as required for safety and for proper execution of his/her work. 10.2o10 Weather Protection: contractor shall at all times provide protection against all weather conditions such as, but not limited to, rain, wind, storms, frost or heat so as to maintain all exist- ing work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or damage. 10.2.11 Damage: All work damaged by failure to provide protection shall be removed and replaced with new work at Contractor's expense. 10.2.12 Fire: Smoking on existing premises shall be prohibited and signs to this effect will be posted. Contractor shall provide and maintain in good working order not less than two UL 2A:10B:C portable fire extinguishers, which shall become the property of the Owner upon completion. Fire extinguishers shall be on hand at all times and especially when work is being performed in concealed spaces between existing floors and ceilings. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1.2 Contractor's Liability Insurance: Insert at the end of the paragraph, the following: a) The Contractor must furnish to the District at the time of the execution of this Contract, (1) a certificate of consent to self-insure issued by the Director of Industrial Rela- tions, or (2) a certificate of Worker's Compensation Insur- ance issued by an admitted insurer, or (3) an exact copy or duplicate thereof certified by the Director of the Insurer. The Contractor shall require all subcontractors to take out and maintain similar policies of insurance. b) For the duration of the Contract, Contractor shall maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with the minimum Bodily Injury limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each person and not less that $1,000,000 for each accident and not less than $1,000,000 aggregate. The policy shall in- clude Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance with the same minimum limits. Contractor shall require subcontrac- tors to provide Comprehensive General Liability Insurance in reasonable amount as determined by the Contractor and Owner. c) For the duration of this Contract, Contractor shall maintain SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00800-3 Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles with minimum limits for Bodily Inju~y of not less than $1~000,000 for each person and not less than $1,000,000 for each accident and Property Damage minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000. Contractor shall require subcontractors to provide Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with same minimum limits. 11.2.1 Owner's Liability Insurance: Insert at the end of the par- agraph the following: The Owner will provide the following kinds of insurance for the project: 1. Owner's Contingent Liability - Comprehensive Hospital Lia- bility including Malpractice - $10,000,000. 2. Fire and Extended Coverage and including Theft, Vandalism, and Malicious Mischief on the completed value form for the full insurable value of the work in the names of the Owner, the Contractor and all Subcontractors as their interests may appear (Subparagraph 11.3.1 of the General Conditions). 11.3.1 Delete the term "all risk" from the seventh line of this Section. 11.3.4 Delete this sectoin in its entirety. 11.3.7 Delete this section in-its entirety. 11.3.8 Delete the language from the words "to the Owner's exercise" to the end of the paragraph. 11.4.3 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond: Add the fol- lowing: The amount Performance Bond shall be 100% of the Contract Sum and the Labor and Material Bond shall be in the amount of 100% of the Contract Sum and cost of same shall be paid by the bidder and/or Contractor. The Labor and Material Bond shall comply with the requirements specified in Division Three, Part 4, Title of the California Civil Code. Bonds shall be dual obligee and named in favor of the Owner. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.3 Delete ACCEPTANCE of NON-CONFORMING WORK in its entirety. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.3 INTEREST Delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT No changes. ARTICLE'15 BUDGET RECONCILIATION Act of 1980 - Governmental Au- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00800-4 thorities' Access to Records. Add to General Conditions: At the time of execution of the Contract, the following is understood to be included in the Contract for Construction: Until the expiration of four years after the furnishing of any services pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor shall make available on request to the Secre- tary of the United States Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives this Agreement, and such books, docu- ments and records of Contractor that are necessary to certify the nature and extent of the reasonable cost of services of Hospital. If Contractor enters into an agreement with any related organiza- tion to provide services pursuant to this Agreement with a value or cost of $10,000 or more over a twelve-month period, such agreement shall contain a clause to the effect that until expiration of four years after the furnishing of services pursuant to such contract, the related organization to provide services pursuant to such con- tract, the related organization shall make available, upon written request, to the Secretary, or upon request to the Comptroller Gen- eral, or any of their duly authorized representatives, the subcon- tract, and books, documents and records of such organization that are necessary to verify the nature and extent of such costs. This paragraph shall be of no force.and effect when and if it is not re- quired by law. NOTE: The references to arbitration proceedings have been purposely de- leted from the General Condituions. It is the .intent of the parties that arbitration will no be unsed as a means of resolving disputes. END OF SECTION SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Section 00800-5 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.01 SCOPE A. Project Description B. Design Professionals C. Applicable Agencies D. Contract Documents and Specifications 1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. Project Name Project #0994 - Emergency Power San Joaquin Community Hospital Bakersfield, California B. Owner San Joaquin Community Hospital 2615 Eye Street P.O. Box 2615 Bakersfield, California Attention: Dennis Gardner, Director of Facilities C. General Project Description 1. The project consists of the following: a. Construction of approximately 600 square foot CMU building to house an Emergency Generator and con- struction of an approximately 200 square foot CMU buiding to house a Fire Pump b. The project includes demolition of existing CMU walls, and removal of certain trees and shrubs c. The project includes removal of existing 750 gallon underground fuel tank, installation of new 15,000 gallon underground fuel tank, all concrete and re- inforcement associated with a new fire pump with new fire service off the California Water street main d. The project include~ all mechanical and electrical extensions and expansions as required, including plumbing, monitoring systems, lighting, power and signal systems 2. Items not included: a. Building Permits (By Owner) b. Installation and testing of Emergency Generator and day tank to be performed by Cummins West, a divi- sion of Onan c. Trenching for, and installation and testing of new fire lines and fire pump, including fire sprin- klers, to be performed by R. L. Hardcastle Co., Inc. SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010-1 1.03 DESIGN PROFESSIONALS A. Architect HFP Architects 116-K Middle Road Montecito, CA 93108 805/969-6887 805/969-6888 FAX Attention: Barry Mosesman B. Structural Engineer Brian L. Ward 2920 ~lH" Street, #307 Bakersfield, CA 93301 805/328-9022 805/328-1975 FAX C. Fire Protection Engineer R. L. Hardcastle R. L. Hardcastle Company, Inc. 310 30th Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 805/322-9344 805/322-6816 FAX D. Electrical Engineer Interstate Engineering, Inc. 2727 N. Grove Industrial Drive Building 155, suite B Fresno, CA 93727 209/453-9491 209/453-9525 FAX 1.04 APPLICABLE AGENCIES A. Health Planning State of California Office of State Health Planning & Development, OSHPD Facilities Development Division 1600 9th Street Sacramento, CA 95814 916/654-3370 B. Fire Marshal State of California Office of State Health Planning & Development, OSHPD Facilities Development Division 1600 9th Street Sacramento, CA 95814 916/654-3370 C. Department of Health Services Licensing and Certification Division 600 Commonwealth Avenue, Suite #800 Los Angeles, CA 90005 213/620-2940 D. Fire Protection City of Bakersfield Fire Department city Hall 2101 "H" Street Bakersfield, CA 93301 805/326-3911 SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010-2 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Relationship of Drawings and Specifications 1o The Drawings and Specifications taken together are the Contract Documents for this project 2. The Drawings and Specifications are meant to be compli- mentary to each other a. That which is shown on the Drawings but not shown in the Specifications shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same standard of quality as for similar items b. That which is shown in the Specifications but not shown on the Drawings shall be provided the same as if shown in both places and to the same extent as for similar items c. Drawings show extent, location, dimension, rela- tionship among various parts, and quantity of items; in case of conflict with the Specifications in these matters, the Drawings shall govern d. Specifications show quality, trade names, generic names and workmanship standards; in case of con- flict with the Drawings in these matters, the Spe- cifications shall govern e. The larger the scale of the drawing, the more pre- cedent; i.e., 3" per foot scale governs 1/4" per foot scale ~ B. Specifications 1. The Specifications consist of several parts which are intended to complement each other so that when taken together they provide the complete project requirements 2. All parts shown in the Contents together with Addenda, Bulletins, Approved Change Orders, Executed Contracts, and Bonds comprise the Contract Documents 3. Each Section of the Specification includes all parts of Division 00000 Bidding and Contract Documents (includ- ing Contract Forms) and of Division 01000 General Re- quirements as though written in full within each Sec- tion 4. The Sections of the Specification are arranged in accord with the Construction Specifications Institute narrow scope numbering system using 16 Divisions and 5- number Sections and with 3-part internal format of Gen- eral, Products and Execution 5. Titles and headings to the Divisions and Sections con- form to the CSI format and are introduced for conven- ience and shall not be taken as a complete or correct segregation of the several units of work 6. These Specifications are of the abbreviated type and include incomplete sentences; all instructions are di- rected to the Contractor even though such phrases as "the Contractor shall", or "shall be done by the con- tractor" have been omitted SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010-3 7. Terms such as "directed", "required", "selected", "per- mitted'', "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", and the like mean by the Owners Representative 8. Terms such as "shown", "indicated", "detailed" and the like mean upon the Drawings 9. The term "prOVide'' means complete and in place; "fur- nish'' means to supply only for someone else to put in place as specified in another Section 10. The Scope paragraph in each Section is intended to serve as an index of those items specified within the Section, as a locator for those items which are similar or are interfaces as specified elsewhere, and as a re- minder of the inclusion of requirements of Division 01000 General Requirements; the index may not be com- plete; all products, equipment and labor necessary for a complete, safe and operating project are implied if not fully mentioned 11. Product specifying method is described in Section 01600 END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01010-4 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01018 FURNISHED HOSPITAL ITEMS 1.01 SCOPE A. General B. OFOI, Owner Furnished Owner Installed C. OFCI, Owner Furnished Contractor Installed D. CFCI, Contractor Furnished Contractor Installed E. Work performed by others 1.02 GENERAL A. Certain items designated on the Drawings and in the Speci- fications are to be Owner furnished B. Certain Owner Furnished items designated on the Drawings and in the Specifications will be Owner Installed, OFOI C. Certain Owner Furnished items designated on the Drawings and in the Specifications areto be Contractor Installed, OFCI D. Certain equipment items will be Contractor Furnished and Contractor Installed, CFCI E. Owner Furnished items will be installed by the Owner unless identified as OFCI; such installation may occur during or following work of this Contract F. Owner Furnished items will be delivered FOB job site 1.03 WORK PERF6RMED BY OTHERS A. Certain.work will be performed by others B. NIC, Not In Contract 1. Owner's purchase of certain identified equipment OFCI 2. Owner's obtaining and payment for Building Permits, Seismic Instrumentation, Sewer Connection, and Regional Water Pollution Control Agency Fees 3. Any other items identified as NIC on drawings END OF SECTION FURNISHED HOSPITAL ITEMS Section 01018-1 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01030 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 1.01 SCOPE A. Scheduling of Work B. Outages C. Alteration Work D. Site Restrictions E. Beneficial Use and Occupancy by Owner 1.02 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The hospital will remain in full operation during the course of construction and work shall be scheduled to achieve this intent B. The Work shall commence upon the Owner's written Notice to Proceed and shall be completed within the time stipulated in the Agreement Section 00500 1.03 OUTAGES A. Notify Owner 48 hours in advance of interruptions to utilities B. Contractor shall include in his bid overtime to disconnect, relocate, revise or reconnect utilities to maintain contin- uous operation at the Owner's convenience C. Contractor shall include in his bid costs for'temporary _ connections to maintain continuous operation of utilities 1.04 ALTERATIONS A. This Work involves alterations to existing facilities 1. Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize himself with existing conditions 2. A complete set of-Drawings and Specifications for ex- isting facilities will be available at the office of the Owner and the office of the Architect during normal working hours 3. Drawings and Specifications of existing facilities do not necessarily reflect as built conditions 4. Such Drawings and Specifications shall not be relied upon; examination and familiarization of the site shall govern existing conditions 5. Verify existing dimensions and floor elevations at each affected area B. Allow for visual conditions and normal conditions Concealed by construction which could have been anticipated through examination 1. Include costs for necessary relocation, rerouting, ex- tension, connection and reconnection for ducts, pipes, conduits and other items in order to perform the Work of the Contract 2. The Owner will arrange for observation of above ceiling spaces and all bidders shall have observed such condi- SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01030-1 tions and included any costs in their bids C. Should items be discovered which would not have been rea- sonably anticipated by specified examination and are re- quired to be modified, reasonable additional cost will be paid for by the Owner as a Change Order (see also Section 01153) 1.05 SITE RESTRICTIONS A. Maintain existing vehicular circulation on site B. Except for ingress and egress to Construction Work Area from the alley behind the Project Site, no other construc- tion use of drives or vehicular areas shall be available unless prior permission and approval is obtained from the Director of Facilities C. Maintain existing pedestrian walkway systems D. Do not block ambulance ingress and egress to Emergency Dock at any time 1.06 BENEFICIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY BY OWNER A. The Owner reserves the right, at its option and conven- ience, to occupy or otherwise make use of all or any part of the project premises at any time prior to completion upon 10 days written notice to the Contractor B. Beneficial occupancy shall be subject to the following: 1. Owner will use its best efforts to prevent its occupan- cy from interfering with the completion of the Work 2. Contractor will not be required to repair damages caused by said occupancy 3. The warranty (guarantee) period for such occupied places and equipment used shall begin with actual occu- pancy and use 4. Occupancy will not constitute acceptance of the com- pleted work or any portion thereof 5. Occupancy will not relieve the Contractor from respon- sibility to correct deficiencies, or defective work or materials found before completion and acceptance of the Work or during the warranty (guarantee) period 6. Occupancy shall not be deemed to be equivalent to filing Notice of Completion nor as Cessation of Labor 7. There shall be no additional cost to the Owner due to occupancy or use 8. Contractor shall execute a No Change in Price Change Order 9. For those portions occupied or used, the Contractor will be released from the obligation of maintaining General Insurance for Bodily Injury and Property Damage. but shall maintain all other insurance required by the Contract 10. Owner will obtain fire and extended coverage insurance covering those portions occupied or used END OF SECTION SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Section 01030-2 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01040 COORDINATION 1.01 SCOPE A. Generalized Coordination B. Specialized Coordination C. Coordination Drawings 1.02 GENERALIZED COORDINATION A. All work shown on Drawings and in Specifications shall be coordinated under this Contract B. Timely preparation of Shop Drawings and other submittals, fabrication of work, erection of work, and completion of close-out items are essential to achieve construction schedule; time is of the essence C. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of all indi- viduals connected with this work; review all dimensions for accuracy and adequacy to receive products, equipment and assemblies as specified and as provided to reviewed Shop Drawings and Catalog Data 1.03 SPECIALIZED COORDINATION A. Drawings showing locations of equipment, piping, ducts, etc. are diagrammatic; even though every effort has been made to provide adequate routing and placement, job condi- tions will not always permit their locations as shown; when this event occurs, notify the Architect immediately for his determination of necessary relocation; any reloca- tion prior to the Architect's determination shall be re- moved and furtherrelocated if not satisfactory to the Architect B. The Contractor shall provide advance notification for spe- cific tasks and inspections as specified; failure to pro- vide advance notification may be cause for rejection of work C. Coordinate with Owner any simultaneous work under separate contracts D. Take special precautions in placement of utilities, fix- tures, hangers, piping and the like in eXPosed structure locations; coordinate such placement to prevent "false starts" with subsequent damage to structure E. Obtain and use templates wherever prefabricated items are to be incorporated in the work; set fasteners accurately to templates 1.04 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings are required B. Such drawings shall be initiated by the Mechanical Subcon- tractor, then the Fire Protection and Electrical Subcon- tractor shall include their work C. Due to limited clearances, the Mechanical Subcontractor COORDINATION Section 01040-1 shall coordinate, through the General Contractor, and shall provide a Coordination Drawing to show equipment, piping, full width ducts, sprinkler lines and heads, plumbing and significant electrical items and hangers including eleva- tions of integrated components to assure that a proper fit and access for all items can be attained in the furred ceiling space available; Electrical Contractor shall veri- fy and/or show all electric fixtures, major raceways and wireways D. Plan at 3/8 inch or 1/2 inch scale E. Coordination Drawings shall be submitted prior to fabrica- tion or installation END OF SECTION COORDINATION Section 01040-2 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.01 SCOPE A. General B. Areas C. Materials D. Execution 1.02 GENERAL A. Where areas are to be remodeled or altered, provide cutting and patching as necessary B. Where new Work joins existing facilities, provide cutting and patching as necessary to accommodate Work C. New Work is specified in other Sections D. Demolition is specified in Section 02070 E. Cutting and patching, including slab cutting and core drilling, for Mechanical and Electrical is specified in this Section; see Division 15000 for'Mechanical and Divi- sion 16000 for Electrical F. Verify extent of cutting and patching 1. Where extent is doubtful, contact Architect for in- structions 2. Keep extent to minimum size sufficient to accomodate work 3. Full extent of cutting and patching as needed to accom- plish the Work, is a part of the Contract; no addition- al charges shall be made G. Patching shall duplicate undisturbed surrounding finishes unless otherwise indicated H. New Work in existing areas of the facilities shall match surrounding finishes unless Otherwise indicated 1.03 AREAS A. Floors 1. Saw cut or core drill concrete floors for new plumbing extensions as required; patch concrete floors to pro- vide acceptable base for new finish flooring; cut holes in steel beams as required for plumbing 2. Patching shall include removal of existing finishes, concrete treatment, filling, leveling or other work to produce an even plane 3o Cutting back and removal of existing piping and raceway extensions at second floor levels 4. Patching shall be as acceptable to the applicator of finish flooring 5. New finishes over patching are specified in appropriate Sections B. Bases 1. Cut back to provide proper vertical surface to inter- face with new base CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01045-1 2. New bases are specified in appropriate Sections C. Walls 1. At plaster, cut back to provide key for patching, save metal lath 2. At gypsum wallboard, cut back to bearing 3. Patching and new finishes are specified in appropriate Sections; patching shall be equal to new finishes D. Ceilings 1. At plaster, cut back to provide key for patching; save metal lath 2. At gypsum wallboard, cut back to bearing 3. Patching and new finishes are specified in appropriate Sections E. Openings 1. Where new openings are indicated in existing construc- tion, they shall be carefully and neatly cut to receive new frames and anchorages 2. Openings include those necessary for new outlets 3. Frames, outlets, studding, and finishes are specified in appropriate Sections 1.04 MATERIALS A. Provide matching materials: where existing material is out of production or otherwise unavailable, obtain speci- fic approval from Architect for substitution B. Provide backing, blocking, furring, suspension systems, supports, ties, bonding agents, underlayment, fillers, sealers, primers, finishes and the like as required for any reason in order to properly make patches 1.05 EXECUTION A. Provide adequate protection for existing building and con- tents where work is being performed; utilize temporary en- closures to confine dust, noise and the like; see also Section 01500 B. Provide patching adequate to give building security and weather protection C. Carry finish painting over complete surface to natural breaks; where natural breaks exceed 10 feet to nearest opening frame END OF SECTION CUTTING AND PATCHING Section 01045-2 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.01 SCOPE A. Applicable Codes B. Applicable Standards 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES A. The codes adopted by the City, County, State and Federal agencies shall govern minimum requirements for this pro- ject~ where codes conflict with the specifications, the more stringent shall apply and such conflicts shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Architect. In the absence of specific requirements in the Contract Docu- ments, the applicable codes shall govern. See also Sec- tion 01600, Paragraph 1.02D, System Completeness B. Codes 1. UBC, Uniform Building Code, 1991 edition w/1992 Calif- ornia Amendments 2o UMC, Uniform Mechanical Code, 1992 edition w/1991 Ca- lifornia Amendments 3. UPC, Uniform Plumbing Code, 1992 edition w/1991 Calif- ornia Amendments 4. UFC, Uniform Fire Code, 1992 edition 5. NEC, National Electrical Code, 1990 edition w/1991 Ca- lifornia Amendments 6. OSHA, Occupational Safety and Health Act, Williams- Steger Act 1970 with current revisions 7. CCR, California Code of Regulations a. Title 8: .Industrial Relations (1) Part 1, Chapter 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, Occupational Safety and Health (2) Part 1, Chapter 4 Division of Industrial Safety including complete Safety Orders (3) Part 7, State Elevator Safety Code (4) Section 5208 b. Title 17: Public Health c. Title 19: Public Safety d. Title 22: Division of Health Planning Facilities Construction 8. NFPA, National Fire Protection Association a. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code 101, 1981 edition b. NFPA 13, Automatic Sprinklering Systems c. NFPA 56F d. NFPA 99 9. CARB, California Air Resources Board 10. City and County ordinances and regulations 11. Other Codes as indicated in Division 15000 and Divi- sion 16000 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section 01060-1 1.03 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. The standards, where so specified, shall be incorporated in the specification as though written in full and shall govern minimum requirements for this project; where stan- dards conflict with the specifications, the specifications shall govern B. Standards 1. AAMA, Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association 2. ACI, American Concrete Institute 3. AGA, American Gas Association 4. AISC, American Institute of Steel Construction 5. AITC, American Institute of Timber Construction 6. ANSI, American National Standards Institute 7. APA, American Plywood Association 8. APWA, American Public Works Association 9. SHRAE, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 10. ASTM, American Society for Testing Materials, latest edition otherwise noted 11. ASME, American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12. AWPA, American Wood Preservers Association 13. AWS, American Welding Society 14. AWWA, American Water Works Association, Inc. 15. BHMA, Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association 16. CGCNS, California Grading Code of Nursery Stock 17. CRA, California Redwood Association 18. CRSI, Concrete Reinforcing Steel'Institute 19. CS, Commercial Standard, National Bureau of Standards, U.S. Department of Commerce 20. CSS, California State Standard Specifications, Depart- ment of Transportation, 1980 edition 21. FGMA, Flat Glass Marketing Association 22. FM, Factory Mutual Systems 23. FS, Federal Specification, General Services Administra- tion 24. IES, Illuminating Engineering society 25. MIL, Military Specifications, U.S. Department of De- fense 26. NAAM, National Association of Architectural Metal Man- ufacturers 27. NDS, National Design Specification by National Forest Products Association 28. NEMA, National Electrical Manufacturers Association 29. NFPA, National Fire Protection Association 30. NSF, National Sanitation Foundation 31. PS, Product Standard National Bureau of Standards 32. SMACNA, Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 33. TCA, Tile Council of America 34. UL, Underwriters Laboratories 35. WCLIB, West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section 01060-2 36. WIC, Woodworking Institute of California 37. WWPA, Western Wood Products Association C. Trade Standard: Trade Associations, partially listed above, regularly published specifications, latest edition unless otherwise noted D. Manufacturers Standards: published by manufacturer, latest edition unless otherwise noted END OF SECTION' REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Section 01060-3 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.01 SCOPE A. Schedule of Construction B. Schedule of Values C. Stored Material Payment D. Monthly Progress Report E. Progress Payments F. Substantial Completion Payments G. Final Payment 1.02 SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION A. .Prepare and submit within 15 calendar days after Award of Contract, a complete schedule of construction time B. Schedule shall identify all major items, anticipated start and completion dates of those items, sequencing of those items where interface of those items is essential, and approximate schedule leeway time for each item C. Form of schedule 1. A tied bar chart will be acceptable 2. Each bar shall graphically indicate exact time required and amount of lag or lead time 3. Time scale shall be indicated on a daily basis exclud- iDg weekends and shall be directly correlated to actual calendar; consecutive work days based upon an average 4-1/2 work days per week and consecutive calendar days shall be indicated; holidays shall be identified 4. Bars shall indicate numerical work days required 5. Bars shall beetled to show flow or required work bet- ween trades 6. Individual trades or subcontractors shall occupy the same space 7o Bars which are 18 work days or longer shall be subdi- vided to show area of project or type of specific work anticipated 8. Milestones for interface with Owner furnished supply or subcontract items shall be indicated 9. Anticipated cash flow based upon an agreed to date each month and total month expected billing shall be shown on composite schedule D. Schedule will be used to monitor progress and as a basis for payment values E. Schedule shall be marked monthly to show actual progress and submitted at time of applying for payment F. When progress varies 20% or more from anticipated cash flow, schedule shall be modified indicating procedures to improve schedule; modified schedules shall be sub- mitted at time of applying for payment G. Submit 3 copies of original schedule H. Submit I copy of marked schedule I. Submit 3 copies of modified schedules APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01152-1 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Ao Prepare and submit within 15 calendar days after Award of Contract, a complete schedule of values B. Schedule shall identify all major items similar to those identified on Schedule of Construction and the value of those items C. Where the items are provided by a subcontractor or suppli- er, the value shall be the same as the subcontract or pur- chase order D. Form of schedule, same as for progress payments 1. The AIA Document G703-1978 or another form showing essentially the same information shall be used 2. The item number and description shall conform to the specification section or construction schedule number 3. Major items such as Plumbing shall be subdivided in values representing various pieces of work such as un- derground, rough-in below slab, floor rough-in, fix- tures, and finish and a total representing the subcon- tract 4. Items which are buyout or FOB shall have corresponding labor item for installation 5. Minor items such as fire extinguishers need not be sub- divided E. Schedule will be used to monitor progress and as a basis for computing progress payments F. Submit 3 copies 1.04 STORED MATERIAL PAYMENTS A. Payment for stored materials will be made in accordance with the General Conditions B. Schedule of stored materials; no other items will be 'en- tertained 1. Major mechanical equipment (ducts etc. excluded) 2. Major electrical equipment 3. FOB items 4. Hospital Equipment 5. Any other mutually agreed upon such as finish hardware and windows C. Stored materials shall be identified on payment application D. Lien releases in the amount of payment request for stored materials shall accompany payment request E. Where stored materials are paid for, the Contractor shall protect the materials; any losses shall be made up at no additional expense to the Owner F. The Owner reserves the right to inspect such paid for stored materials at any given time G. Title to stored materials shall be in the Owner's name 1.05 MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT A. Upon a copy of the Schedule of Values, prepare and submit a monthly progress report APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMEN~ Section 01152-2 B. Report shall show the percentage and value of work com- pleted to date, the percentage and value of work completed for the month for which payment is expected and the cumu- lative results of all operations completed or in progress and summarized in terms of overall percentage and value C. Form: same as for progress payment D. Report will be used to monitor progress and as a basis for computing progress payments E. Two copies shall be submitted at the time of requesting payment F. Every 3 months, or whenever required, submit verified re- ports to OSHPD per T-17-45267 in addition to any other re- ports (submitted by Contractor, Architect, Inspector, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical Engineers) 1.06 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Based upon Schedule of Construction, Schedule of Values, Monthly Progress Reports and subsequent review, prepare an Application for Progress Payment B. Certify that work covered by the Application has been com- pleted according.to the Contract Documents and that all amounts have been paid for work for which previous certi- ficates were issued and paid C. Retainage throughout the project shall be 10% of the entire Contract Sum as adjusted by approved Change Orders; such adjustment and retainage may be shown for each item D. Form: AIA Document G702-1978 with continuation sheet G703- 1978 or another form showing substantially the same infor- mation shall be used E. When properly executed, the Application for Progress Pay- ment will become the Certificate for Progress Payment F~ No Jurat is required, Notary Public G. Submit 5 copies as soon as possible following review of Monthly Progress Report and at least one week prior to the end of each month 1.07 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PAYMENT A. Upon substantial completion acceptance of the project as evidenced by the Owner, and a Certificate of Substantial Completion form has been executed, AIA Document G704, April 1978 edition, Substantial Completion Payment will be made B. Based upon value of remaining work to be completed as es- tablished by the Contractor and approved, prepare an ap- plication in the same fashion as specified for Progress Payment application C. Remaining work to be completed shall be identified as a withhold and shall specifically list each item of remain- ing work to be completed and their specific values D. The Substantial Completion Payment shall be for the Con- tract Sum as adjusted by approved Change Orders less with- APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01152-3 holds, less retainage, less previous payments issued E. Owner will have a Notice of Completion recorded F. A copy of AIA Document is available for review at the of- fice of the Architect 1.08 FINAL PAYMENT A. Upon the recording of Substantial Completion, the comple- tion of withhold items and successful passage of lien pe- riod without lien filings, the Contractor will be entitled to the Final Payment B. The lien period shall be a minimum of 35 calendar days following the date of recording of a Notice of Completion C.' Should withhold items not be completed within the lien pe- riod, final payment will not be made until completion of the withhold items D. Prepare an application for Final Payment in the same fa- shion as specified for Progress Payment application END OF SECTION APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Section 01152-4 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.01 SCOPE A. Proposal Request B. Contractors Backup C. Change Orders D. Supplementary Instructions 1.02 PROPOSAL REQUEST A. When construction changes are necessary they will be ori- ginated with a Proposal Request issued by the Architect to the Contractor B. The Proposal Request will be numerically sequential and will cover a single specific item C. Proposal Requests may be issued due to changes requested in the project by the Owner or the Contractor D. Proposal Requests are not Change Orders; some requests may become Change Orders E. The Contractor shall prepare suitable backup in response to the Proposal Request as rapidly and accurately as pos- sible F. Form of request shall be AIA Document G709, 1970 edition or a similar type of written form 1.03 CONTRACTORS BACKUP A. Following receipt of a Proposal Request, the Contractor shall prepare a proposal which, if accepted, will become backup for a Change Order B. The backup shall identify each item of work affected by the proposed change, value of the change and a summary of overhead, profit, and total cost C. Profit and overhead: 10% D. Cost of additional General Contractor Surety Bonds may be added at cost E. Subcontractors cost shall be substantiated by their labor and material backup with profit and overhead indicated separately F. For proposals which increase the Contract Sum 1. The subcontractor may add profit and overhead to the sum of labor and materials 2. The Contractor may add profit and overhead to the sum of labor and materials and to his subcontractors' sum of labor and materials 3. Subcontractors profit and overhead shall be shown se- parately G. For proposals which decrease the Contract Sum 1. Use values for labor and materials only 2. It is not required to reduce the Contract Sum with pro- fit and overhead H. For proposals which combine an increase and a decrease CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01153-1 1. Identify each decrease value of labor and materials 2. Identify each increase value of labor and materials 3. Add decrease and increase values for each subcontrac- tor; apply profit and overhead to net increase only 4. Add decrease and increase values for all work excluding subcontractors profit and overhead values; apply con- tractors profit and overhead to net increase only I. Number and title backup the same as shown on the Proposal Request J. Comply with requirements of Title 22, Section 94073 1.04 CHANGE ORDERS A. Following receipt and acceptance of Contractors Backup, Change Orders will be prepared and issued B. Change Orders will be numerically sequential and may in- clude several change items C. Change Orders will include Proposal Request numbers and titles and will be appended with Contractors Backup D. Change Orders will adjust Contract Sum and Contract Time as applicable E. Upon execution, the Change Order will be the official or- der to change the Contract Documents F. Form of Change Order shall be OSF-FD-121 OSHPD. The Change Order shall detail and specify the Work, shall be submit- ted and approved by OSHPD, OSA, and OSFMbefore proceeding with the Work 1.05 SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS A. From time to time it will become necessary to issue sup- plemental instructions to the Contractor for minor changes not affecting Contract Sum or Contrac~ Time B. Where change is considered to be greater than minor or where the instructions affect Contract Sum or Contract Time, and to minimize delays, a construction change auth- orization may be issued C. Construction change authorization will serve as and be superseded by an executed Change Order D. The Owner or Architect may authorize the Contractor to proceed with work covered by a Change Order while the Change Order is being processed END OF SECTION CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01153-2 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Preconstruction Conference B. Progress Meetings C. Jobsite Administration D. Time Control 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. After award of Contract and prior to commencement of con- struction, a preconstruction conference will be held at the site B. Contractor and his Superintendent and superintendents of key Subcontractors (and other interested parties) shall meet with the Architect and Executive Director C. The meeting will cover the following at a minimum 1. Establishment of communication procedures 2. Review of payment and change order procedures 3. Review of temporary facilities and outage processes 4. Review of submittals procedures 5. Review scheduling and phasing 6. Requirements of OSHPD 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Periodically, preferably twice a month, a progress meeting will be held at the site B. Contractor and his Superintendent and superindendents of key Subcontractors (and other interested parties) shall meet with the Architect C. The meetings will cover the following as a minimum 1. Submission and review of progress reports 2. Submission and review of progress payment requests 3. Review of status of Project Record Documents 4. Discussion and resolution of construction problems D. The Architect will prepare a Memorandum of Meeting which will list his items of understanding 1. Architect will distribute copies of Memorandum of Meet- ing to each attendee 2. Attendees shall file exceptions to the Architect's un- derstanding within 2 weeks of the meeting or the under- standings as written shall be final 1.04 JOBSITE ADMINISTRATION A. Contractor's job site Superintendent, see General Condi- tions Article 4.9, shall be present on site continuously B. Subcontractors' Superintendents shall be present on site whenever Subcontractor is performing work PROJECT MEETINGS Section 01200-1 1.05 TIME CONTROL A. Set up control procedures so that approved schedules are met B. Contractor shall properly notify Architect of anticipated and actual time delays; see General Conditions Article 8.3 END OF SECTION PROJECT MEETINGS Section 01200-2 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Materials list 2. Catalog Data 3. Certificates 4. Shop Drawings 5. Samples 6. Maintenance and Operation Data 7. Numerical sequencing B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Substitutions: Section 01600 2. Contract Closeout: Section 01700 1.02 MATERIALS LIST A. List all items where called for by the specifications; show manufacturer's name, catalog number and model number as applicable; grade or other identifying data as appli- cable; supplier's name, address and phone number B. Identify materials list by specification section number and project name; one list for each section of specifica- tions C. Copies 1. Make copies on bond paper only 2. Submit 5 copies, 8-1/2 x 14 maximum size to Architect; submit an additional copy for each professional consul- tant involved 3. One copy will be returned to Contractor 4o If Contractor requires more than one reviewed copy, Contractor shall submit additional copies D. Only those copies bearing review stamp shall be used at the jobsite E. Submit within 30 days of Date of Contract or within 15 days for critical items F. No materials list will be reviewed unless Contractor has reviewed each list, has compared them to the Contract Docu- ments, has noted variations or exceptions, and has stamped them G. Items required color selection: submit all items by name, catalog number color samples and other pertinent data with- in 30 days of Award of Contract; submit all such items in a single package separate from other submittals 1.03 CATALOG DATA A. Submit for items where called for by specifications; actual Catalog sheets or clear bond paper copies from catalogs may be submitted; where more than one product is shown on the catalog sheet, clearly indicate which product is being sub- mitted SUBMITTALS Section 01300-1 B. Identify catalog data with specification section number, paragraph number, and project name; apply sticker in upper right hand corner for slick or dark catalogs C. Submit in same quantities and timing as for Materials List D. No catalog data will be reviewed unless Contractor has re- viewed each data, has compared them to the Contract Docu- ments, has noted variations or exceptions, and has stamped them 1.04 CERTIFICATES A. Provide certificates where specified for product quality, flame spread and other special conditions B. Submit 5 copies C. Submit wihin 30 days of Award of Contract D. Certificates shall be signed by authorized agent E. See also certificates required at end of project, Section 01700 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Clearly detail all aspects of work where called for by specification B.. Identify by specification number, detail number, and pro- ject name and submittal sequence number C. Copies 1. Submit one reproducible transparency (sepia) plus two blue line; submit an additional blue line where submit- tals are made for Work designed by a consultant 2. Architect will review drawings, make corrections to transparency and will return transparency to Contractor 3. Contractor shall make no further corrections to trans- parency 4. Contractor shall make 5 copies of transparency and dis- tribute a. One copy to Architect b. One copy to job file c. One copy to Architect's Consultants as applicable d. Two copies to Owner e. One (or more) copies to Contractor D. Submit in same timing as for Materials List E. No shop drawing will be reviewed unless Contractor has re- viewed each drawing, has compared them to the Contract Do- cuments, has noted variations or exceptions, and has stamp- ed them F. Allow adequate time for Architect's review 1.06 SAMPLES A. Submit for items called for by specifications; submit ex- act item; photographic or printed reproductions are not acceptable B. Submit samples of carpet, acoustic tile and wallcoverings, if any, to OSHPD ACA for approval prior to construction SUBMITTALS Section 01300-2 C. Where a piece of an item is appropriate, such as a window section, submit a large enough piece to fully explain sec- tion D. Paint finishes: approximately 8 x 10 inches 1. Opaque finishes: on stiff cardboard (not corrugated) 2. Transparent finishes: on exact species, graining and texture of wood 3. Semi-transparent finishes; same as tranparent finishes on wood 4. Factory finish: production sample E. Identify with project name, specification section number and paragraph number F. Submit 3 of each item G. Submit wihin 30 days of Award of Contract H. Review comments will be in writing; if Contractor desires comments attached to sample, submit additional samples 1.07 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION DATA A. Submit for items where called for by specifications and for purposes of analyzing and supporting of other submit- tal data B. Submit full manufacturers data; identify with project name, specification section number and paragraph number C. Submit in same copies an time as for Materials List D. Where required for Contract Closeout, see Section 01700 1.08 NUMERICAL SEQUENCING A. Numerically identify each submittal item in same sequence as 'submitted; mark submittal, and trasmittal B. For resubmittals numerically identify in same sequence as submitted; cross reference to prior submittal number END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS Section 01300-3 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Tests 2. Inspections B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Test and inspections Outlined in various sections 2. Manufacturer's tests and inspections outlined in vari- ous sections 3. Contract closeout inspections: Section 01700 1.02 INSPECTIONS AND INSPECTORS A. Architect: periodic site observations as deemed necessary to review progress and quality of work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents 1. Specific on-site observation a. Layout of work b. Roofing system c. Partitions and ceilings d. Electrical outlet location prior to closing in e. Mechanical and Plumbing prior to closing in 2. Contractor shall notify Architect well in advance of ~pecific on-site observations; uncover or remove any work closed in prior to specific on-site observations and'approvals B. State and local inspection 1. OSHPD, office of State Health Planning & Development~ Facilities Development Section: regular inspection for compliance with Contract Documents and State require- ments 2. OSFM, Office of State Fire Marshal: periodic inspec- tions for compliance with State fire requirements 3. OSA, Office of State Architect: periodic inspections for compliance with OSA requirements 4. CAL/OSHA, California Occupational Safety and Health Act: periodic inspections for compliance with personnel safety requirements, temporary and permanent work 5. Bakersfield Fire Department: periodic inspections for compliance with Fire Code and fire prevention require- ments 6. Inspection basis: complete installation and anchorages per CAC Title 24, T22-94215 and Table T22-23J, Part B 7. Contractor shall cooperate with and provide access to the project C. Independent Inspector 1. The Owner will arrange and pay for an Independent In- spector OUALITY CONTROL Section 01400-1 2. The Inspector will make continuous inspections for conformance with Contract Documents and State regula- tions 3. Owner will arrange for facilities for the Inspector 4o Contractor shall cooperate with the Inspector and shall keephim fully informed regarding the work 5. Inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to fulfill any portion of the Contract 6. Inspector is not authorized to make any changes to the Contract D. Testing and Inspection Agency 1. All scheduled construction materials testing and place- ment inspections 2. Called by Contractor E. Contractor shall personally supervise all work and inspect all materials as they arrive for compliance with the Con- tract Documents, and shall reject defective work and ma- terial without waiting for such rejection from others in authority F. Contractor and his prime subcontractors shall employ com- petent full time superintendents and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at project site during course of construction; the superintendents shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall not be changed except with consent of the Owner 1.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY A. Where called for, tests shall 'be done by qualified labora- tories B. Qualifications: under direct supervision of a civil en- gineer registered in the State of California; conform to requirements of ASTM E329 C. Transport of samples from jobsite to laboratory shall be the responsibility of the Agency 1.04 PAYMENT A. The costs of tests and inspections under this section shall be paid by one of the following, as scheduled 1. Owner: costs paid directly by Owner 2. Retests: Where required due to failure of test, Owner will pay for retests but will deduct cost from Contrac- tor's current payment certificate B. Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling all tests and required inspections 1. Furnish a schedule of test showing type of tests needed and date such tests are needed at least 15 days in ad- vance of first test 2. Notify Agency 72 hours (three working days) in advance 3. Revisits because of improper scheduling or notification 'shall be considered same as retests OUALITY CONTROL Section 01400-2 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: sampling, preparation of samples and testing shall conform to ASTM methods unless otherwise specified Bo Reports: copies shall be furnished summarizing results of tests and inspections immediately upon making such test and inspections 1. One copy to Inspector 2. One copy to Architect 3. One copy to OSHPD 4. One copy to OSA 5. One copy to Structural Engineer 6. One copy to Contractor C. Non-conforming tests: where a test reveals non-conform- ance, Agency shall immediately verbally notify Architect in advance of written report 1.06 SCHEDULE OF TESTS A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Section 03300 1. By: Supplier a. Design Mix: certified b. Materials: certified 2. By: Agency a. Tests (1) Concrete (a) Slump tests (b) Compression test - (c) Cement Test, Section 2-2628(a) (d) Weighmasters certificates b. Inspections: special, Batch Plant Inspection, Sec- tion 2628(d) Title 24 CAC c. Review: design mix 3. Paid for: by Owner B. Anchorages 1. Supplier a. Compliance with document requirements 2. By: Agency a. Tests: Expansion anchor bolt (1) Withdrawal or tension as specified on Drawings 3. Paid for: by Owner END OF SECTION QUALITY CONTROL Section 01400-3 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 1.01 SCOPE A. Temporary Utilities B. Temporary Site offices C. Barriers D. Employee Safety E. SecUrity F. Temporary Controls 1.02 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. General 1. Make available for use by all workmen and subcontrac tors employed on the project 2. Maintain utilities in a proper, safe operating, and sanitary condition 3. Upon completion of contract, remove such temporary uti- lities from the premises 4. "Provide", as used below, means at the Contractor's ex- pense B. Temporary Electrical 1. Provide temporary power 2. Provide temporary distribution wiring, safety devices from power source 3. Take power from spare circuits; do not take power from operating circuits at other departments 4. Take no power from Critical Branch or Life Safety BranchSystems; see NEC Article 517 5. Connect to Non-Essential Loads Branch System only C. Temporary Lighting 1. Provide lighting for general security 2. Provide work lighting such that work can be properly and safely performed a. For rough work: 20 foot candle minimum b. For finish work: 50 foot candle minimum 3. Provide warning and barricade lighting 4. Take from existing system (see B Temporary Electrical above) D. Temporary Water 1. Provide temporary water service, distribution 2. Take from existing system; provide vacuum breaker E. Temporary Heating 1. Provide temporary heating to properly perform certain finishing work and to maintain adequate working condi- tions 2. Provide temporary heating and ventilating to protect installed work 3. Take precautions to prevent fire, noxious fumes, fuel spillage and similar hazards 4. Conform to all applicable safety regulations and use CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Section 01500-1 approved equipment 5. Existing equipment may be used, but do not operate without filters; replace filters and clean grills, reg- isters, etc. before closeout; Contractor shall pay for all costs F. Temporary Sanitary Facilities 1. Temporary sanitary facilities shall be provided 2. Chemical toilets may be used if otherwise acceptable 1.03 TEMPORARY SITE OFFICE A. Provide a site office for Contractor's use at Contractor's expense B. At Contractor's option, an office may beset up in the Work areas but not in any other interior area of the hos- pital C.Remove from site upon contract completion 1.05 BARRIERS A. Provide exterior fencing enclosing Construction Work Area at location as approved by Architect 1. Fencing height: 8 feet minimum 2. Covering: plywood 3. Posts: wood 4. Painting: color to match hospital's standard B. Contractor is solely responsible for project safety 1. Provide devices which will ensure safety of all persons connected with the project 2. Provide devices which will ensure safety of all public who may come in contact with the project 3. Provide barriers, lights, signals, guardrails, flag-' men or any other devices deemed necessary or as requir- ed by safety agencies at work area C. Provide rigid dustproof sound proof barriers between new work areas and existing hospital areas D. Provide barriers or other devices as required to protect existing features which are indicated to remain 1. Special devices are specified in individual Sections 2. Elevators shall not be used for construction 3. Stairs shall not be used for construction E. Remove devices upon contract completion 1.06 EMPLOYEE SAFETY A. In addition to any other provisions, Contractor shall con- form to CAC Title 8 1. Contractor shall comply with these requirements and any other applicable to this work and be solely responsible for jobsite safety 2. Contractor shall inform all trades and material suppli- ers of the need for their compliance 3. Include protection for Contractors personnel, hospital personnel, patients and public CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Section 01500-2 B. Contractor shall designate a responsible individual whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents; this individual shall be the Contractor's Superintendent unless otherwise stated in writing C. Contractor shall not load orpermit any part of the Work or existing facilities to be loaded so as to endanger its safety 1.07 SECURITY A. Contractor is responsible for project security and for theft and damage to construction, equipment, tools and materials B. Provide such devices which will ensure security for pro- ject such as: 1. Provide lockable storage boxes and sheds 2. Provide other devices as deemed necessary or as re- quired C. Remove devices upon contract completion D. If Contractor deems necessary, provide watchman service at Contractor's expense 1.08 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Protect physical features which are scheduled to remain; repair or replace should they become damaged 1. Walk site with Architect at beginning of work, before any equipment or materials are delivered to site 2. Note and mark condition of physical features a. Note conditions on site plan b. Take photographs if deemed necessary B. Protect utilities whether shown on drawings or not; notify Architect immediately when utilities are disturbed and when unshown utilities are encountered; maintain in con- tinuous operation; provide temporary utilities as needed C. Be aware of all operations which cause undue dust, debris, noise or other environmental disturbances; abate such dis- turbances should they occur regardless of notification by authorized agents D. Protect building integrity; make no cuts, penetrations or changes in structural members unless specifically indicat- ed; immediately inform Architect when such is required but not shown 1. Provide sealed dust barriers to protect functioning portions of the hospital 2o See also Section 01045 E. Provide staging and hoists and any other constructiOn aids as may be necessary to safety and properly execute the work; conform to all safety regulations 1. Do not allow such construction aids to damage building 2. Remove upon completion of the work where such aids are needed F. Hazards Control CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Section 01500-3 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances 4. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary sewers 5. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials on site G. Clean up 1. Maintain premises in orderly and clean condition 2. Remove debris, waste materials or rubbish periodically 3. It is the contractor's responsibility to provide for his own means of waste and debris removal, and he shall not use the Owner's waste receptacles END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Section 01500-4 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.01 SCOPE A. Product Quality, Substitutions B. Transportation and Handling C. Storage and Protection 1.02 PRODUCT QUALITY, SUBSTITUTIONS A. Method of specifying 1. Specificationsmay show "specified manufacturer" which establishes the quality basis of product and was the product used to detail the project- 2. Specifications may show "acceptable manufacturer" where more than one product is known to satisfy the require- ments of the specifications; both (all) manufacturers thus shown are acceptable 3. Where "specified manufacturer" is shown with "accept- able manufacturers" or where "acceptable manufacturers" are shown alone, all manufacturers thus shown are ac- ceptable; it is further implied that the term "or ap- proved equal" follows even though such term is not shown; reference to any article, device, product, ma- terial, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number shall be interpreted as estab- lishing a standard Of quality and shall not be con- strued as limiting competition 4. Where specified model or catalog names or numbers fol- low "specified manufacturer" but do not follow "accept- able manufacturer" it is implied that equivalent pro- ducts are required 5. For products specified only by reference standard, pro- vide any product meeting that standard B. Procedures 1. Regardless of the method of showing manufacturers, the Contractor shall prepare a materials list when.so re- quired by the specifications, showing the manufacturer and product he intends to use 2. Should the product choice be an "acceptable manufac- turer'', submit complete documentation of the product showing the same aspects specified for "specified manu- facturer''; in addition provide details showing condi- tions which may be required to change in order to acco- modate'the "acceptable manufacturer", such changes shall be initiated and paid for by the Contractor in a fashion acceptable to the Owner 3. Should the product choice be a manufacturer other than one shown in the specifications, see substitutions be- low C. Substitutions: prequalification prior to bid only, no substitutions permitted after bids are received MATERIAL AND EQUIPMEN~ Section 01600-1 1. Materials, products, fixtures, equipment and systems equal to those specified may be accepted, providing that the proposed substitution can be substantiated as equal to that specified 2. The burden of proof as to the equality of products shall be upon the Contractor; calculations, tests, drawings, data and supporting evidence shall be fur- nished by and at the expense of the Contractor; include construction schedule impact analysis, cost impact ana- lysis, availability of maintenance service, source of replacement materials and changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution 3. Each substitution proposed will be considered separate- ly but may be reviewed, in addition to equality, in its relationship to other work 4. Substitutions shall not be made without written appro- val 5. Written approval shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the Contract Documents 6. Process a. Submit requests no later than 6 days prior to bid date; submission after that time may be cause for rej ection b. Submit 4 copies for review c. List requests by specification sections, number and paragraph number; include head-to-head items of each product proposed for substitution 7. By requesting substitution, Contractor represents that a. Substitute is equal or superior to that specified b. Warranty shall meet or exceed that specified c. Coordination of accepted substitute will be made by the Contractor and all necessary changes in sur- rounding and related work will be made at no addi- tional cost to the Owner d. Substantial revision to the Contract Documents is not required e. Any calculations required will be provided at Con- tractor's expense D. System Completeness 1. It is intended that specified systems becomplete and operable even though not fully described 2. Contractor is urged to report immediately when such elements are discovered to be missing or if the design intent is unclear 3. Should a necessary element be discovered as missing prior to receipt of bids, an Addendum or Clarification will be issued so that any cost may be accounted for in the Contract Sum 4. Should a necessary element be discovered as missing' after signing of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the element and a no-cost Change Order will be issued MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600-2 1.03 TRANSPORTATION A. Products shall be delivered to site in same condition as received at factory, mill or warehouse without defect B. Products shall be protected during transportation and handling to prevent injury to product C. Schedule deliveries to minimize duration of on site storage 1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Upon receipt, products beCome the property of the Contrac- tor and are his responsibility B. Properly store products to prevent injury to products and premises; store in accordance with manufacturer's instruc- tions, with seals and labels intact and legible C. Provide storagev shops, enclosures at the site for safe and weathertight storage; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation D. Store flammables in closed containersin well ventilated location outside of the building E. During course of construction, keep materials neatly stacked, labeled, properly cared for and adequately pro- tected from weather, theft and damage F. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations; remove coverings when no longer needed END OF SECTION MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600-3 DIVISION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.01 SCOPE A. Inspection B. Cleanup C. Project Record Drawings D. Operation Test E. Certificates F. Warrantees G. Maintenance and Operation Data H. Maintenance Material I. Acceptance 1.02 INSPECTIONS A. In addition to those inspections specified in Section 01400, the Architect will perform the following: 1. At the Contractor's request, when the Contractor con- siders the project to be substantially complete, the Architect will attend a pre-final detailed project re- view, for the purpose of the Contractor gathering the majority of punch list items while the trade or sub- contractors are still on the Project and as a partial basis for final review. The Contractor shall provide ~ type-written list of all items remaining to be com- pleted or corrected. List items by room number and item number (i.e~ Room B10, Item 3 or "B10-3" for short). Segregate plumbing, heating and ventilating, and electrical on separate lists 2. At the Contractor's request, the Architect, the Inspec- tor, the Owner and the Contractor will make a joint final project review within 7 days from receipt of no- tice only when all items of the pre-final punch list have been'completed and after final cleanup, operation tests and the like have been completed and certified; additional punch list items may be collected during this review but should be minimized 3. At the Contractor's request, a call back review of final punch list items 4. In the event that certain items remain uncompleted, the Contractor shall agree in writing to a withholding for the value of such uncompleted items as reasonably de- termined by the Owner 5. When the Architect determines that the project is sub- stantially complete and that all final punch list items are completed, Architect will recommend that a Certifi- cate of Substantial Completion form be executed; upon execution, Owner will have a Notice of Completion re- corded 6. When the fihal Project Inspection Report is executed B. In addition to those inspections specified in Section CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700-1 01400, the Contractor shall perform or cause to'be per- formed, the following: 1. Manufacturer's inspections where specified 2. Contractor or subcontractors inspections to determine adequacy of cleanup of individual work, to determine adequacy and compliance of work and to ascertain need for Architect's reviews specified above 1.03 CLEANUP A. In addition to periodic cleanup and cleanup as work pro- gresses, initial cleaning and polishing of surfaces by the installer so that the installer leaves his work in perfect condition B. Final cleanup immediately prior to final review consisting of cleaning and polishing of glass, mirrors and bright metal, damp washing of resilient and masonry flooring, vacuuming carpet, cleaning plumbing fixtures and lighting lenses, and broom cleaning sidewalks and paving; disinfect plumbing fixtures and systems: replace air filters C. Spot cleanup following completion of punch list items D. Should cleanup efforts be inadequate as determined by the Architect and Contractor fails to comply, the Owner may order thorough cleanup by outside workers and deduct the cost from the final payment to the Contractor 1.04 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A. Project record drawings are required for this project B. One set of blueline prints shall be kept on file in the Contractor's site office exclusively for recording all as- built data, including all addenda, clarifications, and change orders. Contractor shall record dimensions and changes during course of construction c. In general, changes in location of underground utility, sizes, and manufacture of visible items, additions and de- letions to the contract shall be noted D. Do not permanently conceal any Work until required infor- mation has been recorded E. In addition, locations of significant items such as main power disconnect, main water and gas shutoffs, motor dis- connects, filters, controls, isolating valves and the like shall De highlighted on the project record drawings to fa- cilitate proper maintenance and safe operation F. Before completion, Contractor shall review the record set with the Architect to determine completeness and adequacy G. Should the record set be acceptable, Contractor shall be furnished a set of reproducible (sepia vellum) drawings on which the Contractor shall record all as-built data neatly, using standard architectural or engineering drafting prac- tices equal in quality to the Contract drawings. The Con- tractor shall sign the set certifying that all information is correct and shall mark each document PROJECT RECORD CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700-2 H. Should the record set be unacceptable, the Contractor shall inspect, measure and survey the project and record the required additional information on a new, clean set of drawings obtained at cost from the Architect; should the information then be acceptable, the Contractor shall produce the as-built information on reproducible drawings described above I. Submit 2 sets of prints and reproducibles of Record Docu- ments to Architect with accompanying transmittal in dupli- cate with the following data 1o Date 2. Title of Work 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title of each Record Document Certification that each document as submitted is com- plete and accurate 6° Signature of Contractor or his authorized representa- tive 1.05 OPERATION TEST A. Prior to acceptance, all operating equipment including those which slide, swing, turn or are intended to move in any way and those of an electrical or mechanical nature, shall be given an operation test to assure that such equip- ment operates satisfactorily " B. Make adjustments, repairs, replacements and such other mod- ifications as necessary C. Make equipment lubrications, provide start-up and balanc- ing as specified or as required 1.06 CERTIFICATES A. Prior to acceptance submit Certificates of Conformance that products and systems were installed properly, func- tion properly and have been properly tested B. Such Certificates are specified in individual sections but may include 1. Water system disinfection 2. Medical gas cross over 3. Piping tests 4. Ground fault tests 5. Automatic sprinkler tests 1.07 WARRANTEES A. Contractor shall be responsible for procuring all written warrantees (guarantees) as required by the specifications B. Warranty (guarantee) period 1. Project: 1 year from date of project acceptance unless otherwise specified 2. Other periods for special items as specified C. All warrantees shall be of the same form on the Contrac- tor's letterhead, signed by the subcontractor and counter CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700-3 signed by the Contractor with signatures notarized as follows: WARRANTY for (part of work) PERIOD YEAR (S) DATE We hereby warrant that the work we have installed in the San Joaquin Community Hospital, 2615 Eye Street, Bakers- field, California, has been done in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the Warranty specified. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any other and adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, which proves to be defective in its workmanship or material within a period of years from the date of acceptance of the above named project, without any ex- pense whatsoever to the Owner; ordinary wear and tear ex- cepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within 72 hours after being no- tified in writing by the Owner, we collectively or sepa- rately do hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense, and we will honor and pay all costs and charges therefore upon de- mand. Signed Subcontractor/Supplier Countersigned Contractor 1.08 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION DATA A. Provide complete manuals identified by section of specifi- cation for mechanical and electrical items B. Properly index each item, provide contents; bind in loose leaf binder C. Provide 4 copies D. Include full description of item including catalog data, shop drawings, parts lists, suppliers name, address, phone number and subcontractor's name, address and phone numbers E. Include manufacturer's warrantees properly made out to the Owner and file warranty cards F. Where more than one item is shown on a catalog sheet, care- fully mark for actual item installed CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700-4 1.09 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL A. Where specified deliver to Owner extra stock for mainte- nance prior to acceptance B. Obtain receipt for such delivery and submit one copy of such receipts to the Architect prior to acceptance 1.10 ACCEPTANCE A. Prior to acceptance, submit warrantees, project record documents, and maintenance and operation data, extra stock B. Prior to acceptance, complete all punch list items, clean- up and operation tests 1. Hospital Personnel have been instructed on equipment operation and location of disconnects and valves 2. The Fire Department has inspected and approved occupan- cy and has inspected and approved fire sprinkling, fire alarm and smoke detector systems 3. State Agency documents submitted and written agency approvals are evidenced C. Work items remaining after substantial completion shall be identified and valued as withhold items D. Substantial Completion is that designated by the Owner when all work, with the exception of identified minor items, has been completed for its intended purpose E. Acceptance is that designated by the Owner when all work, including withhold items if applicable, has been completed to the Architect's satisfaction as certified in Final Pro- ject Inspection Report F. Should there by no withhold items, Substantial Completion and Acceptance will be considered equivalent END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01700-5 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Provisions and Other Sections of these .Division I - General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.01 SCOPE A. Work included: All labor,, tools, equipment, transporta- tion and temporary construction of any nature necessary for the complete accomplishment of all site preparation shown on the drawings or specified herein which includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Protection of the site 2. Clearing, grubbing and stripping 3. Demolition and removal of structures, concrete, asphalt paving 4.Removal of trees, vegetation and fences 5.Removal of utilities services B.Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02200: Earthwork 2. Section 02221: Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS A.California Department of Transportation (CDT): 1. Standard Specifications: Sections 16 and 52 B.National Arborists Association: 1. Pruning Standards and Practices c. ANSI 1. A10.4 Safety Requirements for Demolition D. CAC Title 8 OSHA 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. General: 1. Clearing work shall not begin until temporary fences, barricades, warning signs and other pedestrian con- trol devices are installed 2. Ail trees, plants, utilities and existing improvements that are not to be removed shall be protected from in- jury or damage resulting from the Contractor's opera- tion. The Contractor shall replace all damaged land- scaping, improvements or utilities in kind. Such re- pair and/or replacement work shall be considered as included in other items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed B. Salvage: Contractor shall take care when removing sal- vageable material to avoid damaging the material itself and the adjacent and adjoining structures that are to re- main C. Existing Subsurface Utilities: 1. Existing subsurface facilities are shown on the plans to help the Contractor avoid damage to essential util- SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-1 ities which must remain in service. The accuracy or completeness of existing utility information cannot be guaranteed 2. The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location of all underground facilities prior to doing work that _ may damage such facilities. If the Contractor discov- ers underground facilities not indicated on the plans or in a location different from what is indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall protect such facili- ties from damage and notify the Architect immediately 3. Although irrigation lines smaller than 3" in diameter are typically not shom~ on the plans~ all landscaped areas are served by automatic irrigation systems. Un- less otherwise indicated on the plans, the Contractor shall relocate all irrigation lines, risers, heads, and control wires as required to resolve conflicts with proposed construction. Such repair and/or relo- cation work shall be considered as included in other items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed D. Protection of existing trees: 1. All trees greater than or equal to 6 inches in diamet- er not specifically designated for removal are to re- main and shall be protected. Unless otherwise noted, all trees less than 6 inches in diameter located more than 3 feet from a utility trench or surfaced area under construction are to remain and shall be protect- ed 2. Any tree to remain which is damaged or destroyed due to the Contractor's negligence or failure to provide adequate protection shall be compensated for in accor- dance with the following'using "tree caliper" method (greatest trunk diameter measured 30 inches above ground) a. For trees or shrubs with diameters up to and in- cluding six inches, compensation shall be the ac- tual cost of replacement with item similar in species, size and shape, including: (1) Actual cost of item boxed out of ground (2) Transportation or delivery of boxed item to site (3) Planting and staking (4) Maintenance, including watering, fertiliz- ing, pruning, pest control and other care to bring replacement to same general condition of original item b. For trunks up to: 7 inches .......... $1,200.00 8 inches .......... $1,700.00 9 inches .......... $2,200.00 10 inches ......... $2,600.00 11 inches ......... $3,100.00 12 inches ......... $3,600.00 13 inches ......... $4,100.00 SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-2 14 inches ......... $4,600.00 15 inches ......... $5,000.00 16 inches ......... $5,500.00 17 inches ......... $6,000.00 18 inches ......... $6,600.00 for each caliper inch: $600.00 but not less than that required by item (a) above 3. The following shall not be permitted: a. Using trees as support posts, power poles, sign posts, or anchorage for ropes, guy wires and power lines or other similar functions b. Poisoning items by disposing of paint, petroleum products, dirty water, soil sterilants or other deleterious materials on or around roots c. Excessive water or heat from equipment, utility line construction or burning of trash under or near shrubs or trees d. Unnecessary compaction of root areas moving trucks, grading machines, storage of equipment, gravel earth fill, supplies, etc. e. Damage to trunk or limbs caused by maneuvering vehicles or stacking material and equipment too close to the item f. Damage to root system from flooding, erosion, excessive wetting and drying resulting from de- watering and other operations PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-WORK CONFERENCE A. The Contractor shall attend a pre-work conference prior to beginning any work to review with the Owner's Representa- tive all existing improvements and vegetation to remain 3.02 DEMOLITION, STRIPPING AND GRUBBING A. Demolition: 1. Existing asphalt concrete paving, concrete curbs and walks shall be broken'up and removed where shown on the Drawings for new construction. In addition, the baserock material underneath paved areas shall be re- moved 2. Existing on-site underground utilities conflicting with construction shall be cut off and capped, removed entirely, or relocated as indicated on the Drawings 3. Concrete structures or portions of structures extend- ing below ground shall be removed to a depth of at least 3 feet below finished grade and broken in a man- ner that will prevent water entrapment 4. Salvageable material shall be disposed of as directed by Owner. Ail adhering concrete footings shall be re- moved from signs, posts, barricades or other facili- ties to be salvaged or reconstructed SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-3 5. Explosives shall not be used B. Stripping: 1. Existing topsoil shall be stripped to a depth of 6" or deeper where directed by the Soils Engineer, as nec- essary to remove all vegetation, organic matter or other objectionable material in 'those areas to be graded 2. Topsoil not containing vegetation shall be stockpiled on-site for later use as topsoil backfill 3. Unused topsoil shall be removed by the Contractor to an offsite location in a legal manner C. Grubbing and Trimming: 1. Trees designated for removal shall be removed to a point at least one foot below the lowest level of subgrade upon which fill will be placed. All soil within a radium of 10 feet of the removed tree under paved area shall receive soil sterilization before further preparation of the subgrade 2. Stumps, roots and other organic material with a dia- meter greater than 3 inches shall be completely re- moved to a depth of at least i foot below subgrade elevation in areas to be graded 3. A consulting Arborist registered by the American Society of Consulting Arborists and paid by the Con- tractor, may be engaged to direct removal of branches from trees and large shrubs which are to remain, if required to clear new construction 4. The Consulting Arborist shall direct repair of trees damaged by the Construction operations. Repairs shall be made promptly after damage occurs to prevent progressive deterioration of damaged trees 5. Dead and damaged trees that are determined by the Landscape Architect to be incapable of.restoration to normal growth pattern shall be removed 6. Pruning operations shall be extended to restore the natural shape of entire tree where directed by the Project Manager's representative D. Excavation around trees: 1. Where trenching for utilities is required within drip lines, tunneling under and around roots shall be by hand digging. Main lateral roots and tap roots shall not be cut 2. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip lines of trees, hand excavation shall be employed to minimize damage to root systems. Roots shall be relocated in backfill areas wherever possi- ble. If large, main lateral roots are encountered, they shall be exposed beyond excavation limits as re- quired to bend and relocate without breaking 3. If encountered immediately adjacent to location of new construction and relocation is not practical, roots shall be cut approximately 6 inches back from new construction 4. Exposed roots shall not be allowed to dry out before SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-4 permanent backfill is placed. Temporary earth cover shall be provided, or roots shall be packed with wet peat moss or 4 layers of wet untreated burlap and temporarily-supported and protected from damage until permanently relocated and covered with backfill 5. Branching structure shall be thinned in accordance with National Arborists Association "Pruning stand- ards and Practices" to balance loss to root system caused by damage or cutting of root system. Thinning shall not exceed 30% of existing branching structure 3.03 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Pits or depressions resulting from the above operations shall be filled and compacted prior to performing any earthwork B. Material to be used for filling shall be select on-site or imported fill material approved by the.Geotechnical En- gineer C. Fill material shall be compacted in 6 inch loose depths to 90% relative compaction. In-place compaction will be tested using California Test Method No. 216 or No. 231, or ASTM D1556 or D2922. Filling and compaction shall be done under the direct supervision of the Geotechnical Engineer 3.04 SURFACE STRUCTURES A. All existing surface structures currently located in non- traffic areas which are also within the limits of proposed paving shall have traffic-related (AASHTO H-20 loading) frames and grates or covers B. Grade Adjustments: 1. Frames, grates and covers of all existing surface structures (manholes, vaults, valve boxes, drain in- lets, monument boxes, etc.) shall be adjusted to pro- posed finished grade. Grade rings shall be supplied and installed as required 2. Frames of new or adjusted surface structures shall be supported by concrete with minimum dimensions as fol- lows: 6" wide by 6" deep for structures less than 18" in diameter or 6" wide by 9" deep for structures 18" or greater in diameter 3.Structures Within Paved Areas: a. A structure located in an area paved with asphalt concrete shall be constructed to final grade until the adjacent pavement or surfacing has been com- pacted b. The contractor shall be responsible for referenc- ing structures prior to paving and locating them after paving operations are complete c. After asphalt concrete paving is complete, the asphalt shall be cut out 6" wider than the frames of all surface structures. Each frame shall then be raised to finished grade and supported by con- crete as noted above. The top surface of the con- crete collar shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 inches SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-5 lower than the finished grade. This depressed area shall be paved with hot-mix asphalt concrete, 1/2 inch maximum aggregate size. Cold-applied as- phalt patching compounds will not be allowed 4. When reconstruction or adjustment of a concrete drain- age facility requires partial removal of concrete, sufficient concrete shall be removed to permit new reinforcing steel to be spliced to existing reinforc- ing steel as specified in CDT Standard Specifications Sections 52-1.08~ ~'Splicing". Existing reinforcement that is to be incorporated in new work shall be pro- tected from damage and shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust and other deleterious material prior to pouring new concrete 5. All manholes that are to be lowered shall be removed to an approximate depth of 3.5 feet below finished grade and shall then be reconstructed with the proper taper to finished grade 6. When existing manholes or inlets are to be abandoned, all pipes entering the manhole or inlet shall be se- curely closed by tight fitting plug or wall of Class A or Class B concrete not less than 0.5 foot thick. The bases of manholes or inlets shall be broken in manner to prevent entrapment or water. The manhole or inlet shall be demolished to an elevation 3 feet below fin- ished grade and backfilled in accordance with Para- graph 3.02 (above) 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Ail debris, site'strippings and objectionable material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed of in a legal manner off the Owner's property : B. Disposal shall be performed as promptly as posslble after removal of the material and shall not be left until the final clean-up period C. Burning of refuse is not acceptable END OF SECTION SITE PREPARATION Section 02100-6 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02151 SHORING AND BRACING PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Provisions and Other Sections of these Division i - General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: All labor, tools, equipment, transporta- tion and temporary construction of any nature necessary for the following but not limited to: 1. Any shoring and bracing necessary to protect existing adjacent buildings, streets, walkways, utilities and other improvements and excavation against loss of ground or caving embankments 2. Maintenance of shoring and bracing 3. Removal of bracing, as required B. Related sections specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02100: Site Preparation 2. Section 02200: Earthwork 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS: Shoring and bracing shall be performed by an organization that has successfully performed previous installations of major similar nature to the one involved in this contract for a minimum of five (5) years 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Comply with local codes and ordinances of governing auth- orities having jurisdiction B. All shoring and bracing installations are to be done under the direct supervision of the registered engineer respon- sible for the shoring and bracing design 1.04 SHORING AND BRACING DESIGN A. Contractor is to provide design drawings, specifications and calculations for all required shoring and bracing sys- tems and other data B. Design drawings and calculation are to be prepared and signed by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of California. The engineer responsible for the shoring and bracing system will be known as the shoring engineer C. Shoring and bracing systems are to be in accordance with local building codes and the geotechnical report prepared for the project D. Shoring and bracing systems are to be submitted and ap- proved by the local building department having jurisdic- tion prior to beginning construction E. The Architect/Structural Engineer do not assume any re- sponsibility for the shoring and bracing system. The Contractor and shoring engineer are solely responsible for shoring operation and any damage caused by the work or its failure SHORING AND BRACING Section 02151-1 F. The cost for the design work is to be included in the con- tract cost and is not to be passed to the Owner as addi- tional work 1.05 SUBMITTALS: Submittals are to be made in conformance with Section 01300 A. Submit shoring and bracing drawings to Architect for his review B. The Architect's review is only for coordination purposes and not for performance PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: Provide all materials required to provide the shoring and bracing system shown on the shoring drawings pre- pared by the shoring engineer PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before starting work, check and verify governing dimen- sions and elevation. In company with Owner, jointly sur- vey condition of adjoining properties. Take photographs, as may be required by conditions or as directed by Owner, recording any prior settlement or cracking of structures, pavements and other improvements. Prepare a list of such damages, verify by dated photographs, and signed by Con- tractor and Owner and any others conducting the investiga- tion B. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. Locate datum level used to establish benchmark elevations sufficiently distant so as not to be affected by movement resulting from excavation operations C. During excavation, resurvey benchmarks weekly, employing a licensed Land Surveyor or registered Professional Engineer. Maintain accurate log of surveyed elevations for compari- son with original elevations. Promptly notify Owner if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags or other damage is evident 3.02 GENERAL A. Shoring and bulkheading shall be so located and designed as to provide adequate space for excavation,.construction and removal 3.03 SHORING A. Protect the site from caving and unacceptable soil move- ment. Wherever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent construction and to permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces. Provide shoring system adequately anchored and braced to resist earth and hydro- static pressures B. Shoring systems retaining earth on which the support or SHORING AND BRACING Section 02151-2 stability of existing structures is dependent must be left in place at completion of work. If wood is part of the shoring system near existing structures, Use pressure pre- servative treated materials or remove before placement of backfill 3.04 BRACING A. Locate bracing to clear columns, foundation construction and other permanent work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior to removal of original brace B. Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or includ- ed in permanent concrete work, except as otherwise accept- able to Architect C. Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spread- ing or distortion to braced frames D. Maintain bracing until structural elements are rebraced by other bracing or until permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and hydrostatic pressures E. Remove sheeting, shoring and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to underlying soils and damage to structures, pavements, facilities and utilities F. Repair or replace adjacent work damaged or displaced through the installation or removal of shoring and bracing work 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect and support all water, sewer, gas and other pipes and electric conduits encountered in this work and immedi- ately notify the persons, corporations, or agencies owning same, granting them opportunity to take sucy additional precautions as they may deem necessary B. Cut and cap all Street connections encountered in excavat- ing along curb line per City and County requirements and mark locations of same so they can subsequently be located and reconnected as required C. Any damage to adjoining properties, streets or utilities caused by any work under this Section shall be repaired and restored to original condition at Contractor's expense END OF SECTION SHORING AND BRACING Section 02151-3 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated here- in 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Ail labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for the complete accomplishment of all earthwork shown on the Drawings or specified herein which includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Watering and dust control 2. Subgrade preparation 3. Common excavation 4. Excavation and backfilling for structures 5. Grading 6. Trench excavation and backfill 7. Removal and backfill of existing fuel tank B. Related sections specified elsewhere: 1. Section 02100: Site Preparation 2o Section 02151: Shoring and Bracing 3. Section 02221: Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS: The following references, codes and standards are hereby made a part of this Section and all earthwork shall conform to the applicable requirements therein A. All work done under this section shall be preformed as outlined in the Architectural and Structural Drawings. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C33: Concrete Aggregates C. Uniform Building Code, 1991 Edition, with 1992 State of California Amendments, State Chapter 29: Excavations, Foundations and Retaining Walls D. California Department of Transportation (CDT) 1. Standard Specifications: Sections 17 and 19 E. CAL/OSHA, Title 8 1.03 SITE CONDITIONS A. General: 1. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations and schedule his cleanup so as to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to public traffic, ped- estrians and adjacent landowners 2. Protect open excavations, trenches and the like with fences, covers and railings as required to maintain safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic passage 3. Prevent erosion of freshly graded areas during con- struction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed 4. The Contractor shall protect existing trees not desig- EARTHWORK Section 02200-1 nated for removal from injury or damage during grading operations by use of fences or other protective meas- ures as required per Section 02100: Site Preparation 5. Fill material shall be temporarily stockpiled in an orderly and safe manner in a location approved by the Owner's Representative 6. All bench marks, monuments, signs and other reference points shall be maintained; if disturbed or destroyed, they shall be replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Owner°s Representative 7o Earthwork operations shall be conducted so as to pre- vent windblown dust and dirt from interfering with the surrounding normal operations. Contractor shall as- sume liability for all claims related to windblown dust and dirt. Water shall be applied in conformance with applicable provisions of Section 17 of the CDT Standard Specifications and with Section 1590 (e) of CAL/OSHA, Title 8 8. Existing irrigation lines to be abandoned shall be capped as directed by the Owner's Representative. Ail hose bibbs, valves and sprinkler heads removed from the project area prior to commencement of construction shall be salvaged and delivered to the Owner's Repre- sentative 9. In the even irrigation lines are discovered passing through project area to other areas of the site, lines shall be rerouted and maintained in operations during construction as directed by the Owner's Representative B. Environmental Requirements: When unfavorable weather con- ditions necessitate interrupting filling and grading oper- ations, areas shall prepared by compaction of surface and grading to avoid collection of water. Adequate temporary drainage shall beprovided to prevent erosion. After in- terruption, compaction specified in last layer shall be re-established before resuming work 1.04 QUALITy CONTROL A. The geotechnical engineer shall be Owner's Representative to observe grading operations both during preparation of the site and Compaction of any fill. She/he shall make enough visits to the site to become familiar generally with progress and quality of work. She/he shall make a sufficient number of field observations and test to enable forming an opinion regarding the adequacy of site prepara- tion, acceptability of fill material and extent to which degree of compaction of fill, as placed, meets specifica- tion requirements 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Imported Materials: Samples of all proposed imported ma- terials, minimum 40 pounds, tagged with source location and supplier shall be submitted to the Project Geotechni- cal Engineer at least 15 days prior to import. Materials shall not be imported to jobsite without written approval by the Project Geotechnical Engineer EARTHWORK Section 02200-2 1.06 MAINTENANCE Repair settlement at excavated areas for a period of one year following final acceptance at no additional cost to Owner. Remove surface pavement, lawn or other finish, add backfill, compact and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance and condition of surface to match adjacent work and eliminate evidence of restoration PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILLMATERIALS A. General Fill Requirements: Ail fill material shall be in accordance with the Soil Report and approved by the Pro- ject Geotechnical Engineer. Excavated materials from the site may be used if approved B. Backfill Material Requirements - Retaining Walls: Backfill shall meet General Fill Requirements; See Paragraph 2.0lA C. Native soil: Shall be the existing soil on the site after all rocks over two cubic inches and all foreign debris have been removed D. Native topsoil: Shall be the existing topsoil after all rocks over two cubic inches and all foreign debris have been removed. Native topsoil shall be free of any sub- stance harmful to plant growth and shall conform to items listed below in Paragraph 2.01 E E. Import topsoil: If any, shall be an homogeneous mineral soil sandy loam, or fine sand. Particle size data shall be based upon standard USDA methodology. Of the material falling in the sand category, a minimum of 80% shall fall in the fine sand range (.05-5mm). Gravel content ~(greater than 2.0mm shall be less than 15%. Import topsoil shall not contain more silt and clkay than the on site native soil. The sum of~silt plus clay shall be less than 25%, the soil shall be non-saline as determined on the satura- tion extract. Salinity shall not exceed 3.0mm hos/cm, boron shall not exceed 1.0 ppm and the sodium absorption ration (SAR) shall not exceed 6.0. Soil reaction as de- termined on a saturated paste shall fall between 5.5 and 7.5. The soil shall be free of organic herbicides, or other growth restricting chemical. Contamination may be tested by greenhouse trials using rye grass and radish as test crops using the proposed import soil as substrate. These trials require four to five weeks for completion 2.02 OTHERMATERIALS Ail other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the Work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Geo- technical Engineer 2.03 SOIL STERILANT A. Soil sterilant shall be either Darmex, Treflan E.C. or approved equal PART 3 EXECUTION EARTHWORK Section 02200-3 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall employ a California registered Land Sur- veyor to lay out all work~ establish all necessary mark- ers, benchmarks, grading stakes and other stakes as re- quired including elevation points on adjacent structures to monitor settlements. Contractor shall be responsible for accuracy of all above surveying. Contractor shall notify and obtain approval from Architect of the above surveying before proceeding with construction. Acceptance or approval of surveying by Architect will not constitute relief of Contractor's responsibility for accuracy B. Paved Areas: Existing pavement shall be wedgecut (5-foot minimumwidth) at pavement conforms, unless otherwise shown on plans 3.02 EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Ail supports, shoring and sheet piling required for the sides of excavations or for protection of adjacent existing improvements shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. The adequacy of such systems shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor 2. Excavate for basements, pits, trenches, footings, grade beams, etc., to the lines and levels required, shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. The bottoms of all excavations shall be level, tamped firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavation shall not be carried below elevations shown on the Drawings. Over excavation shall be remedied by place- ment of either lean concrete fill or structural con- crete to the proper elevation without additional cost to the Owner 3. Where footing'excavation is too deep, backfill shall be concrete. Where footings are overdug laterally, sideforms shall be employed for backfill with approved fill material in accordance with Paragraph 2.01 4. Earth and rock, regardless of character and subsurface conditions, shall be excavated to depths.shown on Draw- ings and to the neat dimensions of the footings wher- ever practicable, to permit pouring of footings and grade beams without use of sideforms, except at slab perimeters 5. Large rocks, pieces of concrete or other obstructions, if encountered during the excavation/scarifying opera- tions, shall be removed and disposed of as specified under Section 02100: Site Preparation 6. Where forming is required, only that excavation neces- sary to permit placing and removeal of forms shall be done 7. Bottoms of all .footings and foundation trenches shall be subject to testing by the project testing agency. Corrective measures as directed by the Architect or Structural Engineer shall be executed promptly 8. Active sewer, water and gas pipes, electric power, light or telephone poles, conduits, or wires, and any EARTHWORK Section 02200-4 other active utility lines encountered shall be imme- diately reported to the Architect and authorities in- volved. Owner and proper authorities shall be allowed free access to take whatever measures they deem neces- sary to repairv relocate or remove the obstruction as determined by the Architect 9. Abandoned sewers, piping, utility services and other utilities encountered in progress of excavating shall be removed and ends plugged in an approved manner B. Removal of Excess Excavated Material: Excess material shall be removed by the Contractor to an off site location in a legal manner C. Dewatering: 1. Dewatering equipment necessary to.drain and keep exca- vations free of water under all circumstances shall be provided, operated and removed by the Contractor 2. Contractor shall obtain Geotechnical Engineer's approv- al of proposed method of dewatering 3. Surface water shall be prevented from flowing into ex- cavation. Accumulated water shal be promptly removed 4. Dewatering system shall be maintained in place until construction work below groundwater is completed 3.03 GRADING A. General 1o Ail areas covered by the project, including excavated and filled areas and adjacent transition areas, shall be uniformly graded so that finished surfaces at all improved areas are at the elevations established by the Construction Documents 2. Planter areas to receive future topsoil shall be grad- ed to 6" below finished grade to allow for such mate- rial Subgrade surfaces shall be graded to within the fol- lowing tolerances based on finished grades and thick- ness of base coarse and pavement section or topsoil required: a. Lawns and Unpaved Areas - Subgrade to be graded to within 0.10 feet of elevation required to achieve finished grades shown on the plans b. Walks - Subgrade to be graded to within 0.10 feet of elevation required to achieve finished grades shown on the plans c. Paved Areas - Subgrade to be graded to within 1/2 inch of elevation required to achieve finished grades shown on the plans 4. Subgrade surfaces shall be graded smooth, compacted to the depth and density required and free from irregular surface drainage 5. Ditches, gutters and swales shall be finished to per- mit proper surface drainage B. Treatment After Completion of Grading 1. After grading is completed and the Geotechnical Engi- neer has finished observation of work, no further excavation or filling shal be done except with appro- EARTHWORK Section 02200-5 val and under observation of the geotechnical engineer 2. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent erosion of freshly graded areas under construc- tion and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed 3.04 SOIL STERILIZATION A. General: Soil sterilants shall be applied to prepared subgrade and prior to installation of any rock or aggregate base. Sterilant shall be applied uniformly at the rate recommended by the manufacturer to all areas beneath on- grade concrete slabs including sidewalks. In addition to ground areas treated, sterilant shall be applied below ex- pansion or control joints and at all areas where pipe, ducts or other features penetrate slabs 3.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade preparation is required under all paved areas, curbs, gutters, walks or structures B. The surface shall be plowed or scarified to a depth of at least 6" below the final subgrade elevation. The earth shall be brought to a finely divided condition by harrow- ing, dry rolling and breaking clods. Ail boulders, hard ribs or solid rock encountered shall be removed. The earth shall be uniform for a full depth and width of sub- grade. The top 6" of subgrade shall be compacted to 95% relative compaction C. See geotechnical report for preparation of subgrade below building structure 3.06 FILLING A. General: 1. The placement~of fills shall be done under the super- vision of the I.O.R. 2. Jetting shall not be permitted 3. All areas to receive fills and all areas to be paved shall be scarified to a depth at least six inches and moisture conditioned as required to obtain the requir- ed compaction. Where slops exceed i vertical to 4 horizontal, subgrade shall be plowed, stepped or benched in such a manner that fills will bond with base material 4. Fill material shall be spread in uniform lifts of not more than 8" in uncompacted thickness. Prior to com- mencing compaction, fills shall be brought to a water content that will permit proper compaction by either aerating the material if it is too wet, or spraying the material with water if it is too dry. Each lift shall be thoroughly mixed before compaction to assure uniform distribution of water content. All fills shall be brought to suitable elevations above grade to provide for anticipated settlement and shrinkage thereof 5. Fill shall not be dropped on any structure. Backfill shall not be placed around, against or upon any con- EARTHWORK Section 02200-6 crete or masonry structure until structure has attain- ed sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed and the horizontal structural system has been in- stalled 6. The contractor is to take special care to prevent any wedge action, eccentric loading or overloading of the structure by equipment used in compactioin of backfill 7. Within the exterior walls of buildings, utility trenches shall be backfilled using rock fill or clean sand complying with ASTM C33, installed in 6-inch lifts and mechanically tamped to achieve 95% relative com- paction 3.07 COMPACTION AND TESTING A. General: 1. All compaction testing shall be in accordance with the soil report 2. Ail compaction shall be performed using compacting rollers, pneumatic or vibrator compactors or other equipment and mechanical methods approved by the Structural Engineer B. The Contractor shall provide the following minimum percen- tages of maximum soil density for each lift, conforming to requirements of ASTM D1557 for cohesive soils and ASTM D2049 for cohesionless soils 1. Steps and Pavements: Compact top 12 inches of sub- grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90% maximum density for cohesive material and 95% re- lative density for cohesionless soils 2.. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6 inches of sub- grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 85% maximum density for Cohesive soils and 90% rela- tive density for cohesionless soils 3. Walkways: Compact top 6-inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90% maximum den- sity for cohesive material and 95% relative density for cohesionless material 4. Building area and retaining walls: As specified by the Structural Engineer C. The Contractor shall.notify the I.O.R. in advance of com- paction operations to ensure that field density tests are performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable 1. Perform a minimum of one field density test of sub- grade for every 2000 s.f. of paved area, but in no case less than three tests 2. Perform a minimum of one field density test in each compacted lift for every 2000 s.f. of paved area, but in no case less than three test per lift 3. Perform any additional test as required by the Struc- tural Engineer 3.08 TOPSOIL PLACEMENT A. A total minimum 6 inches of topsoil shall be placed as follows: EARTHWORK Section 02200-7 1. After all on grade planting areas have been excavated, a three inch layer of native or import topsoil shall be uniformly distributed over these areas and thorough- ly incorporated into the top seven inches of landscape native soil by ripping or scraping to mix the subsoil with the topsoil into a homogeneous mixture 2. The remaining 3 inch layer of topsoil shall then be uniformly distributed and incorporated into the top 6 inches and compacted in place to 85% compaction 3. In areas requiring more than 6 inches import soil, such as mounding, all soil shall be import topsoil as approved 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Ail excavation, filling and compaction shall be performed under the direct observation and subject to the acceptance testing by the Geotechnical Engineer. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Geotechnical Engineer in all as- pects of the work. Any materials placed or improvements constructed in the absence of the Structural Engineer's approval to proceed shall be presumed to be defective and, at the discretion of the Geotechnical Engineer shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. The Struc- tural Engineer. shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to required inspection or testing B. Embankments shall be maintained to the grades shown on the Drawings until completionand acceptance of the Contract. Suitable allowance for shrinkage shall be provided for by the Contractor C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all constructed embankments and shall replace any portion which, in the Structural Engineer's opinion, has been dis- placed due to the~Contractor's negligence 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protection of Newly Graded Areas 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion and keep free from trash and weeds; 2. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to the specified tolerances B. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subse- quent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify the surface, reshape and compact to the required density prior to further construction END OF SECTION EARTHWORK Section 02200-8 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: All labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for the complete accomplishments of all trench- ing~ backfilling and compacting work shown on the Drawings or specified herein B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 02200: Earthwork 2. Section 02585: Restoration of Surfaces 3. Section 02700: Site Utilities 4. Section 16000: Electrical 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Definitions: 1. A trench is defined as an excavation in which the depth is greater than the width of the bottom of the excavation 2. Excavations for appurtenant structures, such as but not limited to manholes, transition structures, junc- tion structures, vaults, valve boxes, catch basins, thrust blocks and boring pits shall be deemed to be in the category of trench excavation 1.03 REFERENCES, CODES AND"STANDARDS: The following references," codes and standards are hereby made a part of this Section and all trenching, backfilling and compacting shall conform to the applicable requirements therein A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D1556: Density of Soil in Place by Sand Cone Method 2. ASTM D1557: Moisture Unit Weight Relations of Soils and Soil Agregate Mixtures B. California Department of Transportation (CDT): 1. Standard Specifications 2. Test 202:- Seive Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 3. Test 216: Relative Compaction of Untreated and Treated Soils and Aggregates 4. Test 231: Relative Compaction of Untreated and Treated Soils and Aggregates by the Area Concept Utilizing Nu- clear Cages C. CAL/OSHA Construction Safety Orders PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT BACKFILL MATERIAL A. Select backfill requirements shall conform to Section ~RENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-1 02200, Earthwork 2.02 PIPE DETECTION MATERIAL A. Tracer wire shall be #8 solid copper wire PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Prior to trenching, the Contractor shall excavate at locations specifically indicated on the plans, if any, where new lines cross other utilities of uncertain depth and determine the elevation of the utility in question to ensure that the new line will clear the potential obstruction 2. The Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert (USA) (800/642-2444) for assistance in locating exist- ing utilities 3. Prior to trenching in landscaped areas, the Contractor shall contact the Owner's Representative to have auto- matic irrigation systems shut of and for assistance in locating existing irrigation lines 4. If after excavation, a crossing utility does. present an obstruction, then the line and grade of the new line will be adjusted as directed by the Civil Engineer to clear the utility 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. General 1. Excavation shall include removal of all water and materials that interfere with construction. The Con- tractor shall remove any water which may be encoun- tered in the trench by pumping or other methods during the pipe laying, bedding and backfill operations. Ma- terial shall be sufficiently dry to permit approved jointing 2. Excavation shall include the construction and mainte- nance of bridges required for vehicular and pedestrian traffic, support for adjoining structures and where necessary, the rearrangement and repair of adjoining utilities 3. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to direct vehicular and pedestrian traffic through or around his work area at all times 4. Except as specified in other Sections, the Contractor shall relocate, reconstruct, replace or repair, at his own expense, all existing utilities, walls, fences, services, other structures or improvements of whatever nature, which are in the line of construction or which may be damaged, removed, disrupted or otherwise dis- turbed by the Contractor whether specifically identi- fied on the Drawings or not. The Contractor shall connect such utilities to existing systems and leave all in a workable and operating condition. The cost of this work shall be considered as included in other TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-2 items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed B. Existing Paving and Concrete= 1. Existing pavement over trench shall be sawcut, removed and hauled away from the job. Existing pavement shall be neatly sawcut along the limits of excavations° If a longitudinal pavement joint or edge of pavement is lo- cated within three feet of the limit of excavation, all intervening pavement shall be removed and replaced after completion of backfilling 2. Existing concrete over the trench shall be sawcut to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches in straight lines either parallel to the curb or at right angles to the align- ment of the sidewalk. No section to be replaced shall be smaller than 30 inches wide. Any construction joint, expansion joint or edge shall be within 12 inches of a score mark, shall be removed to the joint, edge or mark 3. Boards or other suitable material shall be placed un- der equipment outrigging to prevent damage to paved surfaces C. Trench Width: 1. The maximum allowable trench widths at the top of the pipe shall be as follows: Pipe T¥ge Trench Width (Max,) Asbestos-Cement Outside diameter of Copper barrel plus 18 inches Fiberglass Galvanized-Iron Plastic Vitrified Clay Cast-Iron ~ Concrete Cylinder Corrugated Metal Outside diameter of Ductile-Iron barrel plus 24 inches Reinforced Concrete Welded Steel a. The maximum trench width shall be inclusive of all shoring b. If the maximum trench width is exceeded, the Soils Engineer may direct the Contractor to embed or cradle the pipe in concrete at no additional charge to the project D. Open Trench: 1. The maximum length of open trench shall be 300 feet or the distance necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single day, whichever is greater. No trench shall be left open at the end of the day 2. Provisions for trench crossings and free access shall be made at all street crossings, driveways, water gate valves and fire hydrants E. Excavation Bracing: 1. The excavation shall be supported and excavation op- TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-3 erations conducted in accordance with the California Industrial Accident COmmission and CAL/OSHA 2. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish, put in place, and maintain such sheeting and bracing as may be required to support the sides of all excava- tions (whether above or below the pipe grade), and to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the required trench section or otherwise injure or de- lay the work. The sheeting and bracing shall be with- drawn in a manner such as to prevent any earth move- ment that might overload the pipe F. Excavated Material: 1. Ail excavated material not required'for backfill shall be immediately removed and properly disposed of off- site by the Contractor 2. Material excavated in streets and roadways shall be laid along-side the trench and kept trimmed to minimize inconvenience to public traffic 3. Provisions shall be made wherebyall storm and waste water can flow unenterrupted in gutters or drainage channels 4. Excavated material shall not be stored on landscaping 3.03 PIPE BEDDING A. Bedding Excavation: The trench shall be excavated below the grade of the pipe bottom to the following minimum depths: Pipe Type Depth Asbestos-Cement 12" above Cast-Iron top of pipe Concrete Cylinder Ductile-Iron Plastic: 3 inch and larger Vitrified Clay Welded Clay Copper 6" above Fiberglass tope of pipe Galvanized-Iron Plastic: 2-1/2 inch and smaller Corrugated Metal 1/2 outside Reinforced Concrete dia. of pipe (pipe springline) 3. compaction: The initial backfill material shall be hand-tamped in layers not exceeding 4 inches in uncom- pacted depth and shall be brought up uniformly on both sides of the pipe to avoid bending or distortional stress. After hand tamping, the relative compaction of the initial backfill material shall not be less than 90% B. Pipe Detection Material: In trenches containing pressur- ized pipes, including ductile iron pipe, tracer wire shall TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-4 be placed directly above the pipe and shall be connected to all valves and other appurtenances as appropriate C. Subsequent Backfill= 1. Above the level of initial backfill, the trench shall be backfilled with native material from trench excava- tion or with imported select backfill material (Con- tractor's option). Subsequent backfill shall be free of vegetable matter, stones or lumps exceeding 3 inches in greatest dimension and other unsatisfactory materi- al. The Geotechnical Engineer shall approve the back- fill material prior to 91acement 2. Except as noted in Paragraph 3.04D (below), subsequent backfill compaction shall be by mechanical means with backfill material placed in layers not exceeding eight inches in loose depth. Each layer shall, be thoroughly compacted before succeeding layers are placed The use of machine tampers, except manually held types, shall not be permitted 3. Subsequent backfill shall be compacted to a relative compaction of not less than 90% except the relative compaction shall not be less than 95% within 2-1/2 feet of finished permanent surface grade or 1-1/2 feet below the finished subgrade, whichever is greater D. Jetting 1. Trench backfill compaction by jetting will be allowed for select backfill material (sand) only. Jetting of native material will not be allowed 2. When jetting select materrial as subsequent backfill, the maximum loose depth of each lift shall be increas- ed from eight inches to twenty-four inches 3. When jetting, the Contractor shall prevent floating of the pipe. The Contract shall be wholly responsible for damage resulting from jetting operations 4. After consolidation by jetting, the relative compac- tion of the backfill material shall meet or exceed the above compaction requirements 3.05 COMPACTION TESTING A. Compaction testing shall be in accordance with Section 02200 3.06 TRENCH SURFACING A. General: In unimproved areas, the trench surface shall be restored to its original condition. No mounds of earth shall be left along the trench B. Temporary surfacing 1. Temporary surfacing shall be a minimum of 2 inches of cutback asphalt on 8 inches of Class 2 Aggregate Base and shall be placed at all trench locations subject to vehicular or pedestrian traffic 2. Temporary surfacing shall be laid within one day after backfilling (except where te Contractor elects toplace permanent surfacing within this time period) 3. Before the trenching area is opened for traffic, all excess dirt, rock and debris shall be removed, the TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-5 street surface shall be swept clean and the pavement shall be washed down with a water truck and pressure nozzle 4. Temporary surfacing shall be maintained to prevent the occurrence of mudholes and prevent the surface from settling below one inch or rising more than one inch from the existing pavement grade C. Permanent Surfacing: Refer to Section 02585, Restoration of Surfaces END OF SECTION TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Section 02221-6 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02520 CONCRETE PAVING PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work included: 1. Reinforced concrete paving 2. Concrete sidewalks, curbs and gutters B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 02100Site Preparation 2. Section 02200 Earthwork 3. Section 02700 Site Utilities 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Subgrade preparation, base course, portland cement con- crete and reinforcing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 Section 03001 State Municipality of Highways Public Works standard PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms: wood material, profiled to suit conditions B. Joint Filler: asphalt impregnated wood fiberboard C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; 40 ksi yield grade; de- formed billet steel bars, unfinished finish D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, in coiled rolls; unfinished finish E. Dowels: plain steel, unfinished F. Cement: ASTM C150 Normal Portland Type II G. Color Additive: 1. Lamp black, 4 pounds per cubic yard, typical 2. Colored concrete: inorganic color, L.M. Scofield Co., Davis, colors as selected by Architect H. Fine and Coarse AggregateS: ASTM C33 I. Water: clean and not detrimental to concrete J. Admixtures: ASTM C260 K. Curing Compound: Grace or Masterbuilders L. Liquid Surface Sealer: Grace or Masterbuilders 2.02 CONCRETE MIX 'A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 B. Provide concrete for all of the following characteristics: 1. Compressive Strength at 7 days: 1,000 psi 2. Compressive Strength at 28 days: 3,000 psi 3. Slump: 4 inches 4. Air Entrainment: 5 - 7 percent PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify gradients and elevations of base CONCRETE PAVING Section 02520-1 B. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads C. Moisten substrate to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete 3.02 FORMING A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension and profile B. Place joint filler in joints, vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork C. Place expansion joints at 20 foot intervals as indicated. Align joints D. Place joint filler between paving components and other appurtenances E. Provide key joint construction joints as needed 3.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement at lowest third-height of slabs-on- grade B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints. Place dowels with one end lubricated, the other to bond to concrete C. Place reinforcement to achieve pavement and curb alignment 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with Section 03001 B. Do not disturb reinforcement formwork components during concreteplacement C. Place' concrete continuously between predetermined joints 3.05 FINISHING A. Walks 1. Screed, vibrate, tamp, bUll float, wood float 2. Steel trowel, ~tool edges and lines as per drawings 3. Broom finish: texture with'burlap drag on broom de- vice 4. Clear tooled edges and lines B. Curbs and Gutters 1. After placement and vibration, wood float exposed surfaces; tool edges 2. Removed fins and other arrises 3. Steel trowel to densify all exposed surfaces 4. Fine brush parallel to curb in uniform strokes, clear brush frequently C. Colored concrete 1. Use admixture at rate recommended by manufacturer of color.for desired effect 2. Place, screed, tamp and float 3. Refloat with magnesium float toproduce tight swirl antislip finish after tooling 3.06 CURING A. Cover with waterproof paper, not polyethylene, for 4 days minimum, or apply curing compound B. Prevent foot traffic for 48 hours after placement; wheeled traffic for 7 days after placement; vehicles prohibited at CONCRETE PAVING Section 02520-2 walks END OF SECTION CONCRETE PAVING Section 02520-3 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02585 RESTORATION OF SURFACES PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: All labor, materials, tools equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for a complete operational installation of all restoration of surfaces work shown on the Drawings and specified herein B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 02580: Pavement Markings and Accessories 2. Section 02950: Landscape Planting 3. Section 02970: Landscape Maintenance 4. Section 09900: Painting 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A615: Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Con- crete Reinforcement 2. C150: Portland Cement B. California Department of Transportation (CDT): 1. Standard Specifications: Section 26, 39, 51, 52, 73, 90, 92, 93 and 94 1.03 GENERAL RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS A. Asphalt Concrete Surfacing: 1. Unless otherwise noted, all streets, paths or other paved areas in which the surface is removed, broken or damaged, or in which the ground has caved in or set- tled due to the installation of the improvements shall be resurfaced and brought to the original grade by the Contractor 2. Pavement replacement shall be in kind subject to the following minimum pavement sections a. Streets and All Other Areas Subject to Vehicular Traffic: 2 inches asphalt concrete over 8 inches aggregate base material b. Asphalt Paths and Walks: 1-1/2 inches asphalt concrete over 4 inches aggregate base material B. Concrete Surfacing: 1. Unless otherwise noted, all walkways, paths, driveways, curbs and other improvements damaged or removed as a result of construction shall be reconstructed by the Contractor to the same dimension sand with the same materials used in the original work subject to the following minimum requirements: a. Materials: Concrete as specified herein shall be used b. Dimensions: 4 inch PCC / 4 inch ABM for concrete RESTORATION OF SURFACES. Section 02585-1 sidewalks 2. Ail work shall match the appearance of the existing improvements as nearly as practicable. Lampblack or other pigments may be added to the concrete to obtain the necessary results C. Landscaped Areas: 1. All landscaped areas shall be left with a neatly grad- ed surface, conforming to the adjacent existing ground. No mounds of earth shall be left along trenches 2. Plants destroyed during construction shall be replaced with new plants of the same size and species as the original plants unless noted otherwise 3. Existing sod areas may be rolled, properly stored and re-laid. Existing sod which cannot be saved shall be replaced with new sod. Re-seeding is not acceptable 4. Replanted or replacement plants and sod shall be main- tained at the Contractor's expense for forty-five (45) days D. Pavement Markings: 1. Work shall match existing markings in materials, color and dimension 2. Except where otherwise noted, pavement markings shall be applied to restored areas regardless of the condi- tion of the existing markings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAVING MATERIALS A. Aggregate Base: Aggregate base shall conform to Class 2 aggregate base, 1-1/2 inch maximum size, as specified in Section 26 of the CDT Standard Specifications B. Asphalt Concrete (AC): 1. Paving asphalt to be mixed with aggregate shall be steam-refined asphalt, AR-4000, conforming to Section 92 of the CDT Standard Specifications 2. Mineral aggregate shall be Type B mineral aggregate as specified in Section 39 of the CDT Standard Specifica- tions 3. Maximum aggregate size shall be as follows: A.C. Thickness Max. Agq. a. 1-1/2" surface course 1/2" b. 2" and 2-1/2" surface course 3/4" c. base course 3/4" 4. Liquid asphalt for prime coat shall be Grade SC-70 in conformance with Section 93 of the CDT Standard Speci- fications 5. Asphaltic emulsion for paint binder and fog seal coat shall be emulsified asphalt, Type SS-lb, conforming to Section 94 of the CDT Standard Specifications C. Portland Cement Concrete (PCC): 1. Concrete shall be Class A concrete conforming to Sec- tion 90 of the CDT Standard Specifications 2. Cement shall be Type II cement conforming to ASTM Designation C150 as modified by Section 90 of the CDT Standard Specifications RESTORATION OF SURFACES Section 02585-2 3. Aggregate shall be 3/4" maximum size conforming to Section-90 of the CDT Standard Specifications. Slurry seal shall conform to Section 37 of the CDT Standard Specifications 4. Water shall be clard and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter or other delete- rious substances 5. Reinforcing bars shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation A615 Grade 40 and be deformed in ac- cordance with Section 52 of the CDT Standard Specifi- cations 6. Filled joints, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, shall be 1/4" thick, the full depth of the concrete section and conforming to Section 51 of the CDT Stan- dard Specifications 7. Joint filler shall conform to Section 51 of the CDT Standard Specifications for premolded expansion joint filler and expanded polystyrene joint filler 8. Carbon black shall be added to concrete for curbs, gutters and sidewalks as required to conform to exist- ing work 9. No admixtures will be allowed without prior approval of the Owner's representative D. Pavement Marking Paint: Paint shall be a high quality traffic paint conforming to or exceeding the standards set forth by the State of California Materials and Research Department. Kelly Moor No. 2130, Crown Products, Desoto, Bauer'or equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. General: Before resurfacing material is placed, pavement edges shall be trimmed back far enough to provide clean, solid faces and shall be free of any loose material. Trenches shall be sawcut 6" back from side of trench B. Subgrade: See Section 02200 Earthwork C. Aggregate Base: Aggregate base shall be placed, spread and compacted to 95% maximum density in conformance with Section 26 of the CDT Standard Specifications 3.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING A. General: 1. Asphalt concrete shall be proportioned, mixed, placed, spread and compacted in layers in conformance with Section 39 of the CDT Standard Specifications. No layer of asphalt concrete shall be less than 1-inch in compacted thickness nor shall any layer exceed the maximum thickness allower per Section 39 2. Before placing asphalt concrete on untreated base, a liquid asphalt prime coat shall be applied to the base course in conformance with Section 39 of the CDT Stan- dard Specifications. Prime coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.25 gallons per square yard 3. Before placing asphalt concrete, an asphalt emulsion RESTORATION OF SURFACES Section 02585-3 tack coat (paint binder) shall be applied to all ver- tical surfaces of existing pavement, curbs, gutters, construction joints and all existing pavement to be surfaced, in conformance with Section 39 of the CDT Standard Specifications 4. Fog seal shall be applied to all finished surfaces of asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with Section 37 of the CDT Standard Specifications, at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard 5. After fog seal has been applied, ample time shall be allowed for drying before traffic is allowed on the pavement or paint striping is applied B. Trench Surface Restoration: Trench surface shall have 1/2" asphalt concrete crown 3.03 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION A. Ail concrete shall be mixed and placed in accordance with CDT Standard Specification B. Construction of concrete substructures shall conform to applicable provision of Section 51 of the CDT Standard Specifications. Unless noted otherwise herein, all ex- pose surfaces of structure shall have Class i surface fin- ish C. Construction of concrete curbs and sidewalks shall conform to CDT Standard Specifications, Section 73, Paragraphs 1.02 to 1.07 D. Curing shall conform to Section 90-7 of the CDT Standard Specifications. No pigments shall be' used in compounds E. Ail work shall be subject to the inspection of the civil Engineer. No concrete shall be placed unitl the Civil Engineer has reviewed the forms and reinforcements F. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped free- ly more than 6 feet. Spouts, elephant trunks or other ap- proved means shall be used to prevent segregation 3.04 PAVEMENT MARKING A. Traffic Paint: 1. All surfaces to be painted shall be clean and. dry prior to painting. Ample time shall be allowed be- tween the asphalt pavement seal coat and the initial painting 2. All restored surfaces shall have traffic paint applied in two applications. First or priming coat shall be in light application to seal the pavement; second heavier coat of paint is the wearing surface. Glass beads shall be placed on the second coat of paint for all traffic stripes and pavement markings so as to form a reflective surface END OF SECTION RESTORATION OF SURFACES Section 02585-4 DIVISION 02000 SITEWORK SECTION 02700 MECHANICAL UTILITIES PART i - GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and Division i - General Requirements and Section 15010 - Mechanical General, are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein. 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work specified in this section 1. Mechanical Utilities Work Complete, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: a. Buried fuel oil tank installation and rec°nnec- tion of fuel oil lines b. Excavation and backfilling for Mechanical Util- ities c. Testing of Mechanical Utilities Systems d. Protection of Materials of this Section e. Restoration of damage B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Excavation and Backfilling: Section 02221 2. Cast-In-Place Concrete Work: Section 03300 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Refer to Paragraph 1.02, Section 15010 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notwithstanding, any reference 'in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, form or type of construction by name, make, or catalog number, such ref- erences shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and alternate items may be submitted for re- view unless listed item is noted "No Substitutions or Alternate Manufacturers Will Be Permitted" 1.04 SITE EXAMINATION A. Information for Bidders and as follows: 1. No allowance will be made for any costs incurred by the Contractor, subsequent to Contract award, due to his failure to have notified the Architect, prior to submitting his proposal, of all discrepancies encoun- tered between the Drawings, Specifications, and ac- tual site conditions which are discernible 1.05 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND PROPERTY A. Refer to Supplementary General Conditions B. Refer to General Conditions C. Refer to Division 1 - General Requirements PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A. General 1. Ail pressure piping shall conform to the requirements MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-1 of the ANSI Safety Code for Pressure Piping, B31.1; be commercially round and straight; be of uniform quality and workmanship; be free from all defects; and be identified 2. All fittings, flanges, and unions shall be standard manufactured products 3. Make all screwed joints with Teflon tape, applied to the male threads. Gasket and bolt all flanged unions 4. Provide dielectric unions between ferrous and non- ferrous piping 5. Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1, American Standard Pipe threads 6. Protect all buried steel and copper pipe with one coat of pipe primer and wrapped with two layers of 0.10 inch thickness vinyl tape applied with second layer overlapping first layer by 50 percent. Primer and tape shall be applied in accordance with submitted data and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Pressure Piping: 1. Copper Tubing: ANSI H23.1; and hard temper type L for all piping; wrought copper, solder joint fittings, ANSI B16.18, cast-bronze, threaded, ground joint unions, ANSI B16.18. Solder shall be an alloy of sil- ver containing no lead, zinc, cadmium 2. Ductile Iron with push-on Joint: ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111), ANSI A21.51 (AW-WA C151), thickness Class 2, centrifugally cast, fittings shall be of same material and pressure classification as piping. Theweight class or nominal thickness, and casting period shall be shown on each pipe. The manufacturer's mark, the year in which the pipe was produced, and the letters "D.I." or "Ductile" shall be cast or stamped on each pipe 3. Black Steel, Threaded: A/~SI B125.2, Schedule 40, threaded black cast iron fittings and ground joint unions, ANSI B16.4, 125 pound class 4. Black Steel, Welded: ANSI B125.2, Schedule 40; steel butt-welded fittings, ANSI B16.9; steel welding flang es and flanged fittings, ANSI B16.5, 150 pound class; grooved type couplings where noted 5. Pre-insulated Steam Piping: Black steel, threaded, ANSI B125.2, Schedule 40 with black cast iron fit- tings. Pipe shall have outer PVC casing with void between 9ipe and casing filled with a minimum 2 inch thickness foam insulation C. Pressure Piping systems shall comply with requirements hereinbefore specified for pressure piping and as follows: 1. Water a. 3 inch and smaller: copper tubing b. 4 inch and larger: ductile iron 2. Natural Gas: Black steel, threaded i inch and small- er; welded 1-1/4 inch and larger 3. Storm Drain Pump Discharge: Black steel with victau- lic or similar grooved lock type fittings 4. Steam: MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-2 a. Buried: Preinsulated black steel b. Not Buried: Black steel 5. Fuel Oil: i inch and smlaller: Black steel, thread- ed; larger than 1 inch: Black steel, welded. Buried piping shall be installed with an outer casing of PVC or fiberglass to provide a code conforming dual wall installation 6. Fuel Tank Fill Pipe: Black steel, threaded 7. Fuel Tank Sounding Pipe: Black steel, threaded 8. Fuel Tank Vent Pipe: Black steel, threaded 2.02 VALVES: Nibco (as noted), Walworth, Stockham, or equal A. General: 1. For copper tubing provide IPS-to-copper adaptor, sized for use with tubing and respective valve. Solder joint valves will not be permitted for water service 2o For flanged valves, provide streamline companion flanges, ANSI B16.5, 150 pound class, unless indi- cated otherwise 3. Provide valves rate at not less than 125 pound steam working pressure, unless indicated otherwise 4. Provide valve materials suitable for service and temperature of respective systems, especially with respect to discs, plugs, balls, linings, gaskets, and lubricants of globe valves, plug cocks, ball valves, etc. B. Valve Types: 1. Gate Valves: a. Two-inch and smaller: Figure T-124 threaded bronze, 125 pound steam, 200 pound W.O.G., solid wedge, union bonnet, inside screw, rising stem b. 2-1/2 inch and 3 inch: Figure F-619, IBBM 125 pound steam, 200 pound W.O.G., solid wedge, non- rising stem, flanged c. 4 inch and larger: Figure M-609, IBBM, 175 poung water, bolted bonnet, FM approved, U.L. listed 2. Gas Cocks: Walworth Figure 1796 or 1797F, Jenkins, Stockham or equal lubricated plug valve. Valve shall be short pattern cast iron body and plug, valve shall be rated for 175 pound W.O.G. Figure 1796 shall be utilized with screwed piping and Figure 1797F with welded piping. Provide operator handle for each valve 2.03 CLEANOUTS: Smith as noted or equal A. Grade, Pedestrian Traffic Areas: Figure 4020U cast-iron cleanout with serrated cut-off ferrule, brass plug with neoprene seal, adjustable head and heavy duty scorinated cover secured with screws B. Grade, at all Vehicular Traffic Areas: Figure 4020 cast- iron cleanout with brass plug with neoprene seal and pol- ished brass frame and cover C. Cleanouts shall be line size up through 6 inch size and shall be 6 inch size for lines 8 inches and larger in size MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-3 2.04 THRUST BLOCKS: As detailed on Drawings 2.05 MANHOLES: Pre-cast manhole and concrete base with galvanized steps; cast-iron manhole roing and cover per local City Stan- dards for pre-cast manholes. Refer to Drawing Details for additional requirements 2.06 VALVE BOXES: Each valve on buried piping, except where indi- cator post is shown, shall be provided with an adjustable cast-iron or precast concrete valve box of a size suitable for the valve on which it is to be used. The head shall be round and the lid shall have the word "WATER" or appropriate service cast on it. The least diameter of the shaft of the box shall be 5-1/4 inches. Each cast-iron box shall be given heavy coat of bituminous paint 2.07 UNDERGROUND FUEL OIL STORAGE TANK: Owens-Corning Fiberglass, Hydro Guard System A. Fuel Oil Storage Tanks: Construct tanks of fiberglass re- inforced plastic (FRP) to comply with NFPA 30. Under- ground fuel oil storage tanks shall meet the requirements of the State of California Health and Safety Code, Divi- sion 20, Chapter 6.7, Section 25850 (definition); Section 25284 to design and construct tanks for primary and sec- ondary containment of fuel oil and shall be double wall construction with area between walls available to accept the probe of a monitoring system and Section 25284.1 to furnish and install a monitoring system capable of detect- ing unauthorized release of hydrocarbons or intrusion of water flow from surrounding soil. Tank shall have manhole openings for fill, vent, section oil return, oil level gage. Size vent pipes according to NFPA 30 but not less than 1-1/4 inches~in nominal inside diameter B. Monitoring System to Detect Hydrocarbon and Water Leaks: Veeder-Root, Model TLS-350 Complete, shall consist of an electrical/electronic control center and one sensor probe located at each end of the tank at the lowest corner be- tween outer and inner walls of double wall tank with con- necting cable, LED indicators for fuel oil (red), water (yellow) and air (green) with alarm audible at 2900 HZ, 75 dB on a scale above ambient noise level at 2 feet from control center. Additional detectors to be located at piping turns, at low point in piping and at other required locations. Control unit shall be located in Hospital En- gineer's office where directed in NEMA 4 enclosure and be available to accept power characteristics of 120 volt a.c. +/- 20 volts, 60 Hz, 8 watts minimum. Sensor probe shall be located on a float to detect fuel oil on dry bottom on tank or floating. Probe shall meet NFPA 70, Class 1, Division 1, Group D hazardous location requirements. Sen- sor response time to detect hydrocarbons shall be not less than 5 secons afterr sensor is covered. System shall be FM approved, UL listed C. Tank capacity shall be a nominal. 15,000 gallons D. Oil Level Gage: Tank oil level gage shall be a listed MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-4 assembly, calibrated to match tank provided. The level readout shall be remotely located in the Hospital Engi- neer's office, where directed, shall read out in gallons as either a direct reading or a dial indicator reading E. Mechanical Contractor shall arrange for any electrical power, wiring, etc. and include it in his bid figures. Remote reading oil level gage assembly shall be install- ed completed and operable, as shal be detection monitor- ing system PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION: A. Charts: Provide suitable sized identification charts, framed with glass or plastic front. Valve identifica- tion chart shall list valve numbers and symbol for ser- vice corresponding to piping symbol. Charts shall be posted as directed by the Architect 3.02 TESTING A. General: 1. Provide all tests specified hereinafter and as other- wise required 2. Provide all test equipment including test pumps, gages, instruments and other equipment required. All test equipment, gages., meters, etc., shall have been calibrated within three months of tests. Submit cer- tification of calibration prior to commencing testing. Pressure gages used shall be graduated in increments not greater than 5 pounds per square inch and shall have a range not more than twice the test pressure 3. Upon completion of testing, certify to the Architect in writing, that the specified tests have been per- formed and that the installation complies with the specified requirements B. Piping: 1. Remove from the systems, during testing, all equip- ment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace removed equipment when testing has been accomplished. The systems may be tested in sections as work pro- gresses; correct leaks by remaking joints with new material; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test time will be accrued only while full test pres- sure is on the system except where piping is contin- uation of existing system 2. Perform tests in accordance with the following sche- dule. Unless otherwise indicated, "Tolerance" shall be no pressure drop, except due to temperature change, in a 24 hour period 3. Pipe Test Pressure Schedule: MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-5 Test Test System Medium Pressure Tolerance Water Water 150 psig or as required by UPC Soil & Waste Water 10 foot No leaks 24 hours Vent Water 19 foot No leaks 24 hours Natural Gas Air 50 psig Pumped Discharge Water 50 psig No leaks 24 hours Steam Water 150 psig No leaks 24 hours Fuel Oil Return Oil 200 psig White Cloth - I hr Fuel Oil Suction Air 25 inch Hg. vacuum C. Valves: 1. Test all valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate all valves at least once from closed-to-open-to-closed position while valve is under test pressure 2. Test all automatic valves for proper operation at the settings indicated in the presence of Engineer 3. Test pressure relief valves, safety valves and safety relief valves by self-actuation not less than three times in the presence of the Architect at time of testing equipment operation for which valves apply D. Piping Specialties: 1. Test all piping specialties for proper operation E. Hangers and Supports: 1. With system in normal operation, test all hangers, supports and rods to insure that they are plumb and supporting their proper share of the load. Addition- ally support, as required, system and equipment that. sway, crawl or vibrate F. Hydrocarbon and Water Monitoring System Test: Cover the sensor probe in underground storage.tank with fuel oil and, subsequent to removal, in a separate test with water, visually verify sensor time and LED water, oil and hydro- carbon indicator actuation; and measure alarm audible level specified G. Other Equipment and Systems: 1. Test all other equipment and apparatus as specified herein, as recommended by the equipment manufacturer, and as otherwise necessary or directed by the Archi- tect to assure that they are complete, operable and ready to use 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. The entire installation shall be accomplished by per- sonnel especially trained and qualified in their res- pective trades 2. Install all material, equipment, and apparatus in an orderly correlated and neat appearing manner, with like elements and appurtenances in similar location, position and elevation. Do not install any diagonal MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-6 or otherwise irregular work without written approval from the Architect 3. All-material, equipment, and apparatus shall comprise complete and operable systems. Provide all apparatus, parts, material, and accessories which are necessary to accomplish this result 4o Should any part of the installation result in an complete and operable system, or systems, provide additional material or equipment necessary to make the systems operational 5. Inspect all material, equipment and apparatus upon delivery and do not install any that may be subject to rejection as a result of damage or other defects 6. Examine all Plans of all Divisions of these Contract Documents and become familiar with them as necessary for proper and prompt coordination of all installa- tions. Relocate as directed.by the General Contrac- tor and as approved by the Architect all material, equipment and apparatus which are placed and which result in interference with other installations 7. Install new piping with a minimum 6" clearance above or below existing piping, conduits, duct banks, etc. that it may cross. Space between pipe and existing service shall be filled with compacted sand B. Welding: 1. Ail welding of pressure piping shall be done by weld- ers who have been qualified by a recognized agency within six months prior todate of the Contract. Per- form all welding in accordance with the provisions of the latest issue of all applicable codes, including ASME Boiler Construction Code and the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping. Before any welding is performed, submit a copy~of Specification for Welding Procedure to the Engineer with proof of its compliance with ap- plicable codes. Standard Procedure Specifications of, and operators qualified by, the National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau will be considered as compliance with the requirements of these Specifications. Annual renewal of certification during the contract period will be required 2. Where required, peen and wheel grind welds. Ragged edges with metal beads, poor alignment and other in- ferior work will be rejected. Perform welding with oxyacetylene or electric arc processes, continuously around the pipe. Use fittings for all bends and branch takeoffs C. Valves: 1. Insure that all valves are field checked for packing and lubricant and that the disc is for the service intended. Replace leaking packing D. Fuel Oil Storage Tank: Install storage tank, vents and other connections in accordance with NFPA 30, recommenda- tions and published instructions of the manufacturer and as indicated MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-7 3.04 STERILIZATION A. Notify the Architect prior to sterilization of the water system so that the sterilization procedure may be witnes- sed B. Purge entire new portion of domestic water systems and sterilize with 4% chlorine solution injected into system to a concentration of fifty parts per million allowed to stand for 24 hours. After this period, purge throughout new system. Upon completion of sterilization, certify that the specified sterilization has been performed by lab test and certification END OF SECTION MECHANICAL UTILITIES Section 02700-8 DIVISION 03000 CONCRETE SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this Section 1. Cast-in-place concrete a. Close up existing openings 2. Concrete reinforcement 3. Concrete finishing 4. Concrete formwork 5. Concrete accessories B. Applicable to this Section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: DivisiOn 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Coordinate reinforcement and formwork 2. Provide for embedded items B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01010 1. Trade Standards a. American Concrete Institute: ACI 318, ACI 304, ACI 305, ACI 306, ACI 315 b. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, CRSI Manual of Standard Practice 2. Code a. UBC b. CAC T22 c. CAC T24 C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Shop drawings: Reinforcement D. Quality Control: see Section 01400 1. Provide a design mix or equivalent to 3000 psi transit mixed concrete (ASTM C94), maximum aggregate 3/4 inch, maximum slump 4 inch Section 2-2604, (c), 2, Method "B". Provide testing as per Section 2-2628(a), (b), (d) 2. Provide weighmaster certificates for each truck deliv- ery 3. Special Inspection is required 4. Allow inspector access to work to take compression cyl- inders (one set required) 5. Provide mill identification of reinforcement PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: Portland Cement Type II ASTM C1501; Aggregate ASTM C33 and ASTM C88 clean; Water, clean; Curing Compound, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300-1 membrane forming liquid ASTM C309, Expansion joints ASTM D994, 1/4 inch; 3000 psi B. Aggregates: comply with Section 022603 (d) of Title 24 C. Reinforcement: Bars ASTM 615, Grade 40, deformed; provide spacers, ties, screeds and other accessories as required D. Dry pack: Master Builders Embeco 636 Premix 1. Additive: Aluminum powder 2. Strength: 2000 psi at 7 days E. Concrete bonding agent: Adhesive Engineering, Concressive #1001 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FORMWORK A. Verify that formwork is adequate and to shape, lines and dimensions required and that it can be removed without damage to concrete; verify all inserts are properly placed and coordinated 3.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Ail concrete shall be reinforced B. Comply with UBC, ACI 315, ACI 318; provide splice laps and bends as stipulated C. Support bars on chairs, 3 inch clearance from bases 3.03 CONCRETE A. Install into form within time limit allowed, steel trow- eled finish and edged (at piers) B. Install all concrete during one time period C. Properly cure all,concrete END OF SECTION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Section 03300-2 DIVISION 04000 MASONRY SECTION 04200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART I GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work included: Ail labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for a complete functional installation of all concrete unit masonry shown on the Drawings and specified herein B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01300: Submittals 2. Section 01400: Quality Control 3. Section 02200: Earthwork 4. Section 02700: Site Utilities 5. Section 03200: Concrete Reinforcement 6. Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete 7. Section 05120: Structural Steel 8. Section 05500: Miscellaneous Metals 9..Section 07600: Sheet Metal Flashing 10. Section 07920: Caulking and Sealants 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS: The following references, codes and standards are hereby made a part of this section and concrete reinforcement shall conform to the applicable require- ments therein A. American Society for Testing"and Materials B. Masonry InstituteOf America (MIA) 1o Masonry Codes and Specifications, Latest Edition 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS: Concrete Masonry work shall be performed by an organization that has successfully performed at least five (5) installations of a major nature similar to the one involv- ed in this Contract within the last five (5) years 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Special inspection and testing shall be provided in accor- dance with Section 01400 and the UBC B. Samples of the block units shall be submitted by the mason contractor for approval of type and color C. Certification: The concrete block manufacturer shall cer- tify that the masonry units furnished meet or exceed the requirements of this specification D. Sample panel: A sample panel shall be built approximately 4 ft. by 6 ft. This sample panel may be part of the pro- ject and incorporated into the wall system. Masonry con- struction shall not proceed until the sample panel is ac- cepted by the Architect and Engineer. Full size concrete masonry units which have been selected and approved by.the CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Section 04200-1 Architect and the Engineer to show color range, maximum texture range, bond, mortar, tooling of joints and quality of workmanship shall be used in the example panel. Sample panel shall remain on the project for comparison purposes with the actual masonry work If the sample panel is not part of the wall system, it shall be demolished and removed from the site after com- pletion and acceptance for the project concrete masonry work 1.05 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be made in conformance with Sec- tion 01300 A. Shop Drawings: Show bending and placing details, size and location of reinforcing steel. Include diagrammatic plans, elevations and sections at scale to clearly show position and erection marks of bars, including trim bars around openings with dowels, splices, etc. B. Manufacturer's literature describing products C. Samples: Masonry units for the Architect's approval of size, color and texture D. Certificates: Submit certificates of compliance with standards designated E. Grout mix designs 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not bring cementitious or other material to the site if it has become lumpy, caked, hardened or air slaked from absorption of moisture B. Handle blocks in manner to prevent chipping and breakage. Protect reinforcing steel from kinking and bending and from contamination with dirt, mud, oil and other foreign matter detrimental to bond c. Store materials where protected from weather, contact with soil, traffic and construction operations PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Concrete Block 1. Hollow load-bearing concrete units, ASTM C-90 a. Type I; Grade N, Lightweight, Closed ends b. Type I; Grade N, Lightweight, Open ends 2. Size: As specified on Structural and Architectural Drawings 3. Strength: As specified on Structural Drawings 4. Color: Gray 5. Texture: Smooth conventional B. Mortar; ASTM C270, Type M 1. Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I or II, entirely of one manufacturer 2. Mortar Aggregate, ASTM C144 3. Hydrated Lime, ASTM C207 4. Quicklime, ASTMC5 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRy Section 04200-2 5. Mixing: Measure materials accurately and machine mix in batch type mixer in which quantity of water can be accurately controlled. Use mixers of full sack (ce- ment) capacity, split sack batches no permitted. Mix for at least 3 minutes after all materials are in drum. Empty mixer completely before loading each suc- ceeding batch. Work mortar at frequent enough inter- vals to prevent separation of ingredients. Retemper only as necessary to replace water lost through eva- poration. Do not use mortar after final set has begun C. Grout; ASTM C476 1. Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I or II 2. Aggregate; ASTM C404 3. Batching and Mixing: ASTM C94 Latest Edition (transit mixed). Water shall be (approximately 9" - ll" slump) D. Reinforcment 1. Reinforcing Bars: Conform to requirements of Concrete Reinforcement Section 03200. Provide positioning de- vice or other approved means for maintaining vertical and horizontal reinforcing. Device shall occur at top and bottom of vertical steel and at intermediate points not to exceed 192 bar diameter 2. Thru-Wall Reinforcing: All welded, truss design hot dip galvanized, #9 deformed side rods, #9 plain truss rod, sized for wall thickness; Dur-O-Wall No. 4, or approved equal E. Water: clean and potable, free of impurities detrimental to mortar or grout F. Support reinforcement for on-grade slabs by wiring to pre- cast concrete blocks space 3'-0" o.c. (maximum) both ways staggered. Size blocks so that reinforcing is maintained at the center line of the slab PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify prior to commencement of masonry work that the area to receive work is ready B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of work are 'properly sized and located C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into masonry work D. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions 3.02 SCHEDULING A. Contractor shall schedule all work to coordinate with the required observations, tests and inspections 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing shall be provided in accor- dance with Section 01400 and the Uniform Building Code CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Section 04200-3 3.04 PREPARATION: A. Clean and roughen concrete at bonding surface B. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other sections 3.05 CONSTRUCTION: A. Bond Pattern and Joint Treatment: Common running bond with nominal 3/8" wide joints; compacted and tooled. Flush joint for interior painted surfaces and deep con- cave joint for exterior surfaces. Horizontal joint only, vertical joint to be flush B. Masonry untis shall not be wet prior to laying C. Set masonry units plumb, true to line, with level courses accurately spaced. Keep bond pattern plumb and in align- ment for full height of wall. Corners and reveals to be plumb and true. Do all cutting of facing units with a power driven carborundum saw. No chipped faces, corners or edges permitted D. Lay block with head and bed joints solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the unit equal to the thickness of the face shell. Vrtically align core cells. Cells to be unobstructed and clear of mortar E. Reinforce masonry unit cores with reinforcement bars and grout F. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2" of dimensioned position G. Retain vertical reinforcement in position at top and bot- tom of cells and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diame- ters. Splice reinforcement in accordance with Section 03200 H. Provide cleanouts at bottom of grouted cells except that cleanouts are not required in walls four feet high and less where "low-lift" grouting is employed. Where clean- outs are required to occur on exposed masonry surfaces, remove entire face shell I. Build in lintels, anchors, inserts, bolts, frames, etc., furnished by others as the work progresses J. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing 3.06 GROUTING A. Fill cells with grout without displacing reinforcing B. Grout spaces shall not be wet at the time grout is placed c. Spaces to be filled with grout shall be free from debris, mortar, etc., before filling D. For such time as may be required immediately following grouting, keep walls flushed down with a pressure stream of water to completely remove any foreign particles from exposed surfaces E. Grout spaces less than 2" in width with fine grout using low lift grouting techniques. Grout spaces 2" or greater in width with course grout using high or low lift grouting techniques CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Section 04200-4 F. When grouting is stopped for more than one hour, terminate grout 1-1/2" below top of upper masonry unit to form a po- sitive key for subsequent grout placement G. Low Lift Grouting: Place first lift of grout to a height of 16" and rod for grout consolidation. Place subsequent lifts in 8" increments and rod for grout consolidation H. High Lift Grouting= 1. Provide cleanout opening no less than 4" high at the bottom of each cell to be grouted by cutting one face shell of masonry unit 2. Clean out masonry cells with high pressure water spray. Permit complete water drainage Request the Special Inspector to inspect the cells. Allow 3 days advance notice of inspection 4. After cleaning and cell inspection, seal openings with masonry units. 5. Pump grout into spaces. Maintain water content in grout to intended slump without aggregate segregation 6. Limit grout lift to 48" and rod for grout consolida- tion. Wait 30 to 60 minutes before placing next lift I. Vibrate all grout twice: 1. At time of placement 2. Just prior to plastic set 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01710 B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears C. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work D. Clean soiled surfaces with cle&ning solution. Use no acid cleaners E. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations 3.08 PROTECTION A. Cold weather conditions: 1. Concrete masonry units shall not be laid when wet or frozen. Sand and mixing water for mortar shall be heated to provide mortar temperatures between 40 degrees F and 120 degrees F. Air temperature on both sides of newly constructed walls shall be maintained above 32 degrees F. Temperature of concrete masonry units when laid shall not be less than 20 degrees F. New construction must be maintained above 32 degrees F for at least 48 hours 2. Newly grouted masonry must be maintained above 32 de- grees F during grouting and for at least 48 hours af- ter grouting 3o Include temporary covering to protect against damage or defacement from frost or freezing B. Top of.masonry walls shall be adequately and substan- tially covered during inclement weather or delays to insure against damage to finished work C. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500 D. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by con- struction activities CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Section 04200-5 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from alignment of columns: 1/4" B. Maximum variation from unit to adjacent unit: 1/32" C. Maximum variation from plane of wall: 1/4" in 10' and 1/2" in 20' or more D. Maximum variation from plumb: 1/4" per story non-cumula- tive; 1/2" in two stories or more E. Maximum variation from level coursing: 1/8" in 3' and 1/4" in 10"; 1/2" in 30' F. Maximum variation of joint thickness: 1/8" in 3' G. Maximum variation from cross sectional thickness of walls: 1/4" 3.10 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit and sleeves. Coor- dinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape and location B. Obtain Architect/Engineer approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired 3.11 PARGING A. Dampen masonry walls prior to parging B. Scarify each parging coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat C. Parge masonry walls in two uniform coast of mortar to a total thickness of 1/2" D. Steel trowel surface smooth and flat with a maximum surface variation of 1/8" per foot 3.12 DEFECTIVE WORK AND MATERIALS: All work found to be out of con- formance with these specifications shall be repaired or re- placed at the Contractor's expense END OF SECTION CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY Section 04200-6 DIVISION 05000 METALS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated here- in. 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Ail labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for a complete functional installation of all structural steel work. Provide and install all structural steel framing members with the required bracing, welds and fasteners, as well as baseplates, grouting under base plates, shear stud connectors and expansion joint plates B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 03300: Cast-in-place concrete 2. Section 05320: Metal Roof Deck 3. Section 05400: Cold-formed metal framing 4. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications 5. Section 09900: Painting 1.02 REFERENCE~, CODES AND STANDARDS: The follOwing references, codes and standards are hereby made a part of this section and structural steel shall conform to the applicable require- ments therein A. American Society for Testing.and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTMA36: Structural Steel 2. ASTMA53: HOt-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 3. ASTM Al08: Steel BArs, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality 4. ASTM A123: Zinc (hot-dipped galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 5. ASTMA153: Zinc Coating (hot dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 6. ASTMA307: Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners 7. ASTM A325: High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints 8. ASTM A490: Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel Joints' 9. ASTMAS00: Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in round and shapes 10. ASTM A501: Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction 2. AISC: Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-1 A325 or A490 Bolts 3. AISC: Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings 4. AISC: Specification for Architectural Exposed Struc- tural C. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code 2o AWS A2.0: Standard Welding Code D. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1. SSPC: Steel Structures Painting Council 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with a minimum of 5 years experience B.Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with a minimum of 5 years experience C.Welding Qualifications: 1. Welding procedures, welders, welding operators and rackers shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 2. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months shall be requalified 3. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection shall be requalified before performing further welding 4. The Contractor shall pay costs of certifying qualifica- tions 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC - Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings B. Perform Work in accordance with AISC - Speciff~ation for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel C.Maintain one copy of each document on site D. Special inspection shall be provided in accordance with Section 01400 and the UBC 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, openings, attachments and fasteners 2.Connections 3.Cambers 4. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.0 welding sym- bols. Indicate net weld lengths C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Submit under provisions of Section 01400 certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements D. Mill Test Reports: Submit under provisions of Section 01400, Manufacturer's Certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and non-destructive test analysis STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-2 E. Welders' Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01400, Manufacturer's Certificates, certifying welders em- ployed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 6 months 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use B. Unload materials carefully; do not dump onto ground C. Store structural steel members, whether on or off site, above ground on platforms, skids or other support; store other materials in a weathertight, dry place until time of use PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel MEMBERS: ASTM A36 B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500 C. Pipe: ASTM 53, Grade B D. Bolts, Nots and Washers: ASTM A307, A325, A490 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized members E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, unless noted otherwise on Struc- tural Drawings F. Welding Materials: AWS DI.1; type required for materials beingwelded G. Grout: As specified on Structural Drawings 2.20 FABRICATION A. General Requirements: 1. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and requirements of regulatory agencies 2. Fabricate and preassemble work in shop to greatest ex- tent possible 3. Do shearing, flame cutting and chipping carefully and accurately 4. Do not drift to match unfair holes. Where enlarging is required, ream and use larger bolt. Misaligned holes will subject members to rejection 5. Coordinate as required for attachment of work to struc- tural steel B. Connections: Bolted or welded as noted C. Bolted Connections: 1. Punch or drill holes 1/16 inch larger than bolt size and spear-ream before inserting bolts U.O.N. on the plans 2. As erection progresses, bolt up work to take care of dead lead, lateral forces and erection stresses D. Assembly with Standard Threaded Fasteners: 1. Beveled Washers: Provide under bolt heads or nots STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-3 resting on surfaces exceeding five percent slope with respect to head or nut 2. Draw up tight, deform threads with chisel or provide approved lock washers or self-locking nuts E. Stud Bolts: Stud bolts shall be full penetration fusion welded to structural steel U.O.N. Stud bolt length shall be adequate for attachment of parts F. Welded Construction: 1. Weld in accordance with AISC using accepted procedures in accordance with AWS Dl.1 2. Grind exposed welds reasonably smooth 3. Faulty and Defective Welding: Any welding showing cracks, slab inclusion, lack of fusion, bad undercut, or other defects, ascertained by visual or other means of inspection, shall be chipped out and properly re- placed at contractor's expense G. Items to be galvanized shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM A3865 and A386 2.03 FINISHES A. Preparation of Surfaces: 1. Thoroughly clean mill scale, rust, dirt, grease and other foreign matter from steel prior to painting 2. Where hand cleaning methods are not adequate, clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 1-63, SSPC-SP 2 or SSPC-SP7 as required B. Painting: 1. Apply one coat of primer to all structural steel sur- faces unless otherwise noted 2. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's speci~ fications to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils per coat 3. Permit thorough drying before shipment 4. Use paint compatible with spray-on fireproofing if re- quired C. Do not paint surfaces to be encased in concrete except in- itial two inches D. All materials both before and after fabrication shall be protected from rust and corrosion and shall be kept free from dirt, grease and other foreign matter E. All steel ferrous metal items located on the exterior of the building or otherwise specifically shown or noted on drawings are to be galvanized by the hot-dip process con- forming to ASTM-A123. All required galvanizing shall be done after fabrication, in the largest section possible. Ail galvanized work requiring field soldering or welding shall be restored by field cold galvanizing PART 3 EXECUTION STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-4 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine foundations, footings and other strucures to sup- port construction and verify the following: 1. Correct location and elevatoin of bearings and anchor bolts 2. Absence of other conditions to adversely affect erec- tion of steel B. Do not begin erection before unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.02 PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall supervise the setting of'anchor bolts and other embedded items required for erection of struc- tural steel, and be resposible for correct bearing of steel and correct location of anchor bolts 3.03 SCHEDULING, SEQUENCING A. Notify the testing agency in sufficient time prior to shop or field fabrication or erection to permit testing and in-. spection without delaying work B. Insure timely delivery of items to be embedded in work of other sections such as cast-in-place concrete. Furnish' setting drawings or templates and directions for installa- tion C. Coordination: The Contractor shall secure all field mea- surements necessary for the completion of this work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors of detail- ing and fabrication, and for the correct fitting of the structural members to each other and to their supports. Provide holes andwelded studs for attachment for the work of other sections of the structural steel 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection and testing shall be provided in accord- ance with Section 014500 and the Uniform Building Code, latest edition 3.05 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. General: Structural steel shall be erected as rapidly as the progress of other work will permit. A sufficient num- ber of skilled mechanics shall be furnished to handle the work expeditiously and all work shall be erected at such time and in such a manner as to be completed within the shortest period of time practicable. Field welding shall conform to the requirements herein specified under "Fabri- cation'' B. Lines and Levels: Structural steel work shall be set ac- curately at the established lines and levels.. The steel must be plumb and level before bolting is commenced C. Temporary Bracing: Temporary bracing shall be provided as required and must be kept in position until final comple- STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-5 tion. All items installed before concrete is placed shall be properly braced to prevent distortion by pressure of concrete D. Anchor Bolts and Anchors: Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built-in connection work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchor bolts accurately E. Bases and Bearing Plate: Bases, bearing plates, which required grouting shall be supported exactly at the proper level by means of adjustable leveling nuts U.O.No on the plans. Bases and plates shall be set accurately using a high strength, non-shrink grouting mortarto obtain uni- form bearing. Grout shall be mixed and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and in- structions. Surfaces to receive the grout shall be clean- ed and moistened thoroughly immediately before the grout is place F. Field Assembly: After assemblY, the various members form- ing parts of a completed frame or structure shall be a- ligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened. Tol- erances shall conform to the applicable requirements of AISC "Code of Standard Practice". Bearing surfaces and surfaces that will be in permanent contact shall be clean- ed before the members are assembled. As erection pro- gresses, the work shall be securely fastened to take care of all dead lead, wind lead and erection stresses. Splices will be permitted only where indicated. Poor matching of holes shall be corrected by drilling to the next larger size. Welding for redrilling will not be permitted G. Driftpin~: Driftpin~ may be used only to bring together the several parts and shall not be used in such a manner as to distort or damage the metal H. Gas Cutting: The use of a gas-cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be permitted on any major member. The use of a gas-cutting torch will be permitted only on minor members, when the member is not under stress and then only after the Architect has been consulted I. Bolting: Bolts shall be driven accurately into the holes without damaging the thread. Bolt heads shall be protect- ed from damage during driving. Washers shall be placed under all bolt heads and nuts. Bolt heads and nuts shall rest squarely against the washers. Where self-locking nuts are not furnished, bolt threads shall be upset to prevent the nuts from backing off. The bolts shall be of a length that will extend entirely through, but not more than 1/4 inch beyond the nuts, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. See AISC specification for structural joints using ASTM A325 or A490 bolts for assembly of structural joint STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-6 J. Grinding of Steel: Exposed ends of shapes and plates and welds exposed to view 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation under provisions of Section 01500 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Straightness of Structural Members: Comply with AISC 3.08 DEFECTIVE WORK ANDMATERIALS A. Work found to be defective, missing or damaged shall be i~mediately replaced with proper work. Such replaced work and the inspection for same shall be at the expense of the Contractor B. Straightening of any materials, if necessary, shall be done by a process and in a manner that will not injure the materials, and which is approved by the Architect. Sharp kinks or bends shall be cause for rejection. Heating will not be allowed C. If defects or damaged work cannot be corrected in the field, the material shall be returned to the shop or new parts furnished, as the Owner directs; the Contractor shall replace all work at his own expense 3.09 CLEAN-UP A. After erection, all mud and other foreign materials shall be removed from the steel work. All field bolts, welds, as well as abrasions to the shop coat, shall be neatly touched up B. Remove from the site all debris resulting from the work of this section END OF SECTION STRUCTURAL STEEL Section 05120-7 DIVISION '05000 METALS SECTION 05320 METAL ROOF DECK PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this-Section as fully as if repeated here- in 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: Framed openings and steel deck and acces- sories B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 05120: Structural Steel 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS: The following references, codes and standards are hereby made a part of this section and the work shall conform to the applicable requirements therein A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1. AISI: Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC: Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings C. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) 1. SDI: Code of Recommended Practice D. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS: D1.3 - Structural Welding Code for Sheet Steel 2. AWS: Di.1 - Structural Welding Code 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS: Metai Roof Deck work shall be performed by an organization that has successfully performed at least five (5) installations of a major nature similar to the one involved in this Contract within-the last five (5) years 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Fabricate and perform work in accordance with the Refer- ence Standards B. Maintain one copy of each document on site C. Special inspection shall be provided in accordance with Section 01400 and the UBC 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300 B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all metal deck, cross-referenced to the contract documents, showing type, gauges, shapes, dimensions, details, welds, fasteners and relationship to adjacent building components 1. Coordination: Review all drawings and all Sections of the specification for miscellaneous brackets, closures, METAL ROOF DECK Section 05320-1 penetrations, etc. required for mounting adjacent as- semblies to metal deck, incorporate necessary provi- sions into shop drawing submittal C. Certification: Submit certification that materials to be used on the project comply with specified grades 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE ANDHANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use B. Unload materials carefully; do not dump onto ground C. Store material, whether on or off site, above ground on platforms, skids or other support; store other materials in a weathertight, dry place until time of use PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER: A. Materials and systems specified are those manufactured by ASC Pacific unless otherwise shown. Similar materials of the following manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this project, will be considered equal if they meet or exceed the structural properties of materials shown and specified 1. Verco Manufacturing Company 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Metal Deck: Refer to notes on Structural Drawings 1. Galvanizing: ASTMA525, Gg0 B. Closures, Miscellaneous Accessories: As detailed or other- wise required for a complete installation 2.03 FABRICATION: A. General: Fabricate metal decking in accordance with Ref- erence Standards and reviewed shop drawings and as follows: 1. Profiles: As shown on drawings 2. Lengths: As required to produce units that span a min- imum of three support members, except where layout of structural steel does not permit 3. End Laps: Flush, telescoped or nested 4. Side Joints: Overlapping type 5. Closures: Fabricate from same type of steel sheets as decking, 10 gauge minimum, to profiles required to form a tight-fitting closure at deck ends and other penetra- tions, etc. All galvanized work requiring field sol- dering or welding shall be restored by field cold gal- vanizing PART 3 EXECUTION 3o01 EXAMINATION: Examine surfaces to receive metal deck and con- METAL ROOF DECK Section 05320-2 ditions under which it is to be installed. Correct unsatis- factory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of in- stallation 3.02 ERECTION A. Workmanship: Erect metal decking in accordance with manu- facturer's recommendations, Reference Standards and as follows: 1. Connections: Weld decking to steel framework at ends and intermediate supports as shown on drawings. Where two units abut at a support, weld both to the support 2. Welding: In accordance with Reference Standards and as follows: a~ Refer to schedule on drawings 3. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and fit deck units around other work that projects through decking where it has not been accomplished during shop fabrication, provide enclosures as required 4o Reinforcment at openings: Provide additional metal re- inforcement at openings using guidelines shown on draw- ings and as follows: a. Openings less than 4" square or round: No rein- forcement required except Where closely spaced b. Openings larger than 4" square or round: As de- tailed on drawings except where closely spaced c. Closely Spaced Openings: Where openings are sepa- rated by less than their least dimension and not specifically detailedon the drawings, obtain per- mission of Structural Engineer prior to cutting 5. Alignment: Place units in straight alignment for entire length of run, register flutes of adjacent units 6o Bearing: Provide 1-1/2".minimum bearing at beams or angles parallel to deck B. Touch-up: After erection of units, touch up abrasions, etc. with a galvanizing repair paint recommended by the deck manufacturer 1o Welds: Touch up immediately after welds have cooled 2. Cuts: Touch up raw edges immediately after cutting c. Miscellaneous: Install all miscellaneous items necessary for a complete installation,'including such items as flashings, drain sumps, hangers, etc. END OF SECTION METAL ROOF DECK Section 05320-3 DIVISION 05000 METALS SECTION 05400 COLD-FORMEDMETAL FRAMING PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated here- in. 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Ail labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any nature necessary for a complete functional installation of all cold-formed metal framing work. Provide and install all framing members with the required bracing, welds 'and fasteners 2. Load bearing and non-load bearing metal stud wall fram- ing with anchorage and bracing 3. Formed steel channel, angle, beam, shaped sections, solid, punched webs; 14 gauge, 1.80 mm thickness and lighter for load bearing and non-load bearing exterior and interior framing with floor and ceiling track, bracing, furring, bridging for assembly generally using mechanical fastenings B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Section 05320: Metal Roof Decking 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS: The following references, codes and standards are hereby made a part of this section and the work shall conform to the applicable requirements therein A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) 1. AISI - Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members B. Plastering Information Bureau (PIB) 1. PIB - Plaster and Lathing Systems Manual C. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code for Sheet Steel 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS: Concrete formwork shall be performed by an organization that has successfully performed at least five (5) installations of a major nature similar to the one in- volved in this Contract within the last five (5) years 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Fabricate and perform work in accordance with the Refer- ence Standards B. Maintain one copy of each document on site C. Special inspection shall be provided in accordance with Section 01400 and the UBC D. Fire-Resistance: All materials and assemblies used in fire-resistive construction shall meet applicable require- COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05400-1 ments of Underwriters Laboratories or other agency ap- proved by governing authorities 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of all conditions in connection with stud construction, including heavy fixture anchorage and backing systems, showing framing members, connections, provisions for building movements and rela- tionship to adjacent building components B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of framing member and accessory, including structural properties 1o06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE ANDHANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use B. Unload materials carefully; do not dump onto ground C. Store steel members, whether on or off site, above ground on platforms, skids or other support; store other materials in a weathertight, dry place until time of use PART 2 PRODUCTS 2o01MANUFACTURER A. Materials and systems specified are those manufactured by Knorr unless otherwise shown° similar materials of the following manufacturers, if recommended by them for use on this project, will be considered equal if they meet or ex- ceed the structural properties of materials shown and spec- ified: 1. CECO Corp. 2. U.S. Gypsum 3. Western Metal Lath 2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein B. Structural: Select gauge of members based on the following criteria: 1. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights 2. Maximum Allowable Deflection: a. Members Supporting Gypsum Board Surfaces: 1/240 of supported span b. Members Supporting Plaster or Ceramic Tile Surfac- es: 1/360 of supported span 3. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities for Seismic Zone 4 C. Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components without causing buckling, failure of COLD-FORMEDMETAL FRAMING Section 05400-2 joints, glass, glazing, etc, or excessive stress on com- ponents and fastenings 1. Ambient Temperature Range: 100 Fahrenheit degrees 2.03 MATERIALS A. Metal Framing: Depth and location as shown on drawings 1. Studs and Joists: Punched CEE type, 1-5/8" flange a. Steel: ASTM A446, Grade D or ASTM C645, galvanized in accordance with ASTMA525, Class G-60 2o Track and Bridging: Gauge as required to meet perform- ance requirements, 16 gauge 1-1/2" solid bridging, un- punched type as standard with manufacturer of metal' studs a. Steel: ASTM A568, galvanized in accordance with.' ASTM A525, Class G-60 b. Head Track: Gauge as required to meet performance requirements, 1-1/4" legs, unless otherwise shown on drawings. Use "slip track" type where detailed 3o Stiffeners, Angles: As standard with manufacturer, length and gauge as shown 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Channels: 16 gauge galvanized cold'rolled steel channels, sizes as shown on-drawings B. Hanger and Tie Wire: Galvanized steel, wire conforming to Federal Standard ZZ-W-461-f-(1)¥ finish .5 class 1, soft' temper 1. Hanger Wire: 8 gauge 2. Diagonal Bracing Wire: 12 gauge 3. Tie Wire: 16..gauge C. Miscellaneous Clips, Fastenings, etc.: As standard with manufacturer of steel studs and as approved by governing authorities D. Floor Track Fastenings: Tempered steel pins, corrosion- resistant plating or coating, Hilti-Fastening Systems, Impex Tool Corp. or equal E. Welding electrodes: AWS-Di.1, Class E-70 F. Miscellaneous Angles, Struts, Rough Hardware, etc.: Com- ply with requirements of Section 05500, Metal Fabrications G. Backing: Galvanized sheet metal, 12 - 18 gauge as required for proper support of fixtures PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: Examine surfaces to receive cold formed metal framing and conditions under which cold formed metal framing is to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and con- ditions prior to commencement of installation 3.02 GENERAL A. Workmanship: Fabricate and install cold formed metal fram- ing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, Ref- COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05400-3 erence Standards and as detailed, complete with all re- quired clips, anchors, components, etc., securely braced and anchored to strucural framing B. Shop Fabrication: All studs, tracks and bridging shall be shop cut to required length C. Prefabrication: Components may be prefabricated into pan- els prior to installation D. Attachment: similar components shall be attached by weld- ing, dissimilar components by welding, screws or bolts E. Joints: 1. Tracks: Use full butt welds or splices with channel inserts at all butt joints, do not miter corners 2. Studs: Splices in studs are not permitted F. Backing: Provide backing for surface-mounted items shown on drawings 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Stud Walls, Joists: Install in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations and as detailed with all required struts, brackets, bracing, fastenings, etc. 1. Sill Track: Anchor to concrete slabs with powder-driv- en pins, 1/4" diameter, 1-1/8" penetration, 32" on cen- ter with 14 gauge washers 2. Head Track: Securely anchor to the structural framing system by welding, powder-driven pins, concrete anchors or other appropriate fasteners. In post tensioned slabs, take all necessary steps to locate post-tension ing tendons. Do not drive pins in areas where damage to tendons may occur 3. Openings: Completely frame all openings, install ver- tical studs over openings as required a. Jambs: Weld two 14 gauge studs together to form a box shape as detailed, install at each jamb con- tinuous from floor to overhead framing unless otherwise shown b. Head and Sill: Install sills and headers as re- quired for all openings, anchor to adjacent con- struction 4. Studs: Seat squarely in tracks with the stud web and flanges abutting the track web, securely attach to the flanges or web of the lower track; except at suspended walls, do not attach studs to head track a. Spacing: 16" on center unless otherwise shown b. Corners: Position stud to form outside corner and locate another stud within 2" from inside corner a- long each partition c. Openings: Locate Studs 2" maximum from any opening jamb, abutting partition or other construction d. Jack Studs: Locate above and below all openings as required to furnish structural support e. Splices: Not permitted in axially loaded studs 5. Joists: Locate directly over bearing studs or, if COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05400-4 otherwise shown, install load distribution member at top track a. Partitions: Locate two joists under partitions parallel to joists where partition length exceeds one-half the joist span b. Openings: Locate two joists at perimeter of open- ings that interrupt one or more spanning members 6. Bridging: Install at mid-height of studs, mid-span of joists unless otherwise shown, 4'-6" on center maximum, continuously for length of all walls, floors or ceil- ings. Use attachment methods detailed or, if not de- tailed, as recommended by manufacturer to prevent stud rotation END OF SECTION COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING Section 05400-5 DIVISION 05000 METALS SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS' PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated here- in. 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section: Ail labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and temporary construction of any other nature necessary for a complete functional in- stallation of all miscellaneous metal work. Furnish, fab- ricate and install all miscellaneous metals with the re- quired bracing, welds and fasteners, as well as baseplates and grouting under baseplates. The work in this Section includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Pipe sleeves, except where furnished under Electrical and Mechanical sections 2. Steel pipe railing, gate and brackets 3. Miscellaneous nosing angles 4. Tube Steel and steel angle jambs 5. Clip angles, anchors, bolts, plates and tubes 6. Miscellaneous steel supports B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 01300: Submittals 2. Section 01400: Quality Control 3. Section 03300: Cast-in-Place Concrete 4. Section 05120:.. Structural Steel Section 07600: Sheet Metal & Flashing 6. Section 07920: Sealantsand Caulking 7. Section 09900: Painting 8o Section 10200: Metal Wall Louvers 1.02 REFERENCES, CODES AND STANDARDS: The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section and miscellaneous metal work shall conform to the applicable requirements therein A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTMA36: Structural Steel 2. ASTMA53: Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 3. ASTM Al08: Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality 4. ASTMA123: Zinc (hot-dipped galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 5. ASTM A153: Zinc Coating (hot dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 6. ASTMA307: Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners 7. ASTM A500: Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon. MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-1 Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes 8. ASTMA501: Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing 9. ASTMA780: Repair of Damaged Hot-Dip Galvanized Coat- ings B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1. AISC: Manual of Steel Construction 2. AISC: Specification for Architectural Exposed Struc- tural Steel C. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code 2. AWS A2.0: Standard Welding Symbols D. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 1. SSPC: Steel Structures Painting Council 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with a minimum of 5 years experience B. Welding Qualifications 1. Welding procedures, welders, welding operators and tackers shall be qualified in accordance with AWS DI.1 2. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months shall be requalified 3. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection shall be requalified before performing further welding 4. The Contractor shall pay costs of certifying qualifica- tions 1.04 QUALITY CONTROL A. Metal fabrications are to be manufactured and installed in accordance with AISC - Specification for the Design, Fabri- cation and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings B. Perform work in accordance with AISC - Specifications for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel C. Special inspection shall be provide in accordance with Sec- tion 01400 and the UBC 1.05 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be made in conformance with Section 01300 A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall show dimensions, sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes, joining, attachments and relationship of work to adjoining construction. Where. items must fit and coordinate with finished surfaces and/ or constructed spaces, take measurements at site and not from Drawings. Where materials must be set to exact loca- tions to receive work, furnish assistance and direction necessary to permit other trades to properly locate their work. Where welded connectors and inserts are required to received work, shop drawings shall show exact locations required and all such drawings shall be furnished to the trades responsible for installing the connectors or in- serts. Catalog work sheets showing illustrated cuts of MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-2 item to be furnished, scale details and dimensions may be submitted for standard manufactured items B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installa- tion instructions. Submit for all manufactured products used in fabrications 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE ANDHANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use B. Unload materials carefully; do not dump onto ground C. Store metal fabrications, whether on or off site, above ground on platforms, skids or other support; store other materials in a weathertight, dry place until time of use PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Ferrous Metals 1. Plates, bars, angles, channels and W-sections: ASTM A36 2. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize (unless a factory- galvanized item) after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123 or ASTM A153 3. Tube a. Hot-rolled: ASTMA501 b. Cold-rolled: ASTM A500 4. Pipe: ASTM A53 (black steel and hot-dip galvanized) 5. Steel Bars: ASTM A283, A569, A633 6. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, types 302 or 304, 18-8 B. Non-Ferrous Metals 1. Aluminium: Meet requirements of "Standards for Alumi- nium Work" Section 05013, unless otherwise noted 2. Bronze: 385 alloy 3. Copper: 110 alloy 4. Brass: 230 alloy C. Gray iron castings: ASTM A48, Class 30 2.02 MATERIALS - MISCELLANEOUS A. Concrete Inserts: Style as required for application B. Fasteners: Use fasteners suitable for the material being fastened and for the type of connection required 1. For exterior use or built into exterior walls: Non- ferrous stainless steel, zinc coated or cadmium plated 2. Use fasteners of same material as items being fastened unless otherwise indicated 3. Bolts and studs: ASTM A307 4. Nuts: ASTM A563 5. Machine-scres: FS FF-S-92 6. Plain washers: FS FF-W-92 7o Lock washers: FS FF-W-84 8. Expansion Bolts: Hilti "Kurle-Bolt II" Concrete Expan- MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-3 sion Anchors; or approved equal C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Zinc dust paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD P-21035 2.04 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Fabricate and shop assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site 1. Prepare and reinforce fabrications as required to re- ceive applied items 2. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured 3. Make exposed joints tight, flush and hairline B. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners if possible 1. Exposed fasteners: Flathead, countersunk type unless otherwise indicated C. Anchors: Fabricate to suite conditions indicated; use an- chors of same material and finish as item except where specifically indicated otherwise D. Welding: 1. Welding of steel: Comply with ANSI / AWS Di.1 recom- mendations 2. Provide continuous welds at welded corners and seams 3. Exposed welds: Grind flush and smooth E. Joints exposed to weather: Fabricate to keep water out or provide adequate drainage of water that penetrates 2.05 FABRICATION - LADDERS A. Fixed Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3 and applicable re- gulations; construction as indicated 1. All steel construction a. Hot-dip galvanize all ladders and their'fasteners b. Rungs: 3/4 inch diameter solid bar, at 12 inches on center 2.Side rails: Continuous, flat, 1/2 by 2-1/2 inch bar a. Rail spacing: 18 inches clear b. Where other handholds are not indicate: (1) Make rails extend at least 42 inches above the top rung; return to wall 3 Weld rungs to side rails, on centerline 4Supports: At top and bottom and at not more than 5 feet on center; weld or bolt brackets to ladder 5 Clearance from wall and obstructions: 7 inches, mini- mum, to centerline of rungs 6Smooth sharp edges and remove burrs from side rails 2.06 FABRICATION - STEEL STAIRS AND LANDINGS A. Steel stairs and Landings 1. Fabricate in accordance with NAAMM-MS Standards 2. Use checker plate treads and weld continuous to string- ers 3. Use checker plate landings and weld per structural drawings MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-4 2.07 FABRICATION - STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS: A. Fabricate in largest sections practicable and in accordance with NAAMM-PRM Standards B. Weld shop joints; fit field joints with concealed pins and sleeves C. Flush fittings may be used for crossed and tees 2.08 FABRICATION - FENCE: Provide as detailed 2.09 FABRICATION - SHOP COATINGS A. Hot-dip galvanize steel and iron assemblies set in concrete and masonry PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A.- Inspect all surfaces to receive metal work and report all defects which would interfere with the installations B. Starting work implies acceptance of surfaces as satisfac- tory 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate sections 3.03 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Coordinate all metal work with adjoining work for details of attachement, fittings, etc. Do all cutting, shearing, drilling, punching', threading, tapping, etc. required for metal or for attachment of adjacent work. Drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch. Shearing and punching shall leave true lines and surfaces 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Furnish, fabricate, install and anchor all light iron, miscellaneous and ornamental metal work as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein 2. Anchor metal fabrications as substrates indicated; pro- vide all fasteners required 3. Perform all field fabrication required for installation a. Fit joints tightly b. Weld joints as indicated (1) Weld in accordance with AWS code (2) Exposed welds: Grind flush and smooth 4. Do not cut or weld items galvanized after fabrication that are indicated for bolted or screwed connections 5. Install items in correct location, plumb and level, without rack or warp 6. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required MISCELLANEOUS METAL~ Section 05500-5 7. Install manufactured components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions 8. Conceal all fastenings where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall give ample strength and stiffness. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water 9. Make all permanent connections in ferrous metal sur- faces using welds where at all possible; do not use bolts or screws where they can be avoided 10. Do all grouting of frames, plates, sills, bolts and similar items with non-shrink grout 11. Set all railings and similar items shown or required to be set in sleeves or cans with molten lead or quick- setting anchor cement. All sleeves or cans to be hot dipped galvanized. Where anchor cement is utilized, prepare and use cement in accordance with manufactur- er's directions. Unless otherwise noted, size sleeves for approximately 1/4" clearance all around. Brace railings until lead or cement sets. Remove excess and leave 1/8" build-up sloped away from post 12. Where items must be incorporated or built into adjacent work, deliver to trade responsible for such work in sufficient time that progress of work is not delayed. Be responsible for proper location of such items 13. Protect all dissimilar metals from galvanic corrosion B. Welding: 1. Perform all welding in accord with AWS Code Di.1 2. Welds shall be made only by operators experienced in performing the type of work indicated 3. Welds normally, exposed to view in the finished work shall be uniformly made and ground smooth 4. Where welding is done is proximity to glass or finished surfaces, such surfaces shall be protected from damage due to weld sparks, spatter or tramp metal C. Connections: 1. In general, use bolts for field connections only as de- tailed. Provide washers under all heads and nuts bear- ing on wood° Draw all nuts tight and upset threads of permanent connections to prevent loosening. Use bev- eled washers where bearing is on sloped surfaces D. Surface Treatment and Protective Coatings: 1. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to any galvanizing, hot phosphate treatment or painting. Conditions which are too severe to be re- moved by hand cleaning methods shall be cleaned as per SSPC "Surface Preparation Specifications"; "Solvent Cleaning, SSPC-SP 1063"; "Power Tool Cleaning, SSPC-SP 3-63"; or "Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, $SPC-SP 7-63", as required 2. Hot Phoshate Treatment: Conform to SSPC-PT-4 3. Painting: After material has been properly cleaned and MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-6 treated, apply shop prime coat of paint to all surfaces except those encased in concrete or masonry. Apply all paint as per manufacturer's directions. Spot paint all abrasions and field connections after assembly. Shop coat shallbe dry prior to shipment to job site. Unless otherwise specified or directed, do not apply shop prime coats or any stenciled or painted identification mark- ings to any galvanized surfaces 4. Galvanizing: Conform to ASTM A123 for rolled, pressed and forged shapes, plates~ bar and strip; A153 for hardware items and A386 for assembled steel products. Conform to ASTMA386 and 385 (Recommended Practices) pertaining to galvanizing assembled steel products. Unless otherwise permitted, do all galvanizing after fabrication, in largest sections practicable. Where galvanizing is removed by welding or other assembly procedure, tough-up abraded areas with molten zinc or zinc-rich paint 3.03 CLEANUP A. Remove all soil and foreign matter from finished surfaces and apply such protective measures as may be required to prevent damage or discoloration of any kind until accept- ance of project. Protection of Work and initial cleaning shall be the responsibility of each installer or erector until the installation is finally completed, whereupon the responsibility for subsequent protection and final clean- ing shall pass to the General Contractor for the entire project. Remove protective coverings prior to acceptance of Work B. Touch-up damage tO galvanized surfaces using galvanizing repair in accordance with ASTM A780 END OF SECTION MISCELLANEOUS METALS Section 05500-7 DIVISION 06000 WOOD AND PLASTIC SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Wood at roof top 2. Interior trim and millwork 3. Applied nailers 4. Backing, blocking 5. Installation of items furnished in other sections a. Metal fabrications: Section 05500 b. Metal frames: Section 08100 c. Wood doors: Section 08210 d. Access panels: Section 08305 e. Finish hardware: . Section 08710 f. Toilet accessories: Section 10800 B. 'Related work specified elsewhere 1. Owner furnished Contractor Installed: Section 01018 2. Cabinetwork: Section 06410 3. Roofing: Section 07531 4. Calking: Section 07900 5. Drywall ceiling suspension system: Section 09120 6. Acoustical suspension: Section 09130 7. Plaster lath: Section 09201 8. Painting: Section 09900 9. Wall and corner guards: Section 10260 10. Mechanical equipment: Division 15000 C. Applicable to this section · 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Scheduling delivery of furnished items to be installed 2. Verify conditions and dimensions 3. Obtain first coat of painting on exterior wood items before installation 4. Obtain first coat of painting'on interior wood items before installation B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards: WIC, Woodworking Institute of Cali- fornia, Manual of Millwork 1978 edition with revisions to January 1, 1982 2. RIS, Redwood Institute Service 3. APA, American Plywood Association 4. WCLIB, West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, PSI-74 5. AWPA, American Wood Preserver Association Standard P-5 C. Submittals: see Section 01-300 1. Materials list: all items FINISH CARPENTRy Section 06200-1 2. Shop drawings: milled items - full size PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD PRODUCTS A. Interior trim: KD 1. Red oak, quarter sawn select 2. Milled to shapes as detailed B. Exposed plywood: A-B faces 1. Transparent finish: red oak rift grain, plies or lum- ber core C. Concealed plywood: B-D faces, pressure treated for fire resistance 1. Backing: marine grade DF 2. Sheathing: exterior glue, DF 3. Equipment backing: DF, Pressure treated D. Applied nailers, backing, blocking: minimum No. 2 DF, same size and thickness as framing and as detailed; 2 x 6 mini- mum for backing and blocking, pressure treated for fire resistance E. Wood 1. Douglas Fir: select structural S4S 2. Redwood: clear heart, KD S4S 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS A. Miscellaneous calk: butyl base B. Fasteners 1. Exterior: galvanized, nails, lags, bolts 2. Wood to wood: nails common or finish, or lags or bolts as detailed ~ 3o Wood to metal: Type S scres a. Exposed trim: casing heads b. Concealed: bugle heads 4. Wood to concrete: self drilling anchors, Wej-It C. Glue: waterproof 2.03 TREATMENT FOR FIRE RESISTANCE A. For pressure treated items B. AWPA Standard C20-70 C. Rating: flame spread end point 25 per ASTM E84; labeled and certified D. After treatment, kiln dry 1. Lumber: 15% moisture content 2. Plywood: 15% moisture content 3. Painted wood: 12% moisture content PART 3 EXECUTION. 3.01 TRIM AND MILLWORK A. Run in long as possible length, end joints blind mitered B. Cope, cut, miter to hairline tolerances FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200-2 C. Obtain first coat of finish before installing D. Calk end joints during setting E. Set fasteners for putty stopping at interior F. Ease all exterior edges slightly, use a plane and sand paper 3.02 DELETED 3.03 APPLIED NAILERS, BACKING BLOCKING A. Provide backing and blocking for all items attached to surface or recessed such as toilet accessories; include N.I.C. items if applicable B. Obtain layout and requirements from suppliers C. .Set before finish is applied D. Minimum: 2 x 6 flat, thoroughly fastened E. See details for specific equipment 3.04 PLYWOOD A. Exposed 1. Treat as for trim 2o Take precaution to prevent damage to material 3.05 ROOFTOP CURBS, SLEEPERS, NAILERS A. Provide curbs, sleepers, nailers for roofing or rooftop equipment B. Obtain dimensions and requirements from suppliers and roofers C. Fabricate to sizes required and securely fasten to roof structure D. After fabrication,.apply decay resistant coating 3.06 INSTALLATION OF ITEMS FURNISHED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. General 1. Ail items secured with appropriate fasteners 2o Fasteners: concealed where practicable; uniformly spaced otherwise 3. Ail items plumb, straight 4. All finished items cleaned and polished after installa- tion B. Metal Fabrications 1. Secure according to approved shop drawings 2. Coordinate with succeeding work C. Metal Frames 1. Floor anchors, frames: secure with powder actuated studs 2. Set in accord with frame anchor types as specified in Section 08100 3. Hang doors per hardware below D. Wood Doors 1. Hang doors in frames with scheduled hardware 2° After fitting, ensure field painting applies finish FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200-3 prior to installing hardware 3. Use proper jigs for hardware preparation if not factory prepared E. Access panels 1. Set in locations as required 2. Align with surrounding architectural features 3. Set flush and tight F. Finish Hardware 1. Install according to schedule 2. Trial fit hardware, remove for field painting; masking not acceptable 3. Hinges may be in place during field painting finish coats 4. Ensure tight, secure fit and perfect operation G. Toilet Accessories 1. Set at proper mounting heights to meet handicapped re- quirements 2. Apply small bead of calk to flanges before setting 3. Use screw fastening throughout 4. All fastenings into backing; securement with molly type or toggle type fasteners is prohibited 5o Set so that no gap exists between flanges and finish surface 6. Coordinate with plumbing END OF SECTION FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200-4 DIVISION 06000 WOOD AND PLASTIC SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Cabinets and casework 2. Countertops 3. Related hardware 4. Related pegboard, tackboard 5. Anchorages for casework 6. Installation B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Finish carpentry, millwork: Section 06200 2. Backing in metal wall framing: Section 09110 3. Drywall: Section 09250 4. Resilient base: Section 09666 5. Painting exposed wood: Section 09900 6. Plumbing fixtures: Division 15000 7. Electrical: Division 16000 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Verify conditions and dimensions 2. Furnish backing requirements 3. Provide penetrations for plumbing and electrical, veri- fy conditions B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards a. WIC, Woodwork Institute of California, Manual of Millwork, 1978 edition with revisions to January 1, 1982 b. NEMA, Standards for Melamine Plastic 2. Code: seismic a. CAC Title 22 C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Shop drawings: complete, large scale full or one half scale, fully dimensioned 2. Materials list: all items 3. Samples: finish materials D. Quality Control: see Section 01400 1. Certification: WIC Certified Compliance Grade Stamp, each item 2. Non-licensee: WIC Certificate of Inspection and Cer- tified Compliance Grade Stamp on each item E. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 1. Cleaning: thoroughly clean all parts CABINETWORK Section 06410-1 2. Operations: adjust movable parts for proper operation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cabinets and casework, WIC Custom Grade except as modified; surfaces visible in open cases are considered as exposed 1. Exposed surfaces: laminated plastic covering 2. Concealed wood: solid softwood stock 3. Concealed plywood: any commercial grade softwood ply- wood, B-B or better, sanded; medium density particle board 4. Plastic laminate: NEMA LD 3-80 General Purpose Decora- tive 1/16 inch thick and Postforming, 0.051 inch, solid color, matte finish, high pressure laminated melamine a. Colors and patterns (1) Brand Formica, Wilson-Art or Nevamar as select- ed (2) From manufacturers standard full range solid colors including white b. Finish: equivalent to Formica 64 Finish 5. Cabinet liner: Decraguard Deluxe, Champagne, all sur- faces 6. Edging a. 3 mil pvc, machine applied, in color to match plas- tic laminate 7. Adhesive a. Wood to wood: waterproof, air cured, resin type b. Plastic to wood: neoprene contact adhesive B. Miscellaneous 1. Hardware a. Hinges: steel, fully concealed, minimum 120 de- grees open, fully adjustable Julius Blum Model 90 Series, sizes as required b. Pulls: Epco, Inc., MC-404-4, 4" x 1-5/16" x 5/16" o.d. solid brass wire type, dull chrome finish c. Drawer guides: Grant 328, KV 1395, ball bearing, nylon wheel, full extension; use Grant 329 for heavier loads where shown (file drawers) d. Adjustable shelf brackets: KV 255 and 256, Garcy U373 and Y73, Stanley 798 and 799, bright nickel finish unless otherwise indicated e. Cabinet locks: flush, keyed different, Corbin pin tumbler, barrel length to suit panel thickness; furnish 2 keys per lock, where indicated on draw- ings (1) Door, hinged, 15783 or 0737 (2) Drawer or top, 02063 or 0738 f. Tambour Door Lock: Sugatsune Brass tubular hook lock, surface mounted, #8020 g. Catches CABINETWORK Section 06410-2 (1) Magnetic, if required (2) Elbow: Amerock 3675, Corbin 01622, Ives 3F14, Stanley 36, nickel or chrome finish; i per in- active leaf of locked pairs h. Extension Hanger: Sugatsune steel and nylon, nick- el plated #W450 i. Finish: unless otherwise specified, satin chrome BHMA 626 2. Top bolt: K & V Draw Tite, draw bolt 3o Pegboard: hardboard, 1/4 inch thick, tempered and sealed; prefinished enameled white 4. Tackboard: 1/4 inch thick processed cork with lami- nated vinyl fabric overlay; Claridge Fabricork Vinyl 1500, color as selected; provide aluminum angle frames as shown 2.02 FABRICATION A. Conform to basic requirements for WIC Custom Grade with provisions for WIC Laminated Plastic Section 15 casework and Section 16 countertops 1. Cabinets, casework: full overlay 2. Tops: edges as detailed; self edge 6 inches high, square, coved set splash unless otherwise detailed B. Fabricate in large as possible sections consistent with transportation,, access and installation limitations; con- ceal field joints C. Provide penetrations for plumbing 'fixtures and accessories D. Conceal all fasteners except those specifically detailed E. Provide cut-outs for equipment installation F. Return splashes at closed ends or walls with square butt' joints G. Drawers: each drawer equipped with drawer guides H. Shelves 1. Adjustable unless otherwise shown 2. 3 mil pvc edge mold 3. Flush mount standards 4. Plywood substrate only I. Backs: fully ploughed or dadoed to body of case per CAC Title 22; rabbeted backs not permitted PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Secure case to structure; 1. Furnish metal supports, clips, anchors and bracings 2. Deliver these items to trades responsible for adjacent work and designate exact location for their installa- tion B. Set cases level, plumb, straight; shim as necessary, con- ceal shimming 1. Provide closure, fillers and scribe strips; match case- CABINETWORK Section 06410-3 work 2. Adjust doors, drawers and other moving parts to operate freely and without binding or sticking; clearances uni- form C. Secure tops to cases 1. Conceal tops joints with hairline cut in plastic, use draw bolts 2. Where openings will be exposed to water spillage, seal exposed substrate D. Install miscellaneous items not otherwise shop installed END OF SECTION CABINETWORK Section 06410-4 DIVISION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07220 RIGID INSULATION PART i GENERAL The General conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Rigid roof insulation 2. Rigid insulation on walls B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Concrete: Section 03000 2. Metal deck: Section 05300 C. Applicable to this Section 1.' Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Verify substrate condition 2. Coordinate with other trades 3. Verify that insulation stops are installed' B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Manufacturer's specification C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1, Materials list: all items 2. Manufacturer's specifications D. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 1. Guarantee: 5 years PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID ROOF INSULATION A. General: system used shall be by same manufacturer as roofing or shall be acceptable by roofing manufacturer as appropriate substrate to effect roofing system guarantee B. Type: rigid flat board C. Manufacturer: Amoco, Amofoam for roof insulation, 1" for interior wall insulation D. Thickness: 2" E. Size: 4 x 8 feet PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examine substrate for defects which may adversely affect installation B. Do not commence work until defects are corrected RIGID INSULATION Section 07220-1 C. Starting work means acceptance of substrate condition D. Environmental conditions 1. No free water standing on substrate 2. Minimal wind 3. Above 45 degrees F ambient air temperature E. Substrate condition 1. Smooth, clean 2. Surface dry F. Check all wood stops and nailers for adequacy 1. Flat stops a. All edges of insulation b. Around all openings c. Exact thickness of insulation d. Straight, true and well secured G. Extent: complete coverage 3.02'INSTALLATION A. Attach mechanically per manufacturer's recommendation. Do no glue B. Protect exposed insulation from moisture at all times; remove wet insulation and replace with new, dry insulation END OF SECTION RIGID INSULATION Section 07220-2 DIVISION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07270 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Firestop caulking 2. Moulded fire stop 3. Silicone elastomer foam B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Wall framing systems: Section 09110 2. Mechanical: Division 15000 3. Electrical: Division 16000 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Coordinate with metal stud framing and drywall applica- tions 2. Coordinate finish painting and surrounding finishes B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. UBC 2. NFPA 101 3. Tested per ASTM ES14/E119 C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items 2. Manufacturer's specifications 3. Samples: 4 inch length cured sample of each exposed sealant, each color selected D. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOP CAULKING A. Type: latex based intumescent and endothermic caulk B. Manufacturer: 3M Brand Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk or approved equal C. Color: red 2.02 MOULDED FIRE STOP FOAM A. Type: preformed and precured silicone elastomer fire stop foam, tested for deflection (slip) track head of wall protection per ASTM E814/E119 B. Manufacturer: FYRESLEEVE INDUSTRIES, Inc., Model "Fyre- FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Section 07270-1 strip", telephone (510) 866-1680 C. Color: neutral PART 3 EXECUTION 3 o 01 PREPARATION A. Ensure surfaces are clean, dry, sound, cured B. Ensure weather conditions permit caulking operation C. Clean up excess with apgropriate solvents as work Dro- gresses D. Mask adjacent surfaces where required END OF SECTION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Section 07270-2 DIVISION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07410 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work described in this section includes preformed metal roofing system complete with clips, perimeter and pene- tration flashing, closures, gutters and downspouts B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Structural steel 2. Steel joists 3. Metal roof decks 4. Metal fabrications 5. Rough carpentry 6. Insulation 7. Flashing and sheet metal 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Show roofing system with flashings and accessories in plan and elevation; sections and details at scale of 3" = 1'-0". Include metal thicknesses and finishes, panel lengths, joining details, anchorage de- tails, flashings and special fabrication provisions for termination and penetrations; purlin and girt locations, thermal expansion.provisions and special suports. Indi- cate relationships with adjacent and interfacing work B. Product data: Include manufacturer's detailed material and system description, sealant and closure installation instructions, engineering performance data and finish specifications C. Design calculations 1. Submit design calculations, indicating compliance with specified performance criteria (Ref. Para. 1.6) including thermal movement and fastener pullout cal- culations. Indicate fastener types and spacings 2.Empirical calculations for roof performance shall only be acceptable for positive loads D. Test reports 1. Submit reports from a testing laboratory that bears the stamp of a registered P.E. to show compliance with specified performance criteria 2.Tests shall have been made for identical systems within the ranges of specified performance criteria 3. If test data is not available, or if data does not represent project conditions, Contractor shall be responsible for securing satisfactory tests by an PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-1 independent testing agency acceptable to Architect, with all costs of such testing borne by the Contrac- tor E. Samples 1. Submit samples of panel section, at least 2'-0" in length by full width, indicating thickness, profile, texture and color 2. Submit samples of panel clips, closures and acces- sory items 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's unopened con- tainers bearing U.L. labels on each container B. Protect components during fabrication, shipment, storage, handling and erection from mechanical abuse, stains, dis- coloration and corrosion C. Provide protective interleaving between contact areas of exposed surfaces to prevent abrasion during shipment, storage and handling D. Store materials off ground providing for drainage; under cover providing for air circulation; and protected from wind movement, foreign material contamination, mechanical damage, cement, lime or other corrosive substances E. Handle materials to prevent damage to surfaces, edges and ends of roofing sheets and sheet metal items. Damaged ma- terial shall be rejected and removed from the site F. Protect panels from wind-related damages G. Inspect materials upon delivery. Reject and remove physi- cally damaged or marred material from project site 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Determine that work of other trades will not hamper or conflict with necessary fabrication and storage require- ments for preformed metal roofing system B. Protection 1. Provide protection or avoid traffic on completed roof surfaces 2. Do not overload roof.With stored materials 3. Support no roof-mounted equipment directly on roofing system C. Ascertain that work of other trades which penetrates the roof or is to be made watertight by the roof is in place and approved prior to installation of roofing 1.05 QUALITY CRITERIA A. Applicable standards 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1986 Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A792-86 Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Zinc PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-2 Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process B209-86 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum- Alloy Sheet and Plate A446-83 Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc-coated (galvanized) by the Hot-Dip prOcess, struc- tural (physical) quality D1056-86 Specification for Flexible Cellular Materi- als, made from Olefin plastics D3575-84 Test Methods for Flexible Cellular Materi- als made from Olefin Polymers E283-84 Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors E330-84 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Window, Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 3. American Architectural Manufacturer Association (AAMA): 501.1-83 Standard Test Method for Metal Curtain Walls for Water Penetration using Dynamic Pressure 4. Copper Development Association (CDA): 1985 Standards Handbook, Alloy Data/2 5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): 1979 Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 6. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL): 580-80 Standards for Tests for Wind-Uplift Resist- ance of Roof Assemblies B. Fabricator/installer qualifications 1. Fabricator/installer shall be trained and approved by system manufacturer, with trained supervisory personnel observing and~directing work 2. If required, fabricator/installer shall submit work experience and evidence of adequate financial respon- sibility. Architect reserves the right to inspect fabrication facilities in determining qualifications C. Applicable erection tolerances: Maximum variation from true planes or lines: 1/4" in 20'-0"; 3/8" in 40'-0" or more 1.06 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Thermal movement 1. Completed metal roofing and flashing system shall be capable of withstanding expansion and contraction of components caused by changes in temperature without buckling, producing excess stress on structure, an- chors or fasteners, or reducing performance ability 2. Interface between panel and clip shall provide for minimum three inches of thermal movement in each di- rection along the longitudinal direction 3. Location of metal roofing rigid connector shall be de- signed per job conditions by roof system manufacturer B. Uniform wind load capacity PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-3 1. Installed roof system shall withstand positive and negative design wind loading pressures complying with: California Building Code, 1991 Edition 2o Capacity shall be determined using pleated airbag method in accord with the principles of ASTM E330, Procedure A, adapted to testing of roof panels as fol- lows: (7.1) Roof test specimens shall be either full length or representative of the main body of the roof - free from edge restraint of perimeter attachments, continuous over one or more supports, and containing at least five panel modules for standing seam roof (7.1.2) No attachments shall be permitted at sides or end perimeter other than those that oc- cur uniformly through-out roof. Side and end seals shall be flexible and in no way restrain crosswise distortion of panels (7.2.1) Panels and accessories shall be production materials of same type and thickness pro- posed for use on project (10.1.1) Seals or film shall not span any crevices or cracks that may tend to separate under pressure 3. Installed roof system shall carry positive uniform de- sign loads with a maximum system deflection of L/140 as measured at the Rib (web) of the panel C. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., (UL), wind uplift resist- ance classification: Roof assembly shall be classified as Class UL 90, as defined by UL 580 D. Concentrated load 'capacity: System shall withstand a load of 250 lbs. applied to a four square inch area located in the center of the panel between stiffener ribs without buckling of ribs or permanent panel distortion E. Static pressure air infiltration: Completed roof system shall have maximum of 0.01 cfm/sq, ft. with 6.24 psf air pressure differential per ASTM E283 F. Water penetration (dynamic pressure): No uncontrolled wa- ter penetration, other than condensation, when exposed to dynamic rain and 70 mph wind velocities for not less than five minutes duration, when tested in accord with princi- ples of AAMA 501.1 G. Capacities for gauge, span or loading other than those tested may be determined by interpolation of test results within the'range of test data. Extrapolation for condi- tions outside test range are not acceptable 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Endorse and forward to Owner the following warranties: 1. Manufacturer's twenty year finish warranty covering refinishing of fluoropolymer coating due to checking, PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-4 crazing, peeling, chalking, fading or adhesion 2. Installer's two year warranty covering roofing system installation and watertightness. Note: All warranties shall commence on Date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01METAL ROOFING SYSTEM A. Acceptableproduct: MM Systems Corporation, Series 300 Standing Seam Roofing System, Batten-style 316B B. Materials 1. Panel material: 22 ga. Grade C, G-90, hot dipped gal- vanized smooth as per ASTM A446 2. Flashing and flat stock material: Fabricate in pro- files indicated on drawings of same material, thick- ness and finish as roof system, unless indicated otherwise C. Finish on Surfaces 1. Exposed surfaces for coated galvanized a. Two coat coil applied, baked-on fluoropolymer coating system based on Pennwalt Corp., Kynar 500 resin (Polyvinylidene fluoride, PVF ), formulated by a Pennwalt licensed manufacturer and applied by manufacturer's approved applicator h. Coating system shall provide minimum 0.95 mil dry film thickness, consisting of primer and minimum 0.75 dry film color coat c. Color shall be MM Systems 121 - Antique Copper 1. Exposed surfaces, for uncoated Copper 2. Exposed surfaces for uncoated Copper a. Material to be as shipped from the mill 3. Unexposed surfaces for coated galvanized a. Baked on Polyester coating with total dry film thickness (TDF) of .50 mils for galvanized steel D. Characteristics 1o Configuration: Standing seams incorporating mechani- cally interlocked, concealed anchor clips allowing thermal movement, and of configuration which will pre- vent entrance or passage of water 2. Seam: 2-3/8" minimum height. Seam shall have contin- uous anchor reveals to allow anchor clips to resist positive and negative loading and allow expansion con- traction of panels due to thermal changes. Integral (not mechanically sealed) seams are not acceptable 3. Batten panel width: (1'-4") 4. Stiffening ribs: (Four) located in flat of panel to minimize oil canning and telegraphing of structural members, 3/8" maximum height 5. Panel length: Full length without joints, including bends 6. Seam cap PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-5 a. Snap-on cap shall be of continuous length up to 45 feet according to job conditions b. Cap shall be designed to receive continuous joint tape which will not come in contact with the an- chor clip and will not limit thermal movement of panel c. Cap shall be field seamed by means of manufactur- er's standard seaming machine 7. Replacability: Individual panels shall be removable for replacement without removing adjacent panels E. Accessories 1. Anchor Clips: Clips shall have projecting legs for additional panel alignment and provision for thermal movement in each direction along the longitudinal di- mension. Two piece clips are not acceptable a. Batten Seam style 316B Aluminum alloy 6061-T6 min- imum thickness .060" b. Gable Anchor Clips: Standing Seam and Batten Seam styles aluminum alloy 6061-T6 minimum thickness .090" 2. Fasteners a. Concealed fasteners: corrosion resistant steel screws of 300 Series stainless steel as designed and reviewed by system manufacturer to meet struc- tural loading requirements. The normal minimum screw size shall be #14 b. Exposed fasteners: corrosion resistant steel screws (cadmium or zinc coatings are not accept- able) of 300 Series stainless steel with neoprene sealing washer, or 3/16" diameter waterproof rivets 3. Closures: Factory pre-cut closed cell foam meeting ASTM D3575 a cross-linked closed cell polyolefin foam, enclosed in metal channel matching panels when used at hip and ridge 4. Miscellaneous accessories: Items such as roof walk- ways, snow guards and vent stacks, shall be furnished by preformed metal roofing manufacturer or be approved by preformed metal roofing manufacturer 5. Panel joint sealant: Non-curing modified isobutylene tri-polymer tape of thickness to fully adhere to both surfaces being joined with indicated service life of 20 years 6. Provide all miscellaneous accessories for complete in- stallation. Ail accessories shall be furnished by roofing system manufacturer 2.02 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS A. Sealant 1. Acceptable product a. Dow Chemical Co., #790 b. General Electric Co. GESIL N 2500 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-6 2. Type: One part primerless silicon sealant 3. Colors: As selectedby Architect from sealant manufac- turer's standard selection B. Bituminous coating: Cold applied, asphalt mastic meeting SSPC-paint 12-82, minimum 30 mils thickness 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate metal roofing and flashing components to the maximum extent possible, forming metal work with clear, sharp, straight and uniform bends and rises. Hem exposed edges of flashings B. Form flashing componentSfrom full single width sheet. Provide shop fabricated, mitered corners, joined using closed end pop rivets and joint sealant C. Fabricate roofing and related sheet metal work in accord with approved shop drawings and applicable standards D. Solder manufactured sheet metal joints with heavy, well- heated coppers. Pre-tin joints not less than 1-1/2" wide. Provide 1" minimum soldered joints. After soldering, wash joints and neutralize remaining acid with alkaline solu- tion E. Provide linear sheet metal items in minimum 10'-0" sections except as otherwise noted. Form flashing using single pieces for the full width. Provide shop fabricated, mi- tered and joined corners PART 3 PRODUCTS 3.01 PREPARATION A. Inspection: Examine the alignment and placement of the' building structure before proceeding with installation of preformed metal roofing B. Pre-roofing conference: Prior to beginning metal roofing work, a preroofing conference shall be held to review work to be accomplished 1. Contractor, metal roofing subcontractor, metal roofing system manufacturer's representative and all other subcontractors who have.equipment penetrating roof or whose work involves access to roof shall be present 2. Contractor shall notify Architect and other attending parties at least three days prior to time for confer- ence 3. Contractor shall record minutes of meeting and shall distribute copies of minutes to attending parties 3.02 ROOFING AND FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install roofing and flashings in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's product data, within spec- ified erection tolerances B. Isolate dissimilar metals and masonry or concrete from met- als with bituminous coating. Use gasketed fasteners where ~REFORMEDMETAL ROOFING Section 07410-7 required to prevent corrosive action between fastener, sub- strate and panels C. Limit exposed fasteners to extent indicated on shop draw- ings D. Anchorage shall allow for temperature expansion/contraction movement without stress or elongation of panels, clips or anchors. Attach clips to structural substrate using fas- teners of size and spacing as determined by manufacturer's design analysis to resist specified uplift and thermal movement forces E. Seal laps and joints in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's product data F. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal work to provide weath- ertight conditions at roof terminations. Fabricate and install in accordance with standards of SMACNA Manual using continuous cleats at all exposed edges G. Provide for temperature expansion/contraction movement of panels at roof penetrations and roof mounted equipment in accordance with system manufacturer's product data and de- sign calculations H. Installed system shall be true to line and plane and free of dents, and physical defects with a minimum of oil can- ning I. Form joints in linear sheet metal to allow for 1/4" mini- mum expansion at 20'-0" c.c. maximum and 8'-0" from cor~. nets. Provide 6" wide back-up plate at intersections. Form plates to profile of sheet metal item J. At joints in linear sheet metal items, set sheet metal over back-up plate in two beads of butyl sealant, 1/4" in diameter, minimum, Extend sealant over all metal surfaces. Mate components for positive seal. Allow no sealant to migrate onto exposed surfaces K. Remove damaged work and replace with new, undamaged com- ponents L. Touch up exposed fasteners using paint furnished by roof- ing panel manufacturer and matching exposed panel surface finish M. Clean exposed surfaces of roofing and accessories after completion of installation. Leave in clean condition at Date of Substantial Completion. Touch-up minor abrasions and scratches in finish END OF SECTION PREFORMED METAL ROOFING Section 07410-8 DIVISION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Sheet metal flashings, copings 2. Reglets 3. Scuppers 4. Gutters 5. GSM expansion joints, Exterior 6. Shop priming 7. Installation B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Metal expansion joints: Section 05800 2. Curbs, nailers: Section 06200 3. Placement of sheet metal in contact with roofing: Sec- tion 07530 4. Elastic sheet roofing: Section 07530 5. Roofing expansion joint: Section 07530 6. Aluminum windows: Section-08520 7. Field painting: Section 09900 8. Mechanical equipment curb flashings: Division 15000 9. Penetration flashings: Section 07530 and Divisions 15000, 16000 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2o General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Review all drawings for sheet metal work 2. coOperate with roofing for proper incorporation in roofing work and deck coating 3. Verify conditions and dimensions B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards: SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Standards C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items 2. Shop Drawings: complete D. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 1. Warranty: sheet metal related to roofing, endorsement on roofing warranty, 10 year period, unconditional, see Section 07530 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Section 07600-1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sheet metal: galvanized sheet, 24 gauge minimum; FS QQ-S-775d Class d, ASTM A525 Class 1.25 commercial galvan- izing B. Sheet lead: ASTM B275, 4 pounds per square foot, 24 inches square for drains C. Fasteners lo Nails: 12 gauge hot dipped galvanized roofing nails 2. Screws: self tapping, full thread, stainless steel or otherwise corrosion resistant D. Solder: ASTM B32, Type 50-50 E. Flux: ASTM B284, acid type F. Mastic: FS-SS-S-153 Type l, black plastic cement G. Sealant: FS-TT-S-00227, butyl base H. Primer 1. Typical: zinc dust zinc oxide FS-TT-P-641 Type i oil base 2. Surface in contact with roofing; asphalt primer ASTM D41 3. Pretreatment: chemical phosphoric etch I. Reglets: extruded aluminum, Fry type ST with matching counterflashing; sheet metal or sheet aluminum J. Adhesive: flexible, butyl base sealant; for adhering stainless steel to wall surfaces PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Verify all conditi'ons for intended purpose B. Verify dimensions C. Configurations shown on drawings indicate finished appear- ances intended; they may be altered to adequately conceal, weatherproof, interleave, etc. only if appearance remains substantially the same subject to approval 3°02 BRAKE METAL A. Conform to Trade Standards and details B. Provide completely concealed securement using clips C. Provide 12 inch long concealed backing plates at end joints D. Provide expansion joints in running trim, flashings and counterflashings; 20 feet on center or less and within 8 feet of restrained corners E. Visible joints uniformly spaced and symmetrical; dimen- sionally related to surrounding work F. Hem free edges; no cut edges visible 3°03 SOLDERING A. Thoroughly clean surfaces to be soldered B. Allow solder to flow into joints using adequate heat and FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Section 07600-2 sufficient solder C. Clean and remove all traces of flux after soldering D. Solder surface smooth without spatter; no partial bond E. Field soldering: protect surrounding work from heat dam- age F. Solder external corners 3.04 PRIMING A. Prime paint all sheet metal and sheet aluminum before de- livery to job site; prime all surfaces B. Pretreat sheet metal and sheet aluminum after fabrication C. After pretreatment dries, immediately prime D. Typical priming: all surfaces except those in contact with asphalt products E. Asphalt priming: all surfaces in contact with asphalt products 'F. Touch up primer at cuts, joints, field solders after in- stallation 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Provide sufficient fasteners to secure sheet metal, all concealed, and to allow expansion and contraction Bo Mastic at asphalt products 1. Bed sheet metal in contact with asphalt products in continuous generous bed of mastic 2. Fabricate, cut, fit, make joints, bed and otherwise complete ali work except roofing c. Sealant 1. Calk all joints and fasteners, and wherever possibili- ty exists of leakage 2. Calk during installation as work progresses 3. Remove excess sealant from exposed surface, all calking concealed; protect adjacent work END OF SECTION FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Section 07600-3 DIVISION 07000 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07900 SEALANTS PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Interior calking, concealed 2. Interior calking, exposed 3. Crack calking 4. Mastic bedding B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Calking related to sheet metal: Section 07600 2. Calking related to windows: Section 08100 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and General Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Coordinate with finish painting 2. Coordinate with surrounding finishes B. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items 2. Samples: 4 inch length cured sample of each exposed sealant each color selected C. Material and Equipment: see Section 01600 1. Delivery: deliver in unopened containers, labels in- tact and legible. 2. Storage: store no longer than permitted by inventory shelf life in environmental condition required for pro- duct D. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Interior calking, concealed 1. Type: one part butyl rubber, skinning, non-setting, non-sag, FS TT-S-1657 Type I 2. Specified manufacturer: Pecora, BC-158 Butyl Rubber 3. Acceptable manufacturer: DAP, Butyl-Flex 4. Color: neutral, not paintable B. Interior calking, exposed 1. Type: one part silicone rubber, skinning, setting, non-sag 2. Specified manufacturer: Dow Corning, Part No. 8644 SEALANTS Section 07900-1 3. Color: neutral, paintable C. Crack calking 1. Type: one part acrylic latex, skinning, setting, ASTM C834 2o Specified manufacturer: DAP Acrylic Latex Calk 3. Acceptable manufacturer: Pecora AC-20 4. Color: neutral, paintable E. Mastic bedding 1o Type: oil-base calk, trowel grade 2. Specified manufacturer: DAP Architectural Grade Calk 3. Acceptable manufacturer: Pecora 200R2 4. Color: neutral F. Miscellaneous calking 1. Type: high modulus, one part silicone 2. Specified manufacturer: General Electric 1200 3. Acceptable manufacturer: Dow Corning 799 4. Color: clear G. Backing 1. Type: tubular polyethylene foam with bond breaking sheath 2. Specified manufacturer: Dow Ethafoam 3. Acceptable manufacturer: DenverFoam H. Primer: as required by sealant manufacturer for conditions indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Ensure surfaces are clean, dry, sound, cured B. Ensure weather conditions permit calking operation C. Clean up excess with appropriate solvents as work pro- gresses D. Mask adjacent surfaces where required E. Prime edges of joints as required by sealant manufacturer 3.02 CALKING, EXTERIOR A. For noted joints and where necessary where water or air may be admitted; use exterior calking sealant B. Calk to straight clean lines, clean concave joints c. Pressure calk 1. Typical joints: apply enough material to achieve good bond both sides of joint; apply uniform amount so that depth of material remains approximately same throughout joint length; avoid bonding to bottom of joint 2.' Excessively deep joints: where joints are too deep to permit good control of material, apply two passes; in first pass, apply enough material to reduce depth to approximately 1/4 inch; allow first course to skim over, and apply second pass to uniform surface; avoid bonding to bottom of joint 3. Backup joints SEALANTS Section 07900-2 a. Width: 1/4 inch minimum b. Minimum depth of joint (1) For width 1/4 inch to 1/2 inch: 1/2 inch deep (2) For width 1/2 inch to 3/4 inch: 1/2 inch deep (3) For width greater than 3/4 inch: depth great- er than 1/2 of width c. Place backup to produce nominal sealant thickness equal to 1/2 joint width; use backup of appropriate diameter d. Thickness of sealant at centerline of joint (1) For width 1/4 to 1/2 inch: 1/4 inch thick (2) For width 1/2 to 3/4 inch: 1/4 to 3/8 inch thick (3) For width greater than 3/4 inch: 1/2 width e. Apply sealant same as for pressure calk 3.03 CALKING, INTERIOR, CONCEALED A. Wherever necessary to prevent air infiltration; use in- terior calking concealed sealant B. Calk to straight clean lines, clean concave joints C. Typical joints: apply enough material to achieve good bond both sides of joint; apply uniform amount so that depth of material'remains approximately same throughout joint length; avoid bonding to bottom of joint 3.04 CALKING, INTERIOR, EXPOSED A. For noted joints; use interior calking exposed sealant B. Calk to straight clean lines, clean concave joints C. Conform to similar requirements for Calking, Exterior D. Use clear type where indicated on drawings 3.05 CALKING, CRACK FILLING A. For all locations where necessary to permit proper appli- cation of finish; use crack calking sealant B. Calk crack to resistance and strike smooth with surface 3.06 MASTIC BEDDING A. For items noted "bed in mastic" B. Generous trowel coat sufficient to squeeze out at edges of item being set C. Clean off excess 3.07 MISCELLANEOUS CALKING A. For items noted B. Pressure calk as detailed C. Calk to straight clean lines D. Remove excess from surrounding surfaces 3.08 INSTALLATION A. Mask edges of joints as necessary to prevent sealant adhe- sion on face of items being calked SEALANTS Section 07900-3 B. Prime joints as recommended by sealant manufacturer as re- quired C. Patch or replace defective calking as directed D. Clean excess material from surfaces before sealants set 1. Conform to manufacturers recommendations 2. Use no cleaning agents which will damage surfaces, nor will wash off injurious materials during rain END OF SECTION SEALANTS Section .07900-4 DIVISION 08000 DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Hollow metal doors and door frames 2. Cased openings B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Installation: Section 06200 2. Finish hardware: Section 08710 3. Non bearing studs: Section 09110 4. Drywall: Section 09250 5. Finish painting: Section 09900 6. Louvers: Section 10200 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Verify conditions and dimensions 2. Coordinate with rough openings 3. Coordinate hardware templates B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Standards a. UL labeling b. SDI, Steel Door Institute, Technical Data Series 100 Co NFPA, Standard No. 80, Fire Doors and Windows 2. Code: UBC Chapters 33 and 43 C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items with schedule numbered by opening; dimensions and conditions 2. Shop drawings: each frame profile; match exactly de- tails on documents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Materials: ASTMA 366-72 commercial quality, cold rolled, leveled steel, free of pitting or other surface defects, face sheets 18 gauge (min.). Galvanize doors indicated on door schedule B. Manufacturer: Forderer, Krueger, or approved equal, sub- ject to meeting specified requirements C. Design and Construction: 1. Flush doors (typical): Custom or stock, full flush, of the types and sizes shown on drawings, fully welded seamless construction with no visible seams or joints METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Section 08100-1 on faces or vertical edges, 1-3/4" thick unless noted otherwise, free from warpage or buckle, bends true and straight and of minimum radius for metal gauge used, lock edge only or both vertical edges beveled 1/8" in 2". Reinforce face sheets with 22 gauge (min.) stiff- eners spaced 6" o.c. (max.) and securely welded. Close top and bottom edges with 18 gauge (min.) con- tinuous channel extending full width of door and weld- ed to both faces, door tops flush and closed to mois- ture, bottoms with weep holes for elimination of con- densation. Fill interior spaces between stiffeners with inorganic non-combustible insulation. In lieu of steel grid construction, honeycomb cores will be ac- ceptable 2. Hardware Reinforcement: a. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap at the factory for fully templated hardware only, in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and templates provided under the Finish Hardware Section. Where surface mounted hardware is reqUired, provide re- inforcing plates only with all drilling and tap- ping to be done by those installing the hardware b. Minimum gauges for hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: Hinge reinforcement: 10 gauge Surface mounted closers: 12 gauge Reinforcement for locks & flush bolts: 14 gauge Reinforcement for all surface-mounted hardware 16 gauge 3. Glass Stops: .Make exterior stops integral with or welded into door. Interior stops shall be 20 gauge channel type of same material as door face, removable, with cadmium or zinc coated countersunk screws. Make all stops flush with door faces 2.02 FRAMES FOR DOORS A. Type: full formed, concealed fastenings, welded corners, custom fabricated and as per details B. Shapes: as detailed and scheduled on drawings, full form- ed, hospital stop, 6 inches C. Material: 16 gauge cold rolled steel ASTM A366; galvan- ized per ASTM A386 at exterior doors D. Hardware Reinforcement 1. Hinges: 7 gauge full mortise, ANSI 2. Closer: 12 gauge 3. Strike: 14 gauge ANSI E. Anchors 1. Metal stud conditions: erected before studs a. Floor: 12 gauge angle welded to frame, full width of frame section less wall finish thickness; one each jamb METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Section 08100-2 b. Wall: 12 gauge channel full width of frame sec- tion less wall finish to stud; pre-punch for self- tapping screws; evenly spaced at 2 feet intervals c. Head: same as wall at center of head for pairs of doors and 2 feet intervals for frames over 42 inches wide F. Cutouts 1. Factory prepared 2. Hardware: hinges, locksets; from hardware templates, fully drilled and tapped G. Silencers 1. Drill for silencers, button type 2. Three on strike jamb stop for single leaf doors 3. Two on head stop for pairs 4. Furnish silencers H. Fabrication 1. Interlocking corners, fully welded 2. Fully mitered or coped corners; reinforce 3. Where fire rated, fabricate to UL standards; provide labels 4. Fill corners with mineral filler, full profile to eli- minate all traces of joint 5. Provide spreader bars 2.03 CASED OPENINGS A. Type: full formed, concealed fastenings, welded corners, custom fabricated as per detail indicated B. Shapes: as detailed and scheduled on drawings C. Material: 16 gauge cold rolled steel D. Anchors: same as for door frames for respective door con- dition 1. Jamb: within 6 inches of head and sill plus spaced not more than 24 inches OoC. 2. Head, sill: within 6 inches of jambs plus spaced not more than 24 inches o.c. E. Fabrication: same as door frames 2.06 CLEARANCES A. Doors, to frame, head and jamb: 1/8 inch B. Doors, to threshold: 1/4 inch maximum C. Doors, to finished floor (no threshold: 1/4 inch maximum) D. Doors, meeting edge at pairs: 1/8 inch 2.07 SHOP PAINTING A. Shop prime all frames and doors and internal stiffeners B. Chemically pretreat all metal; at galvanized items, pre- treat with vinyl phosphate C. Lightly sand, remove burrs, rough spots; fill hollows, dents, seams with mineral filler, sand smooth D. Shop spray and bake one coat rust inhibiting primer END OF SECTION METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Section 08100-3 DIVISION 08000 DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART I GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Door hardware 2. Locksets, closers, hinges 3. Miscellaneous door hardware B. Related work specified elsewhere -1.. Installation: Section 06200 2. Cabinet hardware: Section 06410 3. Metal doors and frames: Section 08100 4. Wood doors: Section 08210 5. Accordian Partitions: Section 10623 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. .General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Furnish templates to metal frame 2. Furnish templates to installer 3. Verify fastening requirements 4. Ensure that hardware compiles with requirements of Fire Marshal 5. Verify hand, bevel, trim projection, overlays; appro- priate hardware for intended use 6. Verify tailpiece for furnished cylinders 7. Verify keying requirements ., B. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: schedule as follows: a. Hardware type set as identified in schedule b. Show item number of each hardware item, quantity, manufacturer, model, size, finish, fasteners 2. Samples: for approval of function, design and finish as may be requested C. Material and Equipment: see Section 01600 1. Keys: deliver personally to Owner marked for each set and integrated with existing system 2. Furnish construction keys for installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Manufacturers specified establish quality basis; other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with pro- visions of Section 01600 B. Any one type of hardware shall be by the same manufacturer C. Specified manufacturers ~INISH HARDWARE Section 08710-1 1. Locksets, latchsets, deadlocks: Schlage, no substitu- tion 2.Hinges: McKinney Sales Co. 3. Closers: LCN Closers 4. Thresholds, weatherstripping, draft seals, light seals, sound seals: Pemko 5.Miscellaneous: as shown D. Finishes: satin chrome (or oiled rubbed bronze where shown) 1. On steel: BHMA 652 2. On bronze, brass: BHMA 626 3. Stops, holders: bronze base metal, BHMA 626 4. Closers: factory spray lacquer, match satin chrome (or bronze) 5. Exit devices a. Horizontal assemblies and vertical rods: anodized clear aluminum b. Lock stile housing, lock stile covers, touch bar (complete), horizontal housing end caps, latch case covers: plated BHMA 626 (or bronze) 2.02 LOCKSETS A. Manufacturer: Schlage, no substitution except for Group 3 lock B. Mortise sets with lever handle 1. Series: mortise locksets L series, 06 design 2. Lock: 6 pin " 3. Strikes: extended lip with box, protected back at pairs 4. Backset: 2-3/4 inch C. Deadlatches, cylindrical 1. Series: 13 2. Lock: 6 pin 3. Strikes: with box 4. Backset: 2-3/4 inch D. Cylindrical sets with knobs 1. Series: D 2. Lock: 6 pin 3. Strikes: extended lip with box, protected back at pairs 4.Backset: 2-3/4 inch E. Cylinders 1. Lock: 6 pin 2. Match diameter and tailpiece to item F. Digital Lock 1. Manufacturer: Alarm Lock 2. Series: DL2500FE to match existing 2.03 LATCHES A. Manufacturer: Glynn Johnson B. Operation: paddle, push, pull, engraved as applicable C. Latch: cylindrical FINISH HARDWARE Section 08710-2 D. Strikes: with box E. Backset: 5 inches F. Padlocks, keyed same keyway 2.04 HINGES A. Manufacturer: McKinney Company B. Type: full mortise, knuckle barrel, button tip C. Bearings 1. Doors with closers: oilite bearings 2. Doors without closers: plain bearings D. Swing clear: where scheduled E. sizes: minimum sizes as scheduled, verify with door size, weight, frequency of use, trim, projection 2.05 CLOSERS A. Manufacturer: LCN Closers B. Type: door mounted C. Arm: frame mounted 1. Regular arm: inswing doors 2. Parallel arm: outswing doors 3. Verify arm mounting by door condition D. Series: non handled Super Smoothie unless otherwise scheduled; set pull pressure 1. Fire doors: 15 pounds 2. Interior doors: 5 pounds 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Stops: Glynn Johnson Corp. with appropriate fasteners 1. Floor stops, interior: FB13 2. Wall bumpers,_interior: 50C, WB35 B. Threshold: Pemko 1. Types: as detailed on Drawings, bronze unless other- wise noted C. Automatic door bottoms: Pemko 434A or as detailed D. Exit Devices: Von Duprin 1. Exposed Vertical Rod: 99 series 2. Mortise: 99 series 3. Exterior trim: as scheduled, use lever matching lock- sets 4. Strikes Vertical Rod: dust proof E. Electric Strike: Von Cuprin Series 6000 1. Provide'rectifier kit for 24V AC 2. Provide entry buzzer F. Automatic Flush Bolts: Glynn Johnson 1. Wood doors: FB8 2. Strikes G. Coordinator: Glynn Johnson COR, extend full width of opening, field paint H. Push Pulls 1. Bifold doors: Builders Brass Works 315, recessed I. Sound seal: Pemko FINISH HARDWARE Section 08710-3 J. Electromagnetic holders: LCN Model 850 24 V DC K. Millwork: Soss as indicated 2.07 KEYING A. Existing keying system is Great Grand Master Keyed, Grand Master Keyed and Master Keyed for maintenance areas, ex- terior, department and floor 1. Match to existing keying system, keyway 2. Obtain keyway and bite system number from Owner B. Keyed alike or keyed differently, as directed by Owner C. Keying of locks shall be approved by Owner prior to manu- facturing of locks D. Locks shall be factory keyed, and manufacturer shall reg- ister each keying system E. Furnish i GMK, 6 MK each master F. Furnish 3 change keys for each lock keyed differently G. Where locks are keyed alike in groups, furnish number of keys requested for each group, but total number of keys to be furnished shall not exceed 3 times total number of locks furnished in keyed alike groups H. Stamp keys and cylinders with key code I. Tag each key 2.08 FASTENERS A. Furnish finish hardware with necessary screws, bolts or other fastenings of suitable type and size to securely an- chor hardware for long life under heavy use B. Finish on exposed portions of fasteners and anchors shall match finish of item being fastened C. Hex bolts, togglebolts, or other approved anchors shall' be provided according to material to which hardware is applied D. Exposed screw heads shall be "Phillips Head" E. Use machine screws for hardware applied on metal F. Use hex bolts or through bolts with closers and stop and holders applied to wood and mineral core doors 2.09 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Hinges: ANSI Standards B. Locksets, latches: +38 to center unless otherwise noted on door schedule 2.10 SCHEDULE CODES A. WDXHM; first 2 letters = door construction; second 2 let- ters = frame construction B. WS = Wood Door C. HM= Hollow Metal Frame D. 90 degrees = normal opening of door E. 180 degrees = full opening of door F. 20 min = fire rated 20 minutes G. 90 min = fire rated 90 minutes FINISH HARDWARE Section 08710-4 PART 3 SCHEDULE 3.01 GROUP 1 Door i 6'0" X 7'0" HM x HM 180 degrees N.Ro 6 Hinges TA2314 5 x 4-1/2 US26D i Lockset L9456 - 06L i Set Manual Flush Bolts FB6 i Set Dust Proof Strikes DPI i Threshold 2005DV 2 Stops WB35 i Set Weatherstripping 303DV 3.02 GROUP 2 Door 2 4'0" x 7'0" HM x HM 180 degrees N.R. 3 Hinges TA2314 5 x 4-1/2 US26D 1 Lockset L9456 - 06L I Stop WB35 I Threshold 2005DV i Set Weatherstripping 303DV END OF SECTION FINISH HARDWARE Section 08710-5 DIVISION 09000 FINISHES SECTION 09110 NON LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Non bearing, metal stud walls 2. Shaft wall studding 3. Related backing, bridging 4. Furring for gypsum wallboard B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Heavy plate backing: Section 05500 2. Drywall: Section 09250 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 ~ 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Verify conditions and dimensions 2. Coordinate subsequent work attached to work of this section 3. Coordinate placement of inserts by other trades 4. Coordinate and install backing for work of other trades B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards: Gypsum Association, GA203 Installa- tion of Screw Type Framing Members to receive Gypsum Board 2. Submittals: see Section 01300 a. Materials list:, all items b. Shop Drawings on exterior soffits PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 METAL STUD SYSTEM A. Type: light gauge formed steel, galvanized, WC5 shape as manufactured by Western Metal Lath company B. Typical studs 1. Size: 3-5/8 inch or other as detailed 2. Shape: C with knurled flanges for acceptance of dry wall screws 3. Gauge a. Typical: 20 gauge minimum, 16 gauge if otherwise indicated b. Structural: 16 gauge as detailed and at exterior walls C. Furring: 25 gauge, hat channel D. Tracks, sills: matching stud size, J-channel, galvanized, 16 gauge unless otherwise indicated NON LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEM Section 09110-1 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners 1. Stud to track: use welding at exterior and perimeter framing otherwise self tapping sheet metal screws; met- al punching not acceptable 2. Track a. To concrete: expansion anchor bolt at exterior and perimeter framing otherwise drive pin b. To metal structure: self drilling screws or welded B. Stiffeners: 3/4 inch cold rolled channel C. Backing: 16 gauge steel plate, 6 inches wide by 24 inches long minimum or studs as detailed D. Sealant: acoustical, USG Acoustical Sealant PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Layout to dimensions shown and scheduled B. Conform to ANSI A97.1 Installation of Steel Framing Mem- bers to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard and Back- ing Board 3.02 WALL FRAMING A. Secure sill and head track with appropriate fasteners; set sill in 2 continuous beads of sealant B. Layout studs 16 inches on center unless otherwise noted~ C. Cut studs 1/2 inch shorter than full'height where extended to underside of deck; insert into tracks, tight to sill track, double head track as detailed D. Secure stud to sill track E. Double stud at openings; secure to metal frames; weld dou- ble studs together 1/16 inch fillet welds by 2 inches each side at 18 inches o.c. F. Use track for headers; jack studs over opening; weld track to jamb studs 1/16 inch fillet weld by 3 inches each side G. Stiffen walls with one channel at center; place channel horizontally in keyhole slots in studs, turn and wedge tightly, weld H. Stiffen openings with horizontal channels; 3 at each jamb, weld I. Set backing plates on stud face, screw fasten; 3 screws minimum per stud or 4 inches on center whichever provides more screws J. Furring: space as for studs, secure to wall END OF SECTION NON LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEM Section 09110-2 DIVISION 09000 FINISHES SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Cement plaster (stucco) 2. Patching existing plaster B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Field painting: Section 09900 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Ensure that lath is properly anchored 2. Verify straightness and securement of accessories B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards: California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association, Reference Specifications 1972 C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items 2. Sample: wall sample of finish coat application, repeat until approved; use same mechanic to achieve approved sample D. Materials and Equipment: see Section 01600 1. Protection: provide tarps, covers and the like to pro- tect surrounding surfaces 2. Planting areas: do notpermit plaster materials to contaminate planter areas E. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 1. Clean up: continuously clean up as work progresses PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTER MATERIALS' A. Type: Portland Cement Plaster B. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I C. Aggregate: ASTM C144 D. Lime: ASTM C206 E. Manufactured finish acceptable at eXPosed locations: ex- terior waterproof float neutral color for field painting F. Asbestos fiber: not permitted G. Bonding agent: latex liquid PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify completion of work by others PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220-1 B. Inspect grounds for straightness C. Do not attempt plastering when: 1. Drying winds are probable during application and curing 2. Rains are probable upon uncured plaster 3. Temperatures are likely to drop below freezing or rise above 100 degrees F during application and curing 4. Lath is wet 3.02 PLASTER A. General 1. Measuring box for proportioning material is required; shovel proportioning not permitted 2. Machine application is acceptable if otherwise permit- ted B. Basecoat plaster 1. Mixture by volume a. 1 part cement b. 3-1/2 parts damp aggregate c. 15 pounds lime d. Minimum water 2. Application - Two coast work a. Apply first coat with sufficient matreial and pres- sure to form good bond to masonry and to cover well b. Straighten to a true surface with rod and darby without use of additional water and leave rough to receive finish coat 3. Curing a. Moist cure 48 hours C. Trowel finish coat 1. 'Mixture by volume a. Manufactured finish mixed with water 2. Application a. Scratch plaster in thoroughly and immediately dou- ble back to fill out a smooth, dense surface for decoration, free of surface blemishes and irregu- larities b. Apply finish coat as thin as possible, preferably 1/16" to not more than 1/8" maximum thickness c. Trowel Red Top Keenes Cement finishes until the material sets 3. Curing a. Prevent contact with surface for 48 hours E. Finish appearance 1. Full depth to hard edges of accessories 2. Uniform surface, no "dive-ins" to accessories 3. No visible laps, no visible patches F. Cracks' 1. No cracks visible'from 10 feet away 2. Make all repairs in brown coat before application of finish coat 3. Cut out plaster completely to repair; cut on each side PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220-2 of crack, 1/2 inch minimum width; cut edges at right angles to surface 4. Clean out all crumbled and loose plaster 5. Moisten crack with water 6. Apply neat cement plastic mixed with bonding agent to crack edges and lath 7. Force in plaster mix immediately, same mix as for brown coat 8. Trowel surface flush with adjacent surface 9. Wood float to match brown coat; remove any "slop-over" on existing surface 3103 PATCHING EXISTING A. Clean existing remnants of lath; supplement'as needed B. Prepare edges of existing plaster; cut back smoothly to dovetail shape C. Slush in cement mixed with bonding agent on cut edges im-. mediately prior to patching D. Apply 3 coats plaster same as for new plaster E. Clean edge, no overcoating on existing F. Match surrounding surface G. Maintain fireproofing END OF SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220-3 DIVISION 09000 FINISHES SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A.' Work specified in this section 1. Gypsum wallboard 2. Wallboard on metal framing and furring 3. Patching existing gypsum wallboard 4. Cement board backing for tile installation 5. Accessories 6. Taping and finishing 7. Fire protection for light fixtures and speakers in exit corridors B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Insulation: Section 07210 2. Non bearing metal studs: Section 09110 3. Ceiling suspension, metal: Section 09120 4. Acoustical tile: Section 09512 5. Vinyl wall covering: Section 09950 6. Painting: Section 09900 7. Ceramic tile: Section 09310 C. Applicable t° this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Coordinate with framing 2. Ensure that inserts provided by other trades are com- pleted 3. Coordinate with penetrations, that rough-in work by other trades is completed 'B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Trade Standards: Gypsum Association, GA-216-78r Recom- mended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 2. UL i hour rating at exit corridor walls C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials list: all items 2. Shop drawings: Corners and Columns PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD A. Typical: 5/8 inch thick, paper bound edges; fire rated Type X B. Typical board: ASTM C36 C. Coreboard: i inch thick, Type X and approved for shaft wall construction GYPSUM WALLBOARD Section 09250-1 D. Water resistant: ASTM C630 where scheduled, face not paintable E. Furring board: same as typical or backer board depending upon condition except with foil backing 2.02 CEMENT BOARD BACKING: 1/2 inch thick USG Durock or approved equal 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Type: nail on type galvanized sheet metal, sized for thickness of board; per Trade Standard B. Corner bead: CB-114 x ll4 C. Casing~bead 1. Exposed: Type L 2. Concealed: Type LC 3. See also details 2.04 FASTENERS A. Screws: ASTM C646, for metal framing 1. Type $ for 25 gauge; Type S-12 for heavier gauge 2. Screw shank, bugle head 3. Length, 1 inch minimum B. Accessories: screws same as for type of framing as above 2.05 TAPING AND FINISHING MATERIALS A. Joint replacement tape and compound: ASTM C475 B. Typical board 1. Reinforcement: perforated, laminated, reinforced paper tape shrinkage; especially formulated for each coat ASTM C475 C. WR Sealant: especially formulated for sealing core of water resistant board D. Acoustical sealant: USG Acoustical Sealant 2.06 FIRE PROTECTION LIGHT FIXTURES AND SPEAKERS: See details PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD TYPICAL A. Layout 1. Ceiling: long dimension perpendicular to framing mem- bers 2. Walls: long dimension parallel to framing members; base layer of double layer assemblies perpendicular to framing members 3. Bear ends on framing 4. Stagger end joints from course to course 5. Stagger end joints on opposite side of two faced walls 6. Stagger joints between layers 7. No joints between boards shall occur at corners of openings; maintain at least one framing space away from ~YPSUMWALLBOARD Section 09250-2 corner B. Fastening .- 1. Walls: 8 inches c.c. at edges and 12 inches c.c. at field, on bearings 2. Ceilings: 7 inches c.c. at edges and field each bear- ing C. Plumbing walls: provide tie between double wall, 3 panels at 1/4 points in height, 12 inches high by length suffi- cient to capture stubs; fasten with 3 screws into each end 3.02 CEMENT BOARD A. Location: Backing to ceramic tile assembly B. Apply in similar manner to typical board C. Seal all cuts, ends, penetrations with tape and mortar 3.03 FURRING BOARD A. Location: at furring when furring is over concrete B. Apply and finish in same fashion as for typical board 3.04 ACCESSORIES A. Location: where surface board abuts other materials and where board is exposed; see also details B. Corner Beads 1. At all external corners 2. Fasten through board into framing, 12 inches c.c., both flanges C. Casing Beads 1. At board edges abutting other materials which will not be covered second layer or by stiff finish; except not at floor D. Acoustical sealant: at junction with floor, walls and other locations where sound can penetrate 3.05 TAPING AND FINISHING A. Typical exposed surfaces 1. Joints: reinforced with tape, 3 coat method, sanded to smooth surface 2. Screw Heads: similar to joints except omit tape B. Fire taping: as scheduled 1. Joints: reinforced with tape, 2 coat method, sanding not required except where not sufficiently smooth to receive finishes 2. Screw heads: not required except where necessary to receive finish, similar to joints except omit tape C. Accessories: similar to joints except omit tape D. Penetrations: thoroughly fill gap between board and pene- trations, tape and finish E. Internal corners: similar to joints except use folded tape reinforcement F. Finishing 1. Apply first bed of compound, embed tape GYPSUM WALLBOARD Section 09250-3 2. Cover tape with second coat of compound extending be- yond tape edge, to smooth surface 3. Sand compound 4. At 3 coat, cover sanded second coat with compound ex- tending beyond second coat edge, to smooth surface 5. Sand third coat to smooth surface, touch up hollows and sand smooth 6. At board end joints, feather out tape joints 7. Avoid raising grain on paper S. Where water resistant board is exposed for painting, apply skim coat of compound, sand smooth 9. No edge joints shall be visible 3.06 PATCHING EXISTING A. Cut out to nearest structural support to clean line B. Where no structural support, cut board to clean line 1. Insert backup board coated with adhesive and secure with screws to face board 2. Suitable only at top and bottom of patch C. Patch with gypsum wallboard equal in thickness and fire rating; secure to supports D. Tape and finish same as surrounding surface E. Where accessories occur, replace full length accessory END OF SECTION GYPSUM WALLBOARD Section 09250-4 DIVISION 09000 FINISHES SECTION 09900 PAINTING 'PART i GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. Work specified in this section 1. Field painting 2. Exterior painting 3. Interior painting B. Related work specified elsewhere 1. Cutting and patching; Section 01045 2. Shop coat metal fabrications: Section 05500 3. Wood fence and gate: Section 06200 4. Cabinets: Section 06410 5. Flashing and sheet metal: Section 07600 6. Calking, sealants: Section 07900 7. Shop coat metal frames: Section 08100 8. Wood doors: Section 08210 9. Cement plaster: Section 09220 10. Gypsum drywall: Section 09250 11. Ceramic tile: Section 09310 12. Wall covering: Section 09950 C. Applicable to this section 1. Bidding and Contract Requirements: Division 00000 2. General Requirements: Division 01000 1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: see Section 01040 1. Coordinate application of finishes with completion of substrates 2o Coordinate backpriming and priming before installation 3. Coordinate with shop coats B. Regulatory Requirements: see Section 01060 1. Regulations: all finish paint materials shall conform to current requirements of CARB California Air Resourc- es Board C. Submittals: see Section 01300 1. Materials' list: all items 2. Samples a. Office: brush-out, each color, each finish, only as requested b. Field: entire member surface, finish system and color D. Construction Facilities: see Section 01500 1. Protect all surrounding surfaces 2. Provide throws, drops, covers, masking E. Material and Equipment: see Section 01-600 1. Shipping and handling: deliver in original factory- sealed containers, clearly identified with product, manufacturer, and color; all colors factory mixed PAINTING Section 09900-1 2. Storage and protection: store in safe, secure loca- tion; do not wash out equipment in planting areas F. Contract Closeout: see Section 01700 1. Spare materials: 1 wet sample of each color, 1 quart size, identified PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Products are specified by manufacturer's name and product number B. Other manufacturer's products may be substituted in accor- dance with procedures specified in Section 01600; Sherwin Williams or Kelly Moore Paint Co. is an acceptable manu- facturer where Fuller is shown C. Waterproof coating: Kelly Moore Paint Co. D. Life of film 1. Color free from serious fading at the end of i year; any variation from original shall be uniform 2. Adhesion: blister, run, peel, scale, chalk, streak, stain free at the end of 1 year 3. Washing: resistant to washing with alkali free soap and water E. Some products as specified no longer conform to Environ- mental Protection Agency/CARB Rule 1113 regulations for VOC solvent emissions; provide equivalent products which conform 2.02 EXTERIOR PRIMERS A. Ferrous primer ~ Fuller 621-04 B. Galvanized primer Fuller 221-12 C. Galvanized pretreatment Vinyl phosphate D. Surface Patch Kel-Patch lllS E. Crack filler Kel-Seal Elastomeric Sealer F. Aluminum paint Fuller 312-05 G. Sizing Generic Latex spray Fuller 664-W-37 I. Semi-transparent stain Match existing adjacent 2.03 EXTERIOR FINISHES A. Waterproofing coating Kelly Moore Acrylic Ter- polymer, Kel-Seal 1129 B. Ultra acrylic Fuller 639-6X or 609-6X 2.04 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. PVA sealer Fuller 220-22 B. Ferrous primer Fuller 621-04 C. Undercoat Fuller 220-07 D. Alkyd primer sealer Fuller 220-06 E. Oil stain Fuller 640-XX F. Clear sealer Fuller 222-01 PAINTING Section 09900-2 G. Galvanized pretreatment Vinyl phosphate H. Galvanized primer Fuller 221-12 2.05 INTERIOR FINISHES A. Alkyd semigloss Fuller 206-XX B. Alkyd eggshell Fuller 208-00 C. Alkyd gloss stipple Fuller 219-08 D. Alkyd semigloss stipple Fuller 219-00 E. Alkyd eggshell stipple Fuller 219-12 F. Alkyd flat stipple Fuller 209-01 G. Polyurethane varnish Kelly Moore 21, 22 H. Latex flat Fuller 609-XX 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Thinner 1. For oil paints: volatile mineral spirits, FS-TT-T-2912 2. For acrylic paints: water B. Putty: acrylic, fast drying, iow shrinkage 2.07 COLORS A. Factory mixed, modified in field only under specific di- rection B. Cooperate by supplying chips and presentation chips to make selection as requested C. Colo~ selection parameters 1. Unless otherwise directed, paint Prime coated access panels, grilles, electric panel covers and similar items same color as adjacent surfaces; if adjacent surfaces are not scheduled for painting, color as directed 2. Where cutting'and patching occurs, match adjacent colors 3o Where mechanical and electrical items are installed in finished spaces and which have not received color pre- approved, prepare and spray apply i coat of compatible finish to cover in color as directed 4. Surfaces visible through grilles, registers and similar openings, black 5o Paint exterior mechanical equipment and ducts and elec- trical equipment 6. Special color scheme a. Unless otherwise indicated assume not more than 2 colors will be selected for wall and ceiling sur- faces in any one room; one shall be an accent color PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examine substrate for conditions which may adversely af- fect finish application durability and appearance B. Do not proceed until defects are corrected PAINTING Section 09900-3 C. Proceeding means acceptance of substrate conditions D. Working conditions 1. Ambient air temperature: 45 degrees F to 75 degrees F 2. Substrate temperature= 40 degrees F to 80 degrees F 3. Wind, draft= minimal, no direct wind on surface being painted 4. Shade: schedule work for application in shade, low sun angle or dark days for exterior work 5. Light= work in areas with adequate, full lighting proximately final permanent lighting 6. Rain: paint only on dry surfaces~ do not allow rain or direct water spray to contact uncured paint surfaces 7. Dust: do not let dust adhere to wet surfaces~ remove dust from substrates before commencing E. Patching: putty stop voids, nail heads in finish materials F. Sanding 1. Wood, smooth finish= prior to first coat and between coats 2. Metal: between coats 3. Putty: sand smooth G. Backpriming: in general backprime all finished wood items before installation H. Galvanized items= if not shop primed, pretreat before priming~ upon delivery coat all sides I. Shop primed items: touch up with matching primer J. Concrete 1. Surface even and smooth 2. Neutralize alkali conditions 3. Remove dust and laitance 4. Match existing adjacent surfaces K. Plaster 1. Without imperfections which will telegraph 2. Touch up suction spots after initial coat L. Metals 1. Remove mill scale, rust, corrosion, verdigris by scrap- ing, sanding 2. Remove oils, grease, dust and other adhesion reducing elements using mineral spirits 3.Touch up abraded or chipped shop primer coat 4. For galvanized metals, apply primer within 4 hours of pretreatment M. Wood 1. Remove dirt, dust and stains by brushing, scraping or sanding 2. Remove oils, grease and other adhesion reducing ele ments with mineral spirits 3. Scrape pitch pockets and sap pockets, wash with min- eral spirits 4. Seal knots and pitch streaks with appropriate sealer 5. Fill defects after first coat and seal with shellac 6. Where existing wood is required to be refinished, strip PAINTING Section 09900-4 to bare wood before applying finish 3.02 FINISHING A. Carry to natural breaks, transitions B. Apply each coat to uniform thickness Completely cover, without holidays, thin spots; cover with extra material and blend in; if blending is unsuccessful, recoat entire surface Color of multiple coats: alter each coat to facilitate full coverage E. Metal surfaces: doors and the like; if brush application cannot produce a smooth surface without laps or brush marks, use spray application F. Runs, drips, sags, color separation: remove defects, re- coat entire surface G. Spray equipment: liability for use is Contractor's re- sponsibility H. Paint metal glass stops and louvers in wood veneered and plastic laminate faced doors I. On parts free to warp, apply sufficient number of coats on opposite sides and edges to preserve balance J. Surfaces not to be painted 1o Factory finished items except as otherwise specified 2o .Acoustic tile, panels, suspension grids (except where indicated otherwise) 3. Vinyl wall coverings, prefinished panels 4. Corner guards, crash rails 5. Bronze, brass, copper, stainless steel, aluminum 6. Plastic laminate 7o Floor coverings 8° Glass, ceramic tile, mirrors 9. Hardware, except prime coated items 10. Toilet accessories 11. Plumbing fixtures 12. Lighting fixtures 13. Hospital equipment 14. Sprinkler heads (except in B-10 Conference/Dining) K. Touch up 1. Prior to acceptance of project, inspect painted surfac- es and touch up or refinish as required 2. Abraded, scarred, stained or disfigured coatings are not acceptable 3. Costs for touch up shall not be paid for by Owner; ob- tain reimbursement from trade causing damage L. Cleaning: remove splatters, spots and blemishes UPon com- pletion M. Patching: where patching is required at alterations, match system and color; carry to nearest corner or to nearest door jamb or 10 feet maximum to clean line PAINTING Section 09900-5 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Exterior 1. Plaster, painted a. Plaster (stucco) b. Coat i Waterproof coatings c. Coat 2 Waterproof coatings d. Use surface patch or crack filler as required e. Match existing 2. Ferrous metal semigloss a. Hollow metal frames b. Coat i Ferrous primer (omit if shop primed) c. Coat 2 Ultra acrylic semigloss d. Coat 3 Ultra acrylic semigloss 3. Galvanized metal, semigloss a. Flashings, copings b. Coat 1 Galvanized pretreatment (omit if shop primed) c. Coat 2 Galvanized primer (omit if shop primed) d. Coat 3 Ultra acrylic semigloss e. Coat 4 Ultra acrylic semigloss 4. Pipes, ductwork a. Exposed items b. Primers (1) Coat tar enameled pipe Aluminum paint (2) Fabric insulation cover Sizing (3) Polyester, epoxy insulation cover Epoxy primer (4) Black iron Ferrous primer (5) Galvanized Galvanized primer 5. Wood, stained. a. Fences and gates, wood trim 'b. Coat 1 semi transparent stain c. Coat 2 semi transparent stain d. Match existing B. Interior 1. Drywall plaster, semigloss a. Typical b. Coat 1 PVA Sealer Co Coat 2 Alkyd primer sealer d. Coat 3 Alkyd semigloss stipple * · Note: Alkyd Eggshell may be selected by Architect 2.Ferrous metal, semigloss a. Frames b. Coat i Ferrous primer (omit if shop primed) c. Coat 2 Undercoat d. Coat 3 Acrylic semigloss 3. Galvanized, semigloss a. Miscellaneous b. Coat i Galvanized pretreatment (omit if shop primed) c. Coat 2 Galvanized primer (omit if shop primed) PAINTING Section 09900-6 d. Coat 3 Alkyd semigloss * e. Coat 4 Alkyd semigloss * · Note: Alkyd Eggshell may be selected by Architect 4o Wood painted a. Wood trim b. Coat i Undercoat c. Coat 2 50/50 coat I and coat 3 d. Coat 3 Alkyd semigloss * · Note: Alkyd Eggshell may be selected by Architect 5. Wood, stained a. Trim b. Coat i Oil stain c. Coat 2 Urethane varnish satin d. Coat 3 Urethane varnish satin, lightly sand e. Coat 4 Urethane varnish satin 6. Drywall, sealed a. Behind wall covering, casework b. Coat i PVA sealer 7. Acoustical tile, painted a. Where scheduled b. Coat i Latex flat END OF SECTION PAINTING Section 09900-7 DIVISION 10000 SPECIALTIES SECTION 10400 METAL WALL LOUVERS PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Special Conditions and General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 SCOPE A. Work Included: All labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and whatever items are required to assure a complete and professional installation of all metal lou- ver work. This shall include bird screens and related flashing B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 07920: Caulking and Sealants 2. Section 07600': Sheet Metal and Flashing 3. Section 09900: Painting 4. Division 15: Mechanical 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section and all metal louver work shall conform to the applicable requirements and recommendations therein A. Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. (AMCA) Standard 500 : B. AMCA Standard 511 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be made in. conformance with Sec- tion 01300 A. Shop Drawings: Indicate plans, elevations and details, kinds of materials, sizes and shapes of members, spacing of louver blades, effective free area and static pressure drop of louver units, details of securing members to one another and to building structure, location of any joints, exposed fasteners, flashing, mullion assemblies including any reinforcing and work to be performed by other trades which adjoins and/or is secured to the louvers 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE ANDHANDLING A. Louver units and/or their component parts shall be trans- ported, handled and stored in a manner to preclude damage of any nature B. Remove all units or components which are bent or otherwise unsuitable for installation and replace with new PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01MANUFACTURER A. Louvers shall be the product of Ruskin Co., Model L6375D; High Performance Stationary Louver with Drainable Blade METAL WALL LOUVERS Section 10210-1 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Louvers shall be min. 16 gauge galvanized steel with 6" frame depth and 45 degree f~xed angle blades. Free area shall be 8.79 s.f. min. for a 4' x 4' area B. Fasteners: Compatible with material fastened; Exterior, hot-dip galvanized, stainless steel or aluminum. Provide types, gauges and lengths necessary 1. Exposed: Counter-sunk Phillips flat head machine screws C. Anchors and Inserts: Stainless steel or hot-dip galva- nized except as otherwise required; provide lead shields for drilled-in-place anchors D. Accessories: 1. Bird Screens: fabricate in standard folded frames for removable attachment, 1/2" sq. mesh, 16 gauge galvan- ized 2. Sills: Furnish where indicated or required, loose type, material, gauge and finish to match louvers 3. Flashing (as shown or required): 24 gauge galvanized steel 2.03 FINISH A. Steel Louvers: Baked Fluoropolymer finish with min. 1.6 mil dry film thickness. Finish all exposed sills, flash- ing and fastenings as louvers B. Bird Screens: Finishscreen and frame with shop applied matt black alkyd enamel finish 2.04 DESIGN A. DeSign louver assemblies to withstand 20 psf wind pressure normal to louver with maximum deflection of 1/175 of un- supported span B. Specified louver models and types shall establish minimum acceptable effective free area, static pressure drop char- acteristics, maximum-blade spacing and minimum metal thick- ness, as tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500 2.05 FABRICATION A. Conform to manufacturer's specifications where same covers points not otherwise specified herein B. All exposed work shall be matched to product continuity of line, design and finish. Joints in exposed work, unless otherwise shown or required for thermal movement, shall be accurately fitted and rigidly secured C. Where at all possible, verify all dimensions affecting work of this Section at the job site. Notify General Con- tractor where field dimensions are at variance with those of reviewed shop drawings. Corrective measures, where same are necessary, shall be determined and approved prior to commencing fabrication D. Provide units in dimension, profile, operation and config- uration required and as necessary for optimal performance. Include supports anchors and accessories necessary for a complete installation METAL WALL LOUVERS Section 10210-2 E. Assemble units in shop, disassemble only as necessary for shipping and installation; minimize field adjustments, splicing, mechanical joints and field assembly of units. Miter and weld joints, weld stationary blades to frame un- less otherwise required. Isolate dissimilar metals 1. Mullion: Type and spacing required; Vertical, do not exceed 72" on center; Horizontal, locate between units unless otherwise required 2. Blades: Profile, slope and spacing indicated, or if not indicated, to meet performance requirements; Aligned, and equally spaced,including frame head and sill to provide uniform appearance, miter blades in corner units and align with flat units F. Oversized Assemblies: Configurations exceeding fabrica- tion and handling limitations; Field assemble with close fitting reinforced joints; use bolted and welded constru- tion as required 1. Vertical Assemblies: Uninterrupted blade pattern, un- less otherwise indicated Go Screens: Removable, provide on inside face.of exterior louvers and secure to louver frame PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: Prior to commencing installation of the work, examine all parts of the building structure which are to re- ceive the assemblies or component parts and report in writing to the Architect any condition which would prevent the proper execution of the work or endanger its proper performance of permanency. Starting work implies acceptance of surfaces as satisfactory 3.02 SEQUENCING, SCHEDULING A. Coordinate setting drawings, templates and instructions of anchors to be embedded in concrete 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual recom- mendations, except as otherwise indicate. Install in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recom- mendations B. Install work weathertight, plumb, level and aligned to ad- jacent units; use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Isolate dissimilar metals and corrosive substrates. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fited to- gether and provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated C. Where required configuration is assembled from multiple units provide neat, regular joints that allow for thermal movement, do not expose supports and brackets on exterior D. Repair damaged finishes so there is no evidence of correc- tive work; return to shop, items that cannot be refinished in field, make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units METAL WALL LOUVERS Section 10210-3 E. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers and insulations, and install as work progresses to make in- stallations weathertight. See Section 07920 for sealant requirements END OF SECTION METAL WALL LOUVERS Section 10210-4 DIVISION 15000 MECHANICAL SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Divi- sion i - General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Sec- tion as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WorkIncluded: 1. This Section sets forth general requirements applicable to each of the Mechanical Sections of Division 15 and Section 02700 Mechanical Utilities B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Concrete work, reinforcing steel and formwork (except as specifically called for herein) 2. Field painting of piping and equipment (except as spe- cifically called for herein) 3. Electrical work (except that furnished integrally with Mechanical equipment including sources of electrical for control and alarm systems) 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: Refer to Division i - General Requirements 1. Do not construe anything in these Contract Documents as permitting non-conformance withthe codes, rules and regulations. However, when Contract Documents re- quire material or equipment of better quality or lar- ger size than required by the governing codes, rules, regulations and the industry standards, the require- ments of the Contract Documents shall take precedence. Should the codes, rules and regulations require addi- tions or changes to the requirements indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, perform such additions or changes as though herein specified and indicated on the Drawings 2. Ail pumps shall conform to the requirements of the Hy- draulic Institute. Ail affixed electrical equipment shall be listed by and bear the label of approval of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 32' Applicable Standards include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: a. American Insurance Association Standards b. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers' Standards (ASHRAE) c. American Society of Mechanical Engineers' Codes (ASME) d. American Society for Testing and Materials' Stan- dards (ASTM) e. American Water Works Association Standards (AWWA) f. American Welding society Code (AWS) g. Factory Mutual Standards (FM) h. Federal Specifications (FS) MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-1 i. Hydraulic Institute Standards (HI) j. Manufacturers' Association Standards k. National Fire Codes (NFC) 1. National Electric Code (NEC) m. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association Standards (NEMA) n. National Fan Manufacturers' Association Standards (NFMS) o. Air Moving and Conditioning Association Standards (AMCA) p. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' Na- tional Association, Inc., Duct Manual (SMACNA) q. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. Standards (UL) r. Uniform Plumbing Coce (UPC) with 1989 State of California Amendments s. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) t. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) u. National Insulation Manufacturers' Association (NIMA) v. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) with 1989 State of California Amendments w. City of Salinas Building Codes x. California Code of Regulations, Title 24 B. Submittals: Refer to Division 1 - General Requirements and as follows: 1. Material Lists: Submit lists of materials, equipment and apparatus intended for use, identifying manufac- turer's name and type, and/or model number prior to detailed material submittals 2. Make material submissions for items required to be coordinated for compatibility of interfacing and ar- rangement to fit within Spaces available at one time so that compatibility of materials and other related equipment can be easily ascertained 3. The purpose of the submission is not only to show com- pliance with the requirements, but is also for future identification, replacement, duplication and servicing. This submitted material is not to be considered as part of the maintenance manual, but data so submitted may be combined into maintenance manual C. Shop Drawings: Refer to Division i - General Requirements and as follows: 1. Submit manufacturer's Drawings and related Catalog Data for the following as a minimum a. Valves b. Pipe, fittings, flanges, unions, expansion joints, etc. c. Plumbing fixtures including appurtenances d. Air outlets and air control devices such as dam- pers, etc. e. Fans (including fan curves), boilers, chillers, etc. f. Coils g. Circulating pumps, sump pumps and sewage ejectors MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-2 h. Filters i. Insulation j. Fire Sprinkler layout Drawings and equipment k. Temperature Control diagrams and equipment 1. Catch basins and manholes m. Buried fuel oil tank and accessories D. Warranty: Refer to Division i - General Requirements and as follows: 1. Certification of Installation: Provide written certi- fication satisfactory to the Architect indicating com- pliance with specified requirements 2. Guarantee all work as follows: a. In accordance with requirements shown or specified · b. Against failure of material or defective workman- ship c. Against damage caused by said failures or defects to structure, improvements and other works or fin- ishes d. Replacements or repairs also includes patching and refinishing of all portions damaged by failure or defect e. Duration shall be one year from commencement date, or beneficial occupancy unless otherwise noted f. Owner reserves right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep equipment in operating condition without voiding Contractor's guarantee nor reliev- ing Contractor of his responsibility during guar- antee period E. Maintenance Brochures: 1. Upon completion of the work, furnish the Owner through the Architect five (5) complete sets of operating in- structions, maintenance instructions, parts lists and all other bulletins and brochures pertinent to the op- eration and maintenance of all major equipment provid- .ed. Bind in durable locking ring type binders labeled Mechanical Utilities, P;umbing, Fire Protection and HVAC MECHANICAL UTILITIES: Section No. 1: A chart tabulating all types of pipe, fittings, valves and piping specialties installed in each system Section No. 2: Manufacturer's brochures on sump pumps and pump controller including pump curves Section No. 3: Manufacturer's brochures on buried fuel oil tank and fuel tank accessories including tank leak monitoring system Section No. 4: A chart tabulating all types of insu- lation and where used Section No. 5: All tabulations required under "Test- ing'' Section No. 6: As-built Utilities Drawings, indicat- ing routing of piping, locations of valves, manholes, buried fuel oil tank, etc. with dimensions from estab- lished land marks to provide record location for owna MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-3 er's use. Fold Drawing to fit binder pocket PLUMBING: Section No. 1: A chart tabulating all types of pipe, fittings, valves and piping specialties installed in each system Section No. 2: Manufacturer's brochures of all plumb- ing fixtures, including rough-in requirements and water heater Section No. 3: Manufacturer's brochures on all pumps, including Shop Drawings and pump curves, each identi- fied ss to number and system Section No. 4: A chart tabulating all types of insu- lation and where used Section No. 5: Diagram, of site plan, indicating all exterior requiring lubrication, listing each item of equipment, proper lubricant and dates lubricated and a lubrication schedule. Lubricate each piece of equip- ment in the presence of Owner's operators and make a record thereof signed by the Owner's representative Section No. 6: A special lubrication chart for equip- ment requiring lubrication, listing each item of equipment, proper lubricant and dates lubricated and a lubrication schedule. Lubricate each piece of equip- ment in the presence of Owner's operators and make a record thereof signed by the Owner's representative FIRE PROTECTION: Section No. 1: A chart tabulating all types of pipe, fittings, valves and pipe specialties installed in sprinkler and standpipe systems Section No. 2: Ail other major fire protection equip- ment and fire sprinkler equipment Section No. 3: Wiring Diagrams HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Section No. 1: A chart tabulating all types of pipe, fittings, valves and piping specialties installed in each system Section No. 2: Manufacturer's brochures on all fans and complete drive assemblies, including Shop Drawings, each identified as to fan number and system. List each drive assembly with part numbers from at least one-manufacturer for pulleys and belts Section No. 3: Manufacturer's brochures on boilers, water chiller and colling tower Section NOo 4: Manufacturer's brochures on all major ductwork specialties Section No. 5: Manufacturer's brochures on all coils, each identified as to coil number and system Section No. 6: Manufacturer's brochures on all pumps, including Shop Drawings and pump curves, each identi- fied as to pump number and system Section No. 7: A chart tabulating all types of insu- lation and where used Section No. 8: Complete manufacturer's diagrams on entire Temperature Control system. Include model num- MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-4 hers and description of all controllers Section No. 9: Ail other major equipment not previous- ly listed Section No. 10: All tabulations required under "Adjust- ing and Balancing" and as otherwise required Section No. 11: A special lubrication chart for equip- ment requiring lubrication, listing each item of equip- ment, proper lubricant and dates lubricated and a lub- rication schedule. Lubricate each piece of equipment in the presence of Owner's operators and make a record thereof signed by Owner's representative F. Instruction: 1. The Contractor is responsible for proper instruction of Owner's personnel of operation and maintenance of all material, equipment and apparatus provided. In- struct Owner's personnel once upon completion and once after completion, all within the guarantee period with instruction hours selected by Owner during regular working hours. Each instruction period shall be inter- preted to mean 8-hours time. Instruction period of 8-hours includes instruction of all items in Division 15 except where special items have additional instruc- tion specified herein 2o Instruction on major items such as water chillers, boilers, temperature control, water treatment equip- ment shall be accomplished by a representative of the manufacturer of the respective equipment 3. Certify in writing that instruction has taken place listing date, hours, instructor's signature and plant superintendent's signature G. Record and As-Built Drawings: Refer to Division 1, Gener- al Requirements 1. Provide complete reproducible As-Built Drawings of all Mechanical Work, (Mechanical Utilities, Plumbing, HVAC and Fire Protection) 2. Where areas are modified from Contract Drawings, only the actual installation shall show on the As-Built Drawings and'obsolete pipe, rooms, ductwork, etc., shall be erased from the Drawings 3. Reproducible As~Built Drawings shall not be smaller than 1/4" equals 1' or as shown on original Contract Documents and shall be identified as to service, areas and floor and shall have colum lines thereon. Draw- ings shall indicate location of all pipe and equipment, all concealed valved, controllers, dampers and other apparatus. Contractor may include layout Drawings as part of the record Drawing requirements 4. Submit one (1) set of reproducibles and four (4) sets of bluelines through the Architect for the Owner H. Fees and Permits: Refer to Division i - General Require- ments and General Conditions I. Access to Site and Activities: Refer to Division 1 - Gen- eral Requirements J. Service Connections: Division i - General Requirements MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-5 and as follows: 1. The Contractor shall arrange for and pay all costs of utilities and service connections required to facili- tate all work in this Division except as indicated otherwise K. Coordination Drawings: Due to limited clearances on the basement level, the Mechanical Sub-Contractor shall coor- dinate, through the General Contractor and shall Provide, prior to installation, a coordination Drawing (Plan at 3/8" or 1/2" scale) to show equipmentv piping, ducts, (full width indicated), sprinkler lines~ plumbing lines and sig- nificant electrical items (lighting fixtures, speakers, pullboxes and conduit runs of 2" and larger sizes), hang- ers and seismic restraints including elevations of in- tegrated components to assure that a proper fit and access for all items can be attained in the furred ceiling space available. Coordination Drawings shall be submitted prior to fabrication or installation L. Special Requirements: 1. Refer to phasing notes on Drawing M0.1 prior to com- mencing Mechanical Utilities work on this project 2. Maintain complete operation of existing facilities. Determine in advance from the Owner the general peri- ods when shutdowns are permissible. As the work progresses, obtain a written schedule of shutdown from the Owner three days prior to the scheduled interrup- tion and accomplish shutdown or cutover in accordance with the times and duration stipulated in the schedule 3. Perform work at any time of any day, night or holiday at no additional expense to the Ownerv even though shutdown schedule obtained from the Owner is at times other than regular working hours 4. Maintain the emergency and service entrances usable to pedestrian, truck and ambulance traffic at all time~. Where trenches are cut, provide adequate bridging for above mentioned traffic including open trench guarding M. Excavation and Backfill= 1. Trench excavations shall be true to line and grade. Remove all rock protruding at sides and bottom of trenches. Minimum trench width shall be 16", refer to Drawing M1.2 for additional requirements. Pipe crown shall not be less than 24" below the finished ground surface for metallic pipe and 30" for non-metallic pipe, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, or otherwise directed by the Architect. Dispose of all surplus excavation material and seepage water as spec- ified in Section: EARTHWORK 2. Backfill material from the bottom of the trench to a level 6" above the pipe crown shall be unwashed sand, dampened but not puddled and subsequently compacted. The remainder of the backfill shall be excavated earth, free of organic matter. Dampened and tamped in 6" layers by air hammers to degree of compaction spec- ified under Section: EARTHWORK MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-6 1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Temperature: 1. Outside, Winter: 32 degrees F 2. Outside, Summer: 87 degrees F dry bulb and 67 degrees F wet bulb 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Notwithstanding, any reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or cataloy number, such .references shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and alternate items may be submitted for review unless listed item is noted "NO Substitutions or Alternate Manufacturers Will Be Permitted: 1.05 SITE EXAMINATION A. Information for Bidders and as follows: 1. No allowance will be made for any costs incurred by the Contractor, subsequent to Contract award, due to his failure to have notified the Architect, prior to submitting his proposal, of all discrepancies encoun- tered between the Drawings, Specifications and actual site conditions which are discernible 1.06 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND PROPERTY A. Refer to Supplementary General Conditions B. Refer to General Conditions C. Refer to Division 1 - General Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS are specified in the respective Section of Division 15, except as follows:- 2.02 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. All electrical material, equipment and apparatus specified herein, shall conform to the requirements of the Electri- cal Division of these Specifications B. Provide all motors for equipment specified herein. Pro- vide all motor starters, controllers and other electrical apparatus and wiring which are integral with equipment and as specified herein C. For voltage requirements of motor starter holding coils and other controllers specified herein, refer to the Draw- ings of this Division and those of the Electrical Division D. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all motors less than 1/2 horsepower shall be 120 V., 60 hz, single-phase cur- rent and motors 1/2 horsepower and larger shall be 460 V, 60 hz, three phase. Ail fractional horsepower motors shall have integral thermal protection. Ail motors shall have a service factor not less than 1.15. All motors shall be constructed to NEMA Class "B" Standards and shall be provided with a nameplate meeting latest NEMA Stan- dards. Motors shall have an inrush current of not greater MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-7 than six times full load amperes E. Motor Starters: 1. Ail packaged mechanical equipment and mechanical equip- ment furnished with motor starters with 460 V. motors and equipment shall be provided with a combination cir- cuit breaker and across-the-line motor starter a. Starters shall be full voltage, non-reversing mag- netic type, minimum NEMA Size 1, complete with a 120 V. fused control power transformer, cover mounted hand-off-auto switch, red and green pilot lights, one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contact and three thermal overload re- lays 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS A. Set and align all motors and drives of equipment specified in Division 15 B. Provide expanded metal or sOlid sheet metal guards in compliance with California OSHA on all V-belt drives to totally enclose the belt and drive on all sides per SMACNA Manual C. Provide all rotating shafts, couplings, etc., with a solid, sheet metal, inverted "U" trough cover over the entire length of theexposed shaft and support independently of rotating equipment. Cover shall extend to below the bot- tom of the shaft and coupling per California OSHA Standards D. Ail incidental materials, such as solders, tapes, caulk- ings, gaskets and reinforcements mentioned in the "In- stallation'' paragraph of this Section are, by reference, a requirement of this paragraph PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-CONDITIONS A. Prior to starting work, refer to General Requirements of Division 1 3.02 IDENTIFICATION PAINTING A. This Division is responsible for identification painting of piping as described in Section 15500 and shall be ac- complished in accordance with the requirements of Section 09900: Painting 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Charts: Provide suitably sized identification Charts, framed with glass or plastic front. Pipe identification charts shall list.piping systems with symbol and color coding where applicable. Valve identification chart shall list valve numbers and symbol for service corresponding to piping symbol. Charts shall be coordinated to include all symbols, etc., utilized throughout Division 15 3.04 TESTING A. General: Testing procedures and requirements stated below MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-8 are applicable to all Sections of Division 15 1. Provide all tests specified hereinafter and as other- wise required 2. Provide all test equipment including test pumps, gauge instruments and other equipment required. Pressure gauges used shall be graduated in increments not greater than 5 lbs. per square inch and shall have a range not more than twice the test pressure. Test all rotational equipment for proper direction of rotation 3. Upon completion of testing, certify to the Architect, in writing, that the specified tests have been perform- ed and that the installation complies with the speci- fied requirements B. Piping: 1. Remove from the systems, during testing, all equipment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace re- moved equipment when testing has been accomplished. The systems may be tested in section as the work pro- gresses; correct leaks by remaking joints with new ma- terial; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test time will be accrued only while full test pres- sure is on the system except where piping is continua- tion of existing system 2. Perform tests in accordance with schedule. Unless otherwise indicated, "Tolerance" shall be no pressure drop, except due to temperature change, in a 24 hour period 3. Refer to pipe test pressure schedule in each Section where testing is applicable 3.05 INSTALLATION A. General 1. All other paragraphs in this Division, insofar as they relate to the installation, manner of performing the installation and quality of the installation and work- manship are, by reference, a part of the requirements of this paragraph 2. Provide all cutting and patching for the proper in- stallation of materials and equipment specified in this Division where not specifically covered under other Sections of this Division. All cutting and patching shall conform with requirements specified in this Division. Ail cutting and patching shall conform with requirements specified in the section dealing with Cutting and Patching. All holes through concrete slabs and walls shall conform to Structural Drawings and Specifications 3. The entire installation shall be accomplished by per- sonnel especially trained and qualified in their re- spective trades 4. Install all material, equipment and apparatus in an orderly, correlated and neat appearing manner, with like elements and appurtenances in similar location, position and elevation. Do not install any diagonal MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-9 or otherwise irregular work without written approval from the Architect 5. All materialv equipment and apparatus shall comprise complete and operable systems° Provide all apparatus, parts, material and accesories which are necessary to accomplish this result 6. Should any part of the installation result in an in- complete inoperable system, or systems, provide addi- tional material or equipment necessary to complete the installation as required. This requirement does not include material, equipment or installation not with- in the intent of these Contract Documents 7. Inspect all material, equipment and apparatus upon de- livery and do not install any that may be subject to rejection as a result of damage or other defects 8. Analyze the Drawings and make the physical arrange- ments necessary for proper operation, maintenance and access in accordance with applicable codes. Follow the general layout in all cases except where other in- stallation may conflict. In such cases rearrange the installation as directed by the Architect 9. Examine all Drawings of all Divisions of these Con- tract Documents and become familiar with them as necessary for proper and prompt coordination of all installations. Relocate, as directed by the Architect, all material, equipment and installations. Relocate, as directed by the Architect, all material, equipment and apparatus which are placed and which result in in- terference with other installations 10. Advise the Architect in writing in the event a con- flict occurs in the location or connection of equip- ment. Bear all costs for relocation of equipment, re- sulting from failure to properly coordinate the in- stallation 11. Obtain rough-in data for all material, equipment and apparatus. Rectify any installation resulting from failure to properly rough-in for equipment. Insure means of access to all valves, dampers, controllers, operable devices and other apparatus which require adjustment or servicing B. Welding: All welding of pressure piping shall be done by welders who have been qualified by a recognized agency within six (6) months prior to date of the Contract. Perform all welding in accordance with the provisions of the latest issue of all applicable codes, including the ASME Boiler Construction Code and the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping. Before any welding is performed, submit a copy of Specifi- cation for welding procedure to the Architect with proof of its qualification. Standard procedure Specifications of, and operators qualified by the Natignal Certified Pipe Welding Bureau will be considered as compliance with the requirements of these Specifications. Where required, peen and wheel grind welds. The ends of pipe may be MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-10 burned for welding; however, grind bevel and remove scale before welding the joint. Ragged edges with'metal beads, poor alignment and other inferior work will be rejected. Performwelding with oxyacetylene or electric arc process- es, continuously around the pipe. Use fittings for all bends and branch takeoffs C. Valves: 1. Insure that all valves are field checked for packing and lubricant and that the disc is for the service in- tended. Replace leaking packing. Service valves which do not operate smoothly and properly with suit- able lubricant before placing in operation 2. Wherever possible, install valves accessible from floor level. Provide guided chain operators on all valves over 7' above the floor in mechanical equipment areas. Do not install valves with stem pointing down- ward, unless indicated. Provide operating handles for all valves and cocks without integral operators 3. Provide discharge pipe to Code conforming discharge locations from all relief valves. Discharge pipe shall be same size as valve outlet D. Piping specialties: 1. Locate thermometers and gauges to permit observation by personnel standing at floor level 2. Provide strainers and other specialties same size as line size unless indicated otherwise. At completion of installation, clean all strainers or replace bas- kets therein 3. Provide instrument cocks at all pressure gauges 4. Seal and make watertight all flashings 5. Provide escutcheons at all points where piping passes through finished floors, walls and ceilings E. Hangers and Supports: 1. Provide hangers and supports to support the weight of the pipe, the weight of the fluid in the pipe and the weight of the pipe insulation. Provide additional sway bracing as detailed and noted on the Drawings 2. Adequately mount, support and anchor all material and equipment as required. Include lateral bracing to prevent horizontal, seismic movement as detailed' 3o Powder driven fasteners will not be permitted on this project for attachment or anchoring any equipment or systems components of Division 15 responsibility END OF SECTION MECHANICAL GENERAL Section 15010-11 DIVISION 15000 MECHANICAL SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION PART i GENERAL The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Divi- sion i - General Requirements are hereby made a part of this Sec- tion as fully as if repeated herein 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1o This Section includes all sprinkler work specifically connected to the existing automatic wet sprinkler sys- tem. The work of this Section includes, but is not necessarity limited to the following: a. Complete automatic wet sprinklering system, in- cluding all valving, equipment, pipe, fire pumps, instruments, controls and appurtenances in all areas of new building as noted b. Connection to existing street water main c. Stand pipe systems as indicated d. Testing for this Section e. Identification painting or marking for work of this Section f. Instruction and maintenance data of work of this Section g. Protection of materials of this Section h. Restoration of damage i. Shop Drawings of system layout B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Electrical connections to the flow switches and super- vised valves 2. Wiring to Fire Alarm Systems 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor for the Fire Sprinkler System installation shall be a duly qualified Fire Sprinkler Contractor, ex- perienced and regularly engaged in the installation of fire sprinkler systems and shall be licensed by the State of California B. Ail workmen shall be trained and experienced in the work of type required 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design and Installation Standards: The automatic wet sprinkler protection system shall be a hydraulically de- signed system and shall provide protection in all areas of the new building as noted on the Drawings. Risers lo- cations have been shown on the Drawings, the actual sprin- kler piping and head layouts shall be developed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 B. Authorities and Agencies: All work under this Section shall be installed in accordance with Federal, Local, State and other applicable Ordinances and Safety Orders FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-1 C. Coordination and Drawings: Before commencing installation the Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall prepare a complete set of Working Drawings required for approval by State and Lo- cal Fire Marshal and the Hospital's Insurance carrier. Spacing of fire sprinklers shall be as noted on Drawings and coordinated with lights, air outlets and piping with additional heads being provided if required by such coor- dination. The sprinkler Contractor shall coordinate sys- tems layoutwith Mechanical Sub-Contractor responsible for the preparation of overall coordination drawings~ Refer to Section 15010, Paragraph 1.02K. The sprinkler drawings submitted for agency approval shall be fully coordinated with the coordination drawings including piping, sizes and routing and head locations D. Inspection and Tests: All inspections, examinations and tests required by the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdiction, shall be arranged and paid for by the Fire Sprinkler Contractor, as necessary to obtain complete and final acceptance of the fire protection system. The Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall deliver certificates of all such inspections to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner E. Inspection Service: After completion of the fire protec- tion system extension and at the start of the guarantee year, the Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall execute the National Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Control Association, Inc. Standard Form of "Inspection Agreement" without charge to Owner, calling for four (4) inspections of the sprinkler systems during the guarantee year. During final fourth inspection service, in addition to the regular in- spection per the Inspection Agreement, the following main- tenance shall also be performed: 1. Operation of all control valves 2. Lubrication of operating-stems of all interior control valves 3. Operation of water motor gong and/or electric alarms 4. Cleaning of alarm valves The Standard Form of the Nation Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Control Association, Inc. "Report of Inspec- tion'', shall be filled out in triplicate after each inspection and the copies sent to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner, Insurance Carrier, Fire De- partment or other agencies designated by the Owner F. Layout: Piping layout, pipe sizes and head locations, in general shall equal or exceed NFPA 13 "Ordinary Hazard" 1.04 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain service to existing facilities. Scheduel requir- ed shutdown of service in accordance with requirements of Section: GENERAL PROVISIONS Bi Ail fire protection systems and equipment/materials shall be installed and tested in full accord with the provisions of the National Fire Codes and the requirements of the Fire Marshal. The latest edition of the following Codes FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-2 shall apply: NFPA No. 13 - Sprinkler System Installation NFPA No. 20 - Centrifugal Fire Pumps NFPA No. 24 - Outside Protection NFPA No. 70 - National Electric Code NFPA No. 72A - Local Protective Signaling Systems NFPA No. 72D - Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems NFPA No. 72E - Automatic Fire Detectors The Salinas Fire Prevention Bureau and Insurance Service Office shall review and approve all Working Drawings and shall be notified for inspections as required to assure compliance with the aforementioned codes. The Fire Pro- tection Contractor shall obtain the necessary approvals and coordinate and arrange for inspection C. Layout of system shall be integrally installed in the ceil- ing system to allow for other piping, conduits, ductwork and equipment in areas scheduled for ceilings and with ex- posed structure in parking areas and other areas not pro- grammed for ceilings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Piping: 1. Ail pressure piping shall conform to the requirements of the ANSI Safety Code for Pressure Piping B31.1; be commercially round and straight; be of uniform quality and workmanship; be free from all defects and be iden- tified 2. All fittings, flanges and unions shall be standard manufactured products 3. Make all screwed joints With Teflon tape applied to male threads.'. Gasket and bolt all flanged unions 4o Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI B2.1, American Stan- dard pipe threads B. Interior Pipe: Black steel, threaded, mill coated con- forming to ANSI B125.1, Schedule 40. Fittings shall be sprinkler pattern, cast-iron or malleable iron 150 psi rating. Unions 2-1/2" and larger shall be flanged, con- forming with ANSI B16.1 for Class 125 cast-iron flanges 1. At the Contractor's option, Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon or similar groove lock fittings may be utilized in lieu of threaded or flanged fittings and unions where permitted by Fire Marshal 2. Gasket material shall be non-asbestos sheet packing. Gaskets shall be coated with thread lubricant when being installed C. Underground Pipe: Ail underground piping for fire mains shall be installed, clamped and anchored, flushed and hy- drostatically pressure tested according to the require- ments of the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdic- tion and NFPA 13 and 24 and/or Factory Mutual Engineering Pamphlet No. 20 1~ Ductile Iron Push-on Joint: ANSI A21.11 (AWWA C111) FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-3 ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151), thickness Class 2, centrifu- gally cast, fittings shall be of same material and pressure classification as piping. The weight class or nominal thickness and casting period shall be shown on each pipe. The manufacturer's mark, the year in which the pipe was produced and the letter "D.I." or "Ductile" shall be cast or stamped on each pipe D. Valves: NIBCO, as noted or equal. All valves shall be UL approved and State Fire Marshal listed 1. Gate Valve, 2" and smaller: Figure T-104-0 or equal, bronze, 175 lb. pressure, OS&Y, rising spindle, threaded 2. Gate Valve, 2-1/2" and larger: Figure 4068 - Kennedy 300 lb. working pressure, OS&Y, rising spindle, flang- ed 3. Post Indicator Valve: Figure F-609 or equal, IBBM, 175 lb. working pressure, non-rising stem valve, flanged ends and Figure NIP lA indicator post 4. Check Valve: Nibco Model KW-900-W iron body hori- zontal swing check valve with renewable bronze seat- and disc 5. Butterfly Valves: Figure 83M UL/FM grooved end but- terfly valve, 300 lb. working pressure Kennedy 6. Drain Valves: Figure KT-65 straight, Figure KT-67 an- gle, 175 lb. cold water, threaded 7. Supervised switches shall be required at all shutoff valves including main valve and at each zone 8. At the Contractor's option, groove end fitting type valves may be utilized in lieu of threaded or flanged valves providing they are UL listed and Fire Marshal approved 9. Buried Valves 4" and larger size shall be Figure M-509 or F-509 non-rising stem valve with 2" square operat- ing nut or a butterfly valve. Butterfly valves shall' be Class 150B conforming to the requirements of AWWA C504. Operators shall be manual, of the type intended for buried service. Operation shall be by a wrench nut conforming toAWWA C500, Section 20. Butterfly valve discs shall seat in a position 90 degrees to the pipe axis, with a rotation of 90 degrees between full open and tight closed. Wafer valves shall not be used for buried service. Stuffing boxes shall have non- adjustable packing glands designed for use of split-V type packing or standard "0" ring seals. Bolts used in the installation of butterfly valves shall be stainless steel. All valve operation shall be left- hand (counter-clockwise) opening. Valves shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's re- commendations. Valves shall be installed with opera- tor stem extensions as necessary such that the operat- ing nut is 2' maximum below finished grade E. Sprinkler Heads: 1. All sprinklers shall be of approved spray type, rated at 165 degrees F FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-4 2. Heads in Rooms without Ceilings: Viking Micromatic Sprinkler, Model M. Head color shall be as directed by Architect 3. Heads in Rooms with Ceilings= Grinnell Duraspeed Cleanline recessend sprinkler, Model F946 (no substi- tutions will be considered for head type). Head color shall be as directed by Architect 4. Provide 14 gauge galvanized sheet metal baffles at sprinkler heads as required to deflect fall of water clear of electrical equipment. Baffles are to be sus- pended from ceiling. Refer to Electrical Drawings for equipment locations F. Fire Pumps= 1. Pumps shall be supplied with pump control panel that includes control devices, indicating lights, motor started, motor disconnect switch, etc., as required for code conforming installation, including jockey pump control 2. Pump capacity and performance shall be as scheduled a. Fire Pump: ITT Model 8100 Fire Pump with Joslyn Clark Controller C10630 with automatic transfer switch b. Jockey Pump: Grundfos Model CR2U base mounted centrifugal pump with Joslyn Clark Type HPJ con- troller' G. Pump Test Header= 1. Three way male outlet shall be Potter-Roemer Model 5882 with 6" inlet size and. 2-1/2" outlets 2. Male x Female straight globe valves to be Potter-Roemer Model 4115, 2-1/2" 3. Cap and chain to be Potter-Roemer Model 4625, 2-1/2", polished brass with rocker lugs H. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer= 1. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer to be FEBCO Model 825YD, 6" I. Surge Arrestor Tank 1. Surge Arrestor Tank to be Zemarc Corporation Model ZMC-4025, 400 gallon capacity J. Water Flow Indicators: 1. The water flow indicators shall be vane type with mechanical time retarding element located in laterals and connected to the alarm panels to indicate area of fire, Autocall Type WF-4 or approved type K. Valve Supervisory Switch: 1. Valve supervisory switches shall be provided as indi- cated on Drawings; switch shall be Potter OSYSB; wiring shall be under Division 16: ELECTRICAL L. Alarms: 1. The alarm shall be electrical bell as required by the authorities and/or agencies having jurisdiction. The water flow-indicator in the piping shall transmit a signal to the fire alarm system as shown on the Elec- trical Drawings which shall operate the exterior electric bell. The water flow devices shall initiate FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-5 signal to the interior chimes through the fire alarm system M. Drains: 1. System and auxiliary drains shall discharge as requir- ed. All points of discharge shall: a. Conform to local regulations and be visible from the drain valve or through sight glass to deter- mine water flow. Certain drain locations are in- dicated on the Drawings, Contractor shall provide additional drains as required by actual piping in- stallation 2.02 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Pipe Sleeves: 1. Pipes passing through poured concrete walls and floors shall be provided with telescopic, adjustable sleeves or approved equal. Pipes passing through exterior foundation walls shall be sleeved.with Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, one pipe size larger than the exterior of thepipe. The annular space between the pipe and the sleeve shall be sealed watertight utiliz- ing a Neoprene link-type compression seal unit 2.Pipe sleeves through fire walls shall be as detailed on the drawings 3. Pipe sleeves at all exposed areas shall be with ap- proved watertight sanitary pipe thimbles B, Escutcheons: 1. Beaton and Corbin or Grinnell polished chrome plated; provide at all points where piping passes through fin- ished walls C. Valve Boxes: 1. Christy G-5 or equal, with extension pieces as requir- ed. Cover shall be Christy C-275 or equal, inscribed "WATER" 2.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Property support all material, equipment and ap- paratus. All hangers and supports shall have a minimum safety factor of 5, based on the ultimate tensile or com- pressive strength as applicable, of the material used or as noted on the Drawings. Provide earthquake bracing to prevent lateral motion of all suspended materials and as specified and detailed on the Drawings B. Concrete Inserts: See Details on Drawings for anchor types and maximum allowable forces and minimum embedment length per anchor. Powder driven fasteners will not be permitted on this Project C. Piping: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI B31.1. Support all fire sprinkler piping 1. Horizontal, Suspended, Individual: Elcen Figure 12 adjustable clevis hangers for all pipe 2.Risers: Carpenter and Patterson No. 75 or equal D. Support horizontal piping and sway brace piping per re- guirements of NFPA 13 FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-6 1. Support shall be provided within 12" of each change of direction 'PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-CONDITIONS A. Prior to starting work, refer to General Requirements of Division i 3.02 PAINTING A. Prior to commencing painting, refer to Section: PAINTING for requirements. This Section is responsible for the following painting scope: 1. Piping: Paint the sprinkler piping system red through- out the entire system length, where exposed, within the structure (not buried) 2. Equipment: Provide corrosion-proof maintenance prime coats, factory applied, on all equipment, except equipment that arrives in the field factory painted. Factory painted equipment shall be touched up after installation as a requirement of this Division 3.03 IDENTIFICATION A. Piping: Provide identification as hereinafter specified 1. Identify all piping with symbol identification and di- rectional flow arrows as indicated and as required by applicable NFPA Standards. Symbol identification shall be Setmark identification labels by Seton Name Plate Company. Apply identification after pipe and equipment are complete and painted 2. Identify all mains at approximately 25' center, where all lines pass through walls and floors which are not visible from an identified main and identify all con- cealed piping in each area at a point nearest the access panel 3o Where capped piping is provided for future connections, provide legible and durable metal tags indicating sym- bol identification B. Valves: Identify valves in all areas with 1-1/4" by 3" laminated plastic or brass identification tags installed on the hand-wheels or stem with brass-beaded chain. Iden- tification tags shall be engraved or stamped, indicating the service served by the respective valve and shall state whether normally open or normally closed 1. Provide 1-1/4" by 3" laminated plastic identification tag at each sprinkler shut-off valve, white on red, stating "FIRE MAIN - DO NOT CLOSE" C. Equipment: Identify all equipment with symbol and service conforming to that indicated on the Drawings. Identifica- tion shall be on 1-1/4" by 3" engraved laminated plastic nameplates, securely fastened to the equipment. Leave manufacturer's nameplates clean, legible and unpainted FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-7 3.04 TESTING A. Testing shall be accomplished as outlined in Section: MECHANICAL, GENERAL B. Test pressures shall be in accordance with the following Schedule: Test Test Medium Pressure Tolerance Automatic Fire Sprinkler Water 200 psig or as reqUired by Fire Marshal Stand Pipe Water 200 psig or as reqUired by Fire Marshal C. Valves: 1. Test all valve bonnets for tightness. Test operate all valves at least once from closed-to-open-to-closed position while valve is under test pressure D. Other EqUipment and Systems: 1. Test all other eqUipment and apparatus as specified herein, as recommended by the eqUipment manufacturer and as otherwise necessary or directed by the Archi- tect to assure that they are complete, operable and ready to use 3.05 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Refer to Division i - General Requirements 2. The entire installation shall be accomplished by per- sonnel especially trained and qualified in their re- spective trades 3. Install all material, equipment and apparatus in an orderly, correlated and neat appearing manner with like elements~and appurtenances in similar location, position and elevation. Do not install any diagonal or otherwise irregular work without written approval fom the Architect 4. Analyze the Drawings and make the physical arrange- ments necessary for proper operation, maintenance and access in accordance with applicable codes. Follow the general layout in all cases except where other in- stallations may conflict. In such cases rearrange the installations as directed by the Architect 5. Examine all Drawings of all Divisions of these Con- tract Documents and become familiar with them as nec- essary for proper and prompt coordination of all in- stallations. Relocate as directed by the Architect all material, equipment and apparatus which are placed and which are placed and which result in interference with other installations 6. Advise the Architect in writing in the event a con- flict occurs in the location of connection of eqUip- ment. Bear all costs for relocation of eqUipment re- sulting from failure to properly coordinate the in- stallation FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-8 B. Piping: 1. Arrangement: Piping is generally diagrammatically indicated and shall be generally installed as indicat- ed. Do not scale Drawings for location of piping. Install piping to best suit field conditions as coor- dinated with other trades to achieve arrangements de- tailed. Install all piping to avoid architectural openings, structural members and other obstructions. Do not sleeve structural members without consent of the Architect 2. Sloping, Air Venting and Draining: Slope all piping as specified and as indicated, true to line and grade and free of traps and air pockets 3. Fittings: Provide standard, manufactured fittings in all cases. Field fabricated fittings are prohibited. Bushings are prohibited on pressure piping 4o Coatings: Reapply coal-tar coating on all coated buried piping and fittings as applicable after instal- lation, to all surfaces from which the coating has been removed or scraped 5° Seismic Joints: Contractor shall make provisions for pipe flexibility at any point where sprinkler piping crosses a building seismic joint or separation C. Valves: 1o Insure that all valves are field checked for packing and lubricant and that the disc is for the service in- tended. Replace leaking packing. Service valves which to not operate smoothly and properly with suit- able lubricant before placing in operation 2. Wherever possible, install valves accessible from floor level. Provide guided chain operators on all valves over 7' above the floor in mechanical equip- ment areas. Do.not install valves with stem pointing downward, unless indicated. Provide operating handles for all valves and cocks without integral operators 3. Provide valves same size as line size, unless indicat- ed otherwise 4o Provide excutcheon at all points where piping passes through finished floors, walls and ceilings 5° Provide discharge pipe to Code conforming discharge locations from all drain valves. Discharge pipe shall be same size as valve outlet D. Piping Specialties: 1. Provide instrucment cocks at all pressure gauges 2. Seal and make watertight all flashings E. Hangers and Supports: 1o Provide hangers and supports to support the weight of the pipe, the wieght of the fluid in the pipe and the weight of the'pipe insulation. Provide additional sway bracing as detailed and noted on the Drawings and in accordance with NFPA 13 2° Horizontal Piping: Support horizontal piping as re- quired by NFPA, but spacing shall not be in excess of the following: FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-9 PIPE SIZE ROD DIAMETER SPACING 3/4" - l" 3/8" 10' 1-1/4" - 2" 3/8" 12' 2-1/2" - 4" 1/2" 12' Above 4" 5/8" 12 ' 3. Provide a hanger, at one side, not more than 12" from the point of change of direction of a pipe run in both the horizontal and the vertical plane. Neatly place and properly fasten supports; makeshift work will not be accepted 4. Adequately mount, support and anchor all material and equipment as required. Include lateral bracing to prevent horizontal, seismic movement as specifically detailed 5. Do not support piping from ductwork, coils, fans or any other piece of equipment 6. Powder driven fasteners will not be permitted on this project for attachment or anchoring any equipment or systems END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION Section 15500-10 · SECTION 16010- ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. All of the work under this Section of the specifications is subject to the General, Supplementary and Special Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections preceding this Section and this ContractOr shall be responsible for and 'governed by all requirements thereunder. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of the electrical layout and work included. Contractor shall follow drawings in laying out and check drawings of other trades to verify location and spaces in which work will be installed. 1.2 SCOPE: A. This portion of the work includes the furnishing of all labor and materials necessary for a complete wiring system to outlets and all equipment shown on the drawings or covered by this Section and the Specifications. In general, the work included is as follows: Emergency generator and facilities as detailed on the plans. 2. Normal and emergency power service and distribution systems as shown complete with switchboards, panelboards and feeders. 3. Complete system of branch circuit wiring and equipment including all wiring devices and plates on all outlets. 4. New lighting fixture, complete with lamps as shown on plans to include all appurtenances as required. 5. Raceway, wiring and fused disconnect switches, etc., for equipment covered by other sections of these specifications. 6. All hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases and support for fixtures, all electrical equipment and materials, including earthquake bracing of same. 7. All excavating, backfill and concrete pads and bases as required for electrical work. 8. All disconnection and removal of existing electrical facilities not to be reused. ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 9. Include payment of all required insurances, electrical permits, fees, taxes and all charges by utilities for installation of services unless specifically shown "by others". 1.3 SITE VISITATIONS: A. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and existing buildings, shall compare the drawings with the existing electrical installations, and shall thoroughly familiarize himself with all existing conditions within the scope of this work. By the act of submitting a bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have made such examination and to have accepted such conditions, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his figure. 1.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS: A. All vvork and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations of: 1. California Electric Code; 1991 2. Uniform Building, Mechanical and Plumbing Codes. 3. California Administrative Code. 4. State Fire Marshal rules. B. Before the final certificate of payment will be issued, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner all certificates, permits, record drawings, instruction and parts manuals. C. Nothing in these plans and specifications is to be construed to permit work not conforming to these Codes. 1.5 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: A. All equipment and materials shall be new, UL approved, and of the best quality. When specific trade names are used in connection with materials, they are mentioned as standards, but this implies no right upon the part of the contractor to substitute other materials or methods without prior approval. B. When approval is given for use of equipment differing from that shown on drawings in regard to foundations, space of piping, duct work, wiring, insulation, etc., changes required to accommodate such differences shall be accomplished at no cost to Owner. ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator C. This Contractor shall order equipment in a timely manner to prevent any delay in the construction schedule and he shall bear any penalty by vendors to meet schedule. D. SUBMITTALS:' 1. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA: Within ten days after award of this contract, but prior to manufacture or installation of any equipment, prepare complete shop drawings and brochures for materials and equipment as required by each section of the specification. Submit 8 complete sets for review. Prior to submission of the shop drawings and project data, review and certify that they are in compliance with the contract documents. Verify all dimensional information to ensure proper clearance installation of equipment. Check all materials and equipment after arrival on the jobsite and verify compliance with the contract documents. A minimum period of two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required each time a shop drawing and/or brochure is submitted or resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered by the Contractor when scheduling submittal date. 2. Review of shop drawings and brOchures shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for dimensions and/or errors that may be contained therein, or deviations from the contract document's requirements. It shall be.clearly understood that the noting of some errors but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed 'in error. Regardless of any information contained in the shop drawings and brochures, the requirements of the contract documents shall govern and are not waived, or superseded in any way by the review of the shop drawings and brochures. 3. Certifications shall be written or in the form of rubber stamp impressions as follows: I hereby certify that this shop drawing and/or brochure has been checked prior to submittal and that it complies in all respects with the requirements of the contract drawings and specifications for this project. (Name of Contractor) ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator Signed Position Date 4. Observe the following rules when submitting the shop drawings or brochures. a. Each shop drawing shall indicate in the lower right hand corner, and each brochure shall indicate on the front cover the following:, title of the sheet or brochure, name and location of the building; names of the architect and electrical engineer, contractor,, subcontractor,s manufacturer~ supplier/Vendor, etc., date of submittal, and the date of correction and revision. Unless the above information is included the submittal will be returned for resubmittal. b. Shop drawings shall be done in an easily legible scale and shall, contain sufficient plans, elevations, sections, and isometrics to clearly describe the equipment or apparatus, and engineer/draftsmen skilled in this type of work. Shop drawings shall be drawn to at least 1/4" = 1 '0" scale. c. Brochures to be submitted Shall be published by the manufacturers and shall contain complete and detailed engineering and dimensional information. Brochures submitted shall contain only information relevant to the particular equipment or materials to be furnished. The contractor shall not submit catalogs which describe several different items in addition to those items to be used, unless all irrelevant information is marked out, or unless each manufacturer shall be identified and submitted separately. 1.6 GENERAL COORDINATION: A. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired location or arrangement of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to verify and coordinate the location of all outlets and raceways with other trades. 1.7 CUTTING, PATCHING AND MATCHING: A. This Contractor shall do all cutting necessary for the proper installation of his work and shall repair any damage done by himself or his workmen in kind and shall coordinate with that of other parties. ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 4 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. Wherever possible, work shall be done in a concealed and neat workmanlike manner, necessitating the least amount of cutting of studs, plates and woodwork and such cutting or notching is allowed only after consultation with and by permission of the Engineer. C. All patching shall be of the same materials, workmanship and finish as existing, and shall accurately match all surrounding work. All work shall be done under the Architect's instructions, and when so required, by the trade which did the original work. 1.8 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION: A. The Engineer's decision will be final on interpretation of the drawings and specifications and whenever the words "as may be directed', "suitable", or "approved equal", or other words of similar intent and meaning are used implying that judgement is to exercised, it is understood that it is the judgement of the Engineer that is referred to. 1.9 EXCAVATION: A. Do all excavating and backfill necessary for the. proper installation of electrical work whether or not indicated on the drawings or specified. This shall be done per the general excavation portion of the specifications; 1.10 CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND PREMISES: A. All partitions of the equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left smooth, clean and in proper condition to receive paint finish. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. At the beginning of the project, one blue-line print of each applicable drawing will be issued to the Contractor for use in preparing record drawings. "Record" conditions shall be recorded on the blue-line prints as the project progresses. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall forward it to the Architects' office after first securing the Inspector's verification by signature. 1.12 EARTHQUAKE RESTRAINT: A, All electrical equipment shall have a means to prohibit excessive motion during an earthquake. Equipment which vibrates during normal operation shall have isolators with mechanical stops. All transformers are considered to vibrate during operation. ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 5 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. All electrical equipment and connections therefore shall be designed to resist lateral seismic forces equal to value shown on drawings of equipment weight with allowable working code capacity increased by one-third, or 1.5 times the same value for the weight yield capacity, connections shall be the same except the one- third increase will not be allowed. End of Section 16010 93113010.spc ELECTRICAL SCOPE AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - SECTION 16010 - 6 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16030 - ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS PART 1.- GENERAL The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary or Special Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this section: 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: This Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified independent electrical testing contractor holding a valid current C-10 license to perform all tests and prepare reports enumerated in the following sections. A. The electrical testing contractor shall be one of the approved following lists: 1. Power Systems Testing Co., Fresno, CA, (209) 275-2171 2. Electro Test Co., Anaheim, CA, (714) 779-8900 B. Follow all applicable codes, standards and instruction manuals: 1. Current California Electrical Code (CEC) 2. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 3. Manufacturer's Instructions and Maintenance Manual applicable to each particular apparatus. 4. Procedures as directed by Engineer 5. OSHA Rules and Regulations 6. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) "Acceptance Testing Specifications" C. General Test Conditions: 1o The testing agency shall perform the following: a) Test the mains and manual circuit breakers, distribution equipment and' all circuit breakers 50 AMPS and larger to ensure proper installation, operation, connection and calibration in accordance with these specifications. b) Provide minor field repairs and adjustments and wiring modifications at time of inspection. ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator c) Furnish personnel acceptable to Engineer to conduct all testing. Supervising Engineer shall have a minimum of five years experience in Iow voltage circuit breaker and switchboard maintenance testing. d) Furnish all labor required for, and incidental to, testing. e) Furnish all necessary test equipment to satisfactorily perform all tests specified herein. f) Check all devices for proper operation. Check for wear, tightness, dirt, etc. Check for conformance to published curves. 2. During actual testing the agency will: a) Ensure that temporary power terminations are connected in such a manner that commercial power may be restored in forty-five (45) minutes upon request. b) Place temporary power cables out of the way in a safe manner that provides no hazard to personnel or equipment in the area. c) Provide all special connections required. d) Perform all work,between the hours of 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM. AC service for charging of batteries will be provided during lunch break. e) Conduct all tests in presence of the representative except where advised this would not be necessary. 3. Prior to actual testing the agency will: a) Notify and coordinate with the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of any testing. b) Provide a method of operation (M.O.P.) schedule in conjunction with the Owner's representative. 1.2 TEST REPORTS: A. The Test Report shall include the following: 1. Description of equipment tested 2. Description of test procedure 3. Test results 4. Recommendations ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 5. Appendix, including all field test reports B. The report shall be bound: 1. Furnish six (6) copies of completed report to Electrical Engineer no later than ten (10),days after test completion unless requested otherwise by Owner. 2. Instrumentation-Traceability: The testing agency shall provide calibration labels for all relays and circuit breakers tested. 3. Labels shall be self-adhesive and placed on covers or frames so as not to obscure nameplate, tap block or time dial. Label shall indicate date tested and firm name. 1.3 CARE AND PRECAUTIONS: A. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to equipment or material due to improper test procedures-or test apparatus handling and shall replace or restore to original condition any damaged equipment or material. B. Contractor shall furnish and use safety devices such as rubber gloves and blankets, protective screens, barriers and danger signs to adequately protect and warn all personnel in the vicinity of the tests. C. All personnel shall have and wear safety glasses in designated areas. 1.4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: A. Switchboard - General: 1. Switchboard interior will be vacuumed and wiped clean. 2. Switchboard will be inspected for adequate bus size, bus spacing, bracing and grounding. 3. All bus bolts will be torqued to their proper value. A mark to be placed on each tightened bolt to ensure completeness. 4. Switchboard frame will be inspected for alignment, level and anchorage. 5. Bus will be meggered to ensure adequate insulation resistance. 1.5 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS: A. Circuit breakers will be operated several times to ensure smooth operation. ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. Phenolic case will be inspected for cracks. C. Rated current will be passed through each phase and millivolt readings taken across contacts. D. Time-current characteristic tests will be performed by passing 300% rated current through each phase and monitoring trip time. E. Instantaneous pickup current will be determined by finding the current level at which breaker trips out in less than 2 cycles. Insulation resistance tests will be performed at 1000 volts DC. F. Circuit breaker covers will be removed on unsealed units and checked for cracks. Interphase barriers and arc chutes to be inspected. All bolts and lugs will be tightened. All internal auxiliary devices will be inspected. G. Contacts, shunts, etc., will be visually inspected for wear and alignment. H. Inverse time, instantaneous pickup and millivolt drop across contacts, insulation resistance values as well as deficiencies causing breaker to function outside published limits will be recorded. Times will then be compared with manufacturer's or NEMA published values, 1.6 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES: A. Protective devices will be tested and calibrated per another section of work. B. Transfer shall be tested in manual mode for proper operation. All interlocks will be verified. C. Transfer will be tested in automatic mode for proper operation. The following functions will be verified: 1 ) Voltage sensing 2) Timing delay upon transfer 3) Engine start contact closure 4) Automatic transfer ,5) Interlocks 6) Timing delay and retransfer upon normal power re-energization 7) Special circuit functions 8) Check all connections (including control wiring) for tightness 1.7 CABLES: A. Megger all cables//6 and larger. B. Tighten joints of cable indicated and check for wear and damage. ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 4 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 1.8 DISCONNECTS: A. Check for cleanliness of contacts, operation, etc. B. Lubricate contacts and mechanical devices. C. Check fuse clip tightness. 1.9 FUNCTION TEST: A. All automatic and manual functions will be check for proper operation. B. All indicating circuits, lights and alarms will be tested for correct operation. Burned out indicators will be relamped. C. Automatic emergency generator start and transfer. D. Retransfer on restoration of commercial power. E. New feeders to be Meggered: Check cables for damage and tightness. F. Feeders: Tightness connections at each new panel only and visually inspect. 1.10 GROUNDIN(~ SYSTEM: A. The test agency shall remove the test link between the ground and neutral and test the neutral for any parallel and/or superfluous ground paths. If they are found, a report should be given to the Engineer. No grounds are to be removed unless authorized in writing. B. Ground electrode resistance shall be taken using a biddle ground resistance meter and readings given to the report. C. All ground connections in switchboard as well as that to cold water pipes shall be checked for tightness and adequacy° 1.11 EQUIPMENT TO BE TESTED: A. New Main Switchboard: Check automatic operation of panels. Check all bus connections and torque to proper value. Commercial bus, emergency, clean panel thoroughly. The following tests and checks shall be performed before placing in operation: 1. Check all new bus and cable connections for proper contact pressure and mark each bolt with a red "dot" of paint to indicate it has been checked. ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 5 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 2. Check all the new equipment for mechanical adjustment, lubrication and freedom of operation. Remove all shipping blocks; 3. Operate and test trip units for all new breakers. 4. Test all transfer switch and its control circuits for correct connection and operation. 5. Test all panel feeders and main breakers. End of Section 16030 93113030.spc ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS - SECTION 16030 - 6 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. B. Work Included: 1. This Section establishes standards for basic electrical materials and methods. 2. All material shall be new and listed or approved by Underwriters' Laboratories where applicable. 1.2 RACEWAYS: A. Unless specifically shown otherwise, this Contractor shall furnish and install a complete steel, rigid thread galvanized conduit system for all wiring, including control and signal wiring. B. All conduits shall be rigid, threaded, hot dipped'galvanized type. All steel conduits installed underground shall have a minimum coverage of 36" below finished grade and shall have a 4" concrete envelope. Joints shall be sealed with conductive pipe :compound, T & B "Kopr-Shield", before making up. Conduits installed below grade shall be wrapped with Minnesota Mining Co., Scotch-Wrap #51 using half-lap for double thickness. Conduits surface shall be clean and dry before wrapping. C. Minimum size of any conduit for lighting, power and signal shall be 3/4" conduit. D. Seal-type flexible conduit shall be used in lengths not greater than '8" at motors and other machinery to prevent the transmission of vibration. Flexible conduit shall be supported at both ends. E. Steel EMT in sizes 4" and smaller may be used within hollow dry spaces of the building and shall not be run exposed below 8' above finished floor. F. All raceway fittings, Iocknuts, couplings, elbows, etc., shall be hot dipped galvanized steel finish with plastic throats or bushings. No competitive type fittings shall be used. G. Non-Metallic Conduit: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 1. Rigid non-metallic PVC, UL labeled conduit with factory ells and fittings approved for the purpose may be used under the following conditions, where the voltage is 600 volts or less: 2. All conduits in earth, under buildings or protected by permanent paving may be Schedule 40 PVC. Any conduit running through planters or unprotected shall be encased in 4" of concrete. All raceways above grade shall be steel. 3. Where emergency system conductors are installed in non-metallic raceway, it must be encased by not less than 2 inches concrete. 4. All non-metallic runs shall have a bond wire for the interconnect/on of all conducting portions per Table 250-94 of the California Electric Code. 5. Use steel factory ells. PVC shall not be bent in the field .or used above grade. 6. Electrical metallic tubing fittings shall be steel, plastic bushed or set screw type. No competitive type fittings will be accepted. H. Surface raceways and fastenings shall be two piece, steel type, complete with all fittings of the same manufacturer, factory finished in gray. Surface plug-in strips shall be two circuit type with-NEMA grounded receptacles every 12 inches, with wiring space provided. 1.3 CONDUCTORS: A. All conductors shall be in their original unbroken packages, plainly marked as follows: Underwriters' labels, size, kind and insulation of wire, and name of the manufacturer and the trade name of the wire. B. All conductors shall be minimum of 98% conductivity, soft drawn copper, minimum #12 AWG unless shown otherwise. Conductors #8 and larger shall be stranded. Conductors #10 and smaller shall be solid type except for wiring within fixtures. Insulation shall be 600 volt, type "THWN". C. Control circuits for mechanical equipment in locations subject to abnormal temperatures on or under furnaces and heaters shall be Type "RHH", 600 volt insulation conductors. D. All branch circuit and fixture wiring joints, splices and taps for conductors #10 and smaller shall be made with "Scotchlock" connectors. E. Two bolt type solderless connectors or T and B "Color Keyed" compression lugs shall be used on #8 and larger conductors. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 1.4 WIRING DEVICES: A. Furnish and install wiring devices and plates as shown on the drawings and described in these specifications. Where more than one wiring device is mounted in the same location, such devices shall be mounted in a multi-gang plate. Single gang combination interchangeable devices shall not be used. Wiring devices shall be specification grade or better. B. Wiring devices shall be of the color selected by the Architect. C. Convenience outlets shall consist of specification grade duplex receptacle mounted in an outlet box in the wall, flush with the finished plaster or surface, rated 20 amperes, 125 volts, 3 wire, back and side wired. Device shall be RED in color when fed from emergency branch. D. All outlets shown outdoors or in damp locations shall be weather-proof. They shall be equipped with rubber gaskets and weather-proof "Condulet" covers. Surface weather-proof outlets shall be weather-proof type FS boxes with hubs as required and equipped with rubber gaskets and weather-proof covers. E. Local switches shall be the quiet toggle type, totally enclosed, 20 amp, 120/277 volt, AC rated. ~Device shall be RED in color when fed from eme[gency branch. F. Device plates shall be provided for all devices with the number of gangs and openings necessary. G. All telephone outlets shall have cover plates. Switchplates for all outlets not in sight of switch shall be labeled with filled etched letters showing locations of outlet controlled. I. Pilot lights shall be of the type with an indicating neon lamp in handle. 1.5 OUTLET BOXES: A. Outlet boxes for concealed work shall be one-piece pressed steel knockout type with zinc or cadmium coating. Boxes shall not be smaller than four inches square nominal size unless otherwise indicated. Provide extension rings, extenders, plaster rings and covers necessary for flush finish. No back to back or through boxes shall be used. B. Bar hangers shall be used to support outlet boxes in stud or furred partitions and ceilings. Attachment screws, devices, etc., shall be of the proper type to secure boxes to metal studs. Use expansion shields to concrete and masonry. Where used for lighting 'fixtures, outlet boxes shall be equipped with fixture studs. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator C. Provide approved knock-out seals on all unused open knock-outs holes. Where used for lighting fixtures, outlet boxes shall be equipped with fixture studs. D.Outlet boxes installed in concrete slabs shall be two piece concrete boxes, not less than four inches nominal size, with a minimum depth of 2-1/2 inches. E. Surface boxes of cast metal threaded hub type with suitable gasketed covers, shall be used for exposed conduit runs less than five feet above finished floor, or where waterproof boxes are required. 1.6 PULL BOXES AND WlREWAYS: A. Pull and junction boxes shall be installed as shown to facilitate the pulling of wire and to comply with CEC requirements. B. Wireways shall be constructed in accordance with UL 870 for Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings. Every component including lengths, connectors and fittings shall be UL listed. 1.7 PANELBOARDS: A. Furnish panelboards shown on plans and described herein. All cans shall be a minimum of 20" wide and 4" deep unless otherwise shown. They shall be totally flat or equal, with flush keyed locks. B. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories". C. Breakers for switching ~lights shall be rated for switching duty. D. Fronts shall be sheet steel painted standard gay over a rust inhibitor. They shall be equipped with door, flush hinges and flush proper cylinder tumbler lock, metal circuit card holder and quarter turn adjustable trim clamps. E. Panel shall consist of a reinforced galvanized sheet steel frame with copper bus bars and circuit breakers properly supported to prevent vibration, breakage in handling. All terminals shall be solderless type suitable for specified conductors of sizes indicated. Bus bars shall be sequenced phased. F. Branch circuit breakers shall be "bolt on", fully interchangeable without disturbing adjacent units. All two and three pole breakers shall have common trips. Minimum lC shall be 10,000 AIC. G. All breakers applying fluorescent or HID fixtures shall have padlock handle lock- off devices. H. All spaces shall have hardware. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 4 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator I. Provide separate blocks for neutrals and grounds as required. 1.8 DISCONNECTING DEVICES: A. Disconnecting devices shall be provided as shown, or as required by CEC. Switches shall be motor rated and in proper NEMA enclosure. B. For motors 1/3 HP and less: Switches shall be of the toggle type, quick make and break, rated two HP, 250 volts, AC with the number of poles required, provided with flush mounting wall plates or in suitable surface mounting NEMA enclosures. C. For motors 1/2 HP and larger: Disconnecting switches shall be Type HD fused, three pole, 600 volts, in proper NEMA enclosures, with proper size FRS fuses. Provide three spare fuses of each type to the owner. D. Circuit breakers used as disconnecting devices shall comply with the requirements stated in other Articles of this Section and CEC. 1;9 CONCRETE PADS, PULL HOLES AND MANHOLES: A. The contractor shall provide cast in place or precast structures. B. Where applicable concrete structures shall be submitted to the serving utility for their approval prior to installation. C. Cast in place concrete shall be per the concrete section of the specifications.. D. Provide 4" concrete pads under all exterior switchboards, transformers, etc., unless otherwise noted on the plans. 1.10 NOISE CONTROL: A. Outlet boxes at opposite sides of partitions shall not be placed back-to-back, not shall "through" boxes be employed, except where specifically permitted on the drawings by note, to minimize transmission of noise between occupied spaces. B. Contactors, starters and similar noise-producing devices shall not be placed on walls which are common to occupied spaces, unless specifically called for on the drawings. Where such devices must be mounted on walls common to occupied spaces, they shall be shock mounted or isolated in such a manner as to effectively prevent the transmission of their inherent noise to the occupied space. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 5 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator C. Ballasts, contractors, starters and like equipment, which are found to be noticeable noisier than other similar equipment on the project will be deemed defective and shall be replaced at engineer's request. PART 2 - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION- GENERAL: A. The layout and installation of electrical work shall be coordinated with the overall construction schedule to prevent delay in completion of the project. It shall be obligatory to thoroughly check these drawings before organizing the electrical work schedule, or installing material and equipment. B. Dimensions and information regarding accurate locations of equipment and structural limitations and finish shall be verified with other sections. C. The drawings do not show all the offsets, bends, special fittings or junction pull boxes necessary to meet job conditions and the NEC. They shall be provided as required. D. Electrical equipment, outlets, junction and pull boxes shall be installed in accessible locations, avoiding obstructions, preserving headroom and keeping openings and passageways clear. E. Minor adjustments in the locations' of equipment shall be made where necessary, providing such adjustments do not adversely affect function of the equipment. Major adjustments for the location of equipment shall be approved by the Architect and detailed on the record drawings. F. Structural Fittings: Furnish and install the necessary sleeved, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts and related structural items. Install at the proper time. G. Openings have been indicated on the Architectural and Structural drawings. Should any additional openings or holes be required for the work of this section, the cost of same shall be the obligation of this section. H. Contractor shall verify existing conditions affecting his work. I. Sleeves for electrical conduits passing through walls or slabs shall be placed Under the work of this section before concrete is poured. Where conduits pass through suspended floor slabs, sleeves shall be standard weight galvanized steel pipe extending two inches above the finished floor level. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 6 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator J. Sleeves at other locations shall be either light weight galvanized steel pipe or galvanized sheet steel. Clearance between conduit and sleeves shall not be less than 1/2 inch. K. Sleeves.through outside walls below grade shall be caulked tight with oakum and the ends sealed with an approved semi-plastic coal tar base compound, or shall be of the stuffing box type. Other sleeves shall be packed with glass wood, ends sealed with Dux-Seal, and covered with chrome plated escutcheon plates'. L. Conduits entering through floor slabs at grade level will not require sleeves an shall be placed with tops of couplings flush at floor level. M. Sleeves for electrical conduit passing outside walls below grade shall be of the through wall and floor seal type. N. Mounting heights, in general, shall be as listed below or as noted on the drawings, the drawings notes taking precedence. Prior to roughing in, consult the architectural elevations which may indicate outlet positions as well as -- architectural, mechanical and structural drawings, to avoid conflicts. Light switches ..........................48 inches Convenience receptacles ............ -.' .... 18 inches " Receptacles in unfinished or work area .. 48 inches Panelboards to .top ....................... 72 inches Telephone outlets ........................18 inches Fire alarm call station ................. 60 inches Bells, horns or signals, indoors ........ 96 inches 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS: A. Raceways for .electrical or signal systems run in earth that is not protected by permanent paving shall be encased in concrete, the encasement extending under the building. Branch circuit and signal system conduits installed underground between outlets, terminals and panels within the building shall be liquid and gas tight. B. Conduit shall be concealed, unless otherwise indicated. All conduit runs exposed to view, except those in attic spaces, shall be installed parallel, or at right angles to structural member, walls, or lines of the building. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 7 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator C. All conduit runs shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet. Conduit size or type shall not be changed between outlets. D. No conduits shall be run on the roof unless specifically shown on the roof. They shall be full weight rigid steel, on 2 x 4 redwood sleepers. Provide lead roof jacks for penetrations. E. Conduit stubs installed for future extensions shall be rigid steel for at least five feet of conduit run. The conduit ends shall be terminated with couplings and pipe plugs. The closed end shall be double wrapped with Scothrap #50 for the last 12". The concrete envelope shall leave 3" of the wrapped conduit exposed for future connection. F. Conduit for equipment connected permanently to the floor boxes shall be installed with a 6" rigid conduit nipple to a flush coupling to insure a watertight connection at the floor. G. All conduits shall be sloped to drain. They shall be sealed with "Duxseal" on the high end. H. All conduit bends shall be carefully made so that conduit is not flattened, kinked or otherwise injured. Inner radius of any conduit bend shall be not less than eight times inside diameter of conduit. Where conduits are run exposed in groups, bends of all conduits shall have'a common center. Use of standard elbows will not be allowed at these locations. I. Each run of c(~nduit shall be finished before concrete, plaster, etc., is installed to insure against obstruction or omissions. After installation end of all conduits shall be plugged with metal pennies. All conduit systems shall be completed and thoroughly cleaned and dried inside before installation of any conductors. J. Conduit shall enter at right angles to and be connected to all outlet boxes, pull boxes, and cabinets with Iocknuts and plastic throated grounding bushing providing a continuous grounding system to main switchboard per Title 24. K. Use Erikson couplings where a union is necessary. Running threads are not permitted. L. Provide a tagged 1/8 inch stranded nylon pullrope. Leave 1 $ inches free coiled end in all empty conduits with identification tags on both ends. M. Furnish and install "Seal-Offs" in all conduit runs through are of different temperature. N. All concealed conduit shall be installed in as direct a line as possible between outlets. No more than four quarter bends, or their equivalent, will be allowed between outlets. Feeder conduits shall follow arrangement shown on plans BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 8 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator unless a change is authorized. Branch circuit conduit shall, in general, follow arrangement as shown insofar as structural conditions permit. All exposed runs shall parallel buildings, walls, or partitions and be supported on Kindorf Hangers to meet Title 24, Part 6, CAC. O. All public telephone and signal conduits shall be installed with long radius sweeps. No factory "ells" shall be permitted. P. Chrome escutcheon plates shall be used on all conduit penetrating walls, floors or ceilings. Q. Expansion joints shall be provide at building expansions or as required due to length of run or difference in temperatures. R. All fittings exposed, or in damp areas, shall have sealing glands and proper gaskets. Fittings in hazardous areas shall be of the type approved for the particular hazard. S. Provide two (2) one inch conduit stubs out of all panels and terminal cabinets to above hung ceiling or as otherwise shown. 3.3 CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTIONS: A. Wire or cable shall have factory markings every 24 inches. These shall show its maximum allowable voltage, wire size and insulation. All branch circuit and fixture wiring joint, splices and taps for conductorS #10 and smaller shall be made with UL approved connectors listed for 600 volts. Connector bodies shall consist of a cone shape rotating, expandable coil spring inserts, insulated with phenolic or plastic shell. B. Do not install wire in conduits until all work of any nature that may cause injury (including pouring of concrete) is completed. Use care in pulling in wires to prevent damage to wire or insulation. Do not use blocks, tackle or other mechanical means to pull in wires #8 AWG or smaller. C. Splices are not permitted except in outlet boxes, pull boxes, junction boxes, panelboard gutters and auxiliary gutters. No splices shall be made in underground boxes. D. Use only wire pulling compounds listed by the UL as a lubricant for pulling conductors through raceways. The use of cleaning agents that have deleterious effect on conductor coverings will not be permitted. E. Unless otherwise shown on plans or specified elsewhere, leave at least twelve inches of free conductors at each connected outlet (outlet connected to equipment or device) and nine inches of free conductors and coil neatly in outlet box for future connection. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 9 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator F. Terminations: 1. Circuit and signal terminations to single screw or push on terminals shall be done with insulated "Sta-Kons" or approved equal terminals. 2. Bolt type, solderless connectors shall be torqued with a torque wrench as per the manufacturer's recommendations, and then retightened after 24 to 48 hours before taping. Owner's Inspector shall be informed of this procedure during the waiting period and shall witness the act of retightening. G. Feeders, etc.: 1. Connectors and lugs for terminating stranded conductors//8 and larger shall be machine crimp compression type. 2. All splices shall be taped with Scotch//88 plastic electrical tape, with Scotch Fill where necessary for smooth joint. For other than normal temperatures or conditions Scotch//27 or//2520 shall be used. 3. No splices shall be made below grade in manhole or pullholes without Engineer's written approval and then shall be encapsulated with 3M potting kits per 3M specifications. 4. Wire in panels, cabinets, pull boxes and wiring gutters shall be squared, labeled and neatly grouped with "Ty-raps" and fanned out to the terminals. 5. Support all conductors in handholes and manholes and label with plastic rope. Tag all conductors with plastic waterproof tags. 3.4 WIRING DEVICES: A. Wiring devices shall be securely fastened to the outlet box. Where the outlet box covers are back from finished walls, the device Shall be built out from same with washers so that it is rigidly held in place to the box. Provide metal extenders in flammable construction per NEC. B. All device screw slots shall be left in a vertical orientation. 3.5 OUTLET BOXES: A. All outlet boxes shall be securely fastened in position to the ceiling or walls with screws or bolts (no nails). The Contractor shall set and align all equipment, level bolt down, or otherwise secure in place. No back to back or through boxes shall be used. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 o 10 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. All boxes shall be accurately located and set square and true with exposed edges of box or plaster ring flush with finished surface of walls or ceiling. Boxes shall have no unused openings and shall be cleaned of all direct, plaster, etc., before conductors are installed. Rust spots shall be scraped to bare metal and painted with Rust-Oleum Corp. "Galvanolium" red. All unused boxes shall be equipped with blank covers, which shall match existing covers. C. All suspended fixture outlets shall be equipped with 3/8" fixture mounting stud, bolted to wood backing or metal studs to safely support fixture weight. D. Make any change in outlet location necessary to all job conditions and rearrange fixtures and equipment as directed. E. Study all plans as to relation of spaces surrounding outlets that this work may be installed with other s and all fixtures and equipment shall be symmetrically located. All conflicts and discrepancies shall be referred to the Architect immediately prior to box installation. 3.6 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES AND WIREWAYS A. Boxes shall be installed square and plumb. An engraved nameplate shall .be installed indicating the function of each box on the exterior in unfinished areas and o.n the interior in finished areas. B. Pull boxes and wireways shall be concealed or installed flush in finished areas. They shall be surface in machine rooms or unfinished areas. 3.7 PANELBOARDS: A. Location: 1. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, install all panels with the top of the trip 6'-0" above the finished floor. 2. Space permitting, surface mount panels where they are not visible to the public. 3. Panels to have protective cover over any electrical panel with overhead water piping. Cover to be 18" by width of panel. B. Directory: 1. Mount a typewritten directory behind glass or plastic in a metal holder welded to the inside of each panel door, showing circuit numbers and complete description of all outlets on each circuit. 3.8 DISCONNECT DEVICES: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 11 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator A. Disconnect devices shall be identified as to location of device controlled. 3.9 CONCRETE PADS, PULL HOLES AND MANHOLES: A. Contractor shall provide a minimum of three to six inches of sand or base material suitable as base to receive the manhole. The base material shall be impacted and graded level and at proper elevation to receive the manhole in relation to the conduit grade or ground cover requirements as designated in the plans. 3.10 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS: A. Provide inserts, anchors, supports, rods and brackets and miscellaneous items to adequately support and secure the electrical systems and equipment. B. Secure hangers, brackets, conduit straps, supports and electrical equipment to surfaces by means of toggle bolts on hollow masonry; expansion shields and machine screws or standard preset inserts on concrete or masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces; wood screws on wood construction. Wood or fiber Plugs or concrete nails are not acceptable. C. Power driven or velocity driven inserts may not be used unless specifically approved by the engineer and where their use does not affect finished appearance of work. They may not be used in prestressed slabs, beams; purlins, or precast members, or in tension. 13. Seismic Requirements: Provide vertical and lateral supporting equipment to resist the application of seismic forcers per CAC, Title 24, Section T-17-231. END OF SECTION 931'13100.SPC BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - SECTION 16100 - 12 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 'SECTION 16210 - STANDBY GENERATOR PART I GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment to furnish, install and place in operation the power generation system in accordance with the contract documents and manufacturer's drawings and installation instructions. These specifications also describe requirements for the design, fabrication, and testing of the power system. B. The installation of the power generation system shall include the following: 1. Engine-driven generator set 2. Main line circuit breaker 3. Generator controls 4. Engine driven radiator cooling system 5. Fuel day tank 6. Generator set exhaust system 7. Generator battery and charging system 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The electric power generator system shall have a site capability of 1250 Kw, 1550 KVA, 0.80 power factor, 480 volts, wye connected, three phase, 60 hertz. This power shall be applied for standby operation (continuous electrical service during interruption of normal power). 1.3 SYSTEM FUNCTION A. The generator set shall include the capability of automatically controlling the generator set operation. After starting, the unit will attain rated speed and voltage, and accept rated load. Generator set speed shall be controlled by the engine governor, while generator output voltage regulation shall be a function of the generator automatic voltage regulator. Manual adjustment of generator speed and voltage shall be provided. 1~.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The complete power generation system, including engine, generator, radiator, and generator controls shall be the product of a single manufacturer. All components shall have been designed to achieve optimum physical and performance compatibility and prototype tested to prove integrated design capability. The complete system shall have been factor fabricated, assembled, and production tested. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. Approved Manufacturers: Equipment, documentation, and services described in this specification and shown on the plans are as provided by Onan Corporation, and by Caterpillar Corporation. C. The naming of a specific manufacturer does not waive any requirements of this specification. Any exceptions or variations must be noted in their proposal. D. Approval of Substitutes: Proposed substitutions shall include complete submittal data, as specified herein, clearly denoting any and all deviations and/or exceptions to the equipment specified. The complete proposal must be submitted to the engineer or architect for approval/disapproval not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled bid date. E. Work with the Owner to provide any assistance needed to secure the approvals necessary for installation and operation, including OSHPD, State Fire Marshal, electrical code and ordinances and SJV Unified Air Pollution Control District. F. Manufacturer to provide calculations for seismic anchorage and vibration isolation and secure OSHPD approvals for proposed installation. Contractor to provide and install anchorages. 1.5 RESPONSIBILITY A. The responsibility for performance to this specification shall not be divided among individual component manufacturers, but must be assumed solely by the primary manufacturer. This includes generating system design, manufacture, test, and have a local supplier responsible for service, parts, and warranty for the total system. 1.6 SUBASSEMBLY AND PACKAGING A. Generator set mounted subassemblies such as cooling system, base, air intake system, exhaust outlet fittings, and generator set mounted controls and switchgear shall also be designed, built, and assembled as a complete unit by the engine/generator manufacturer. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Component List: A breakdown of all components and options including switchgear. 2. Technical Data: Manufacturer produced generator set specification or data sheet identifying make and model of engine and generator, STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 1{$210 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator and including relevant component design and performance data including certification of prototype testing. 3. Engine: , a) Type, aspiration, compression ratio, and combustion cycle. b) Bore, stroke, displacement, and number of cylinders. ~ c) Engine lubricating oil capacity. d) Engine coolant capacity without radiator. e) Engine coolant capacity with radiator. f) Coolant pump external resistance (maximum). g) Coolant pump flow at maximum resistance. 4.Generator: a) Frame b) Insulation class c) Number of leads d) Weight, total e) Weight, rotor f) Air flow 5. At Rated Voltage: a) Efficiency at 0.8 power factor for: 1. 50% load 2. 75% load 3. 100% load b) Time constants, short circuit transient (T'D) c) Time constants, armature short circuit (TA) d) Reactance, subtransient - direct axis (X"D) STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator e) Reactance, transient - saturated (X'D) f) Reactance, synchronous - direct axis (XD) g) Reactance, negative sequence (X2) h) Reactance, zero sequence (XO) i) Fault current, 3 phase symmetrical j) Decrement curve 6. Radiator: a) Model b) Type c) Fan drive ratio d) Coolant capacity, radiator e) Coolant capacity, radiator and engine f) Weight: dry wet 7. System: a) Dimensions: length width height b) Weight: dry wet B. Performance, based on SAE J1349 standard conditions of 100 kPa (29.61 in Hg) and 25°C (77°F); also at conditions of ISO 3046/1, DIN 6271 and BS 5514. Fuel rates are based on I$O 3046 and on fuel oil of 35 degrees APl (16°C or 60°F) gravity having a LHV of 42780 k J/kg (18,390 Btu/lb) when used at 29~C (85°F) and weighing 838.9 g/1 (7,O01 lbs/U.S, gal). Power rating at 0.8 power factor kVA rating Fuel consumption at standard conditions for: §0% load STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 4 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 75% load 100% load Combustion air inlet flow rate Exhaust gas, flow rate stack temperature Exhaust system backpressure (maximum) Heat rejection to: coolant exhaust atmosphere from engine atmosphere from generator C. Transient response of frequency and voltage for the generator set for the total system when imposing block load changes of: 1. 0-25% 100-0% 2o 0-50% 75-0% 3. 0-75% 50-0% 4. 0-100% 25-0% D. Auxiliary Equipment: Specification or data sheets, including governor, circuit breaker, vibration isolators, exhaust system, batteries, battery charger, enclosure, and day tank. E. Drawings: General dimensions drawings showing overall generator set measurements, mounting location, and interconnect points for load leads, fuel, exhaust, cooling and drain lines. F. Wiring Diagrams: Wiring diagrams, schematics and control panel outline drawings published by the manufacturer in Joint Industrial Council {JIM) format for controls and switchgear showing interconnected points and logic diagrams for use by contractor and owner. G. Warranty Statements: Warranty verification published by the manufacturer. H. Service: Location and description of supplier's parts and service facility including parts inventory and number of qualified generator set service personnel. 1.8 SERVICE AND WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall have a local authorized dealer who can provide factory trained servicemen, the required stock of replacement parts, technical assistance, and warranty administration. 1.9 WARRANTY ADMINISTRATION STANDBY GENERATOR- SECTION 16210 - 5 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator A. The manufacturer's authorized dealer shall be capable of administering the manufacturer's and dealer's warranty for all components supplied by the selling dealer (who may or may not be the same as the servicing dealer). 1.10 WARRANTY TERMS A. The manufacturer's and dealer's extended warranty shall in no event be for a period of less than: 1. Five (5) years from date of initial start-up of the system or 1500 operating hours, whichever comes first. 2. It shall include repair parts, labor, reasonable travel expense necessary for repairs at the jobsite, and expendable (lubricating oil, filters, antifreeze, and other service items made unusable by the defect) used during the course of repair. Applicable deductible costs shall be specified in the manufacturer's warranty. Submittals received without written warranties as specified will be rejected in their entirety. PART II PRODUCT The following articles and paragraphs are intended to define a power generation system of proven type and design, of current production, and with all components commercially available. 2.1 ENGINE A. The engine shall be a Caterpillar 3512 stationary, liquid cooled, 1 $00 rpm, four-cycle design, vertical V-type, with Dry exhaust manifolds. It shall have 12 cylinders with a displacement of 51.8 liters and be manufactured in the United States. It shall not be manufactured with any Class I ozone depleting substances (ODS) as defined by Federal Register Vol. 57 No. 86. 2.2 STRUCTURE/METALLURGY A. The design of the basic engine shall provide for maximum structural integrity to extend service life. Materials used in the engine shall incorporate the highest level of proven metallurgical and manufacturing technology. B. Block shall be of one piece design and cast of high tensile strength.iron in the system manufacturer's own foundry. Counter-boring for cylinder liners shall not be permitted. C. Crankshaft shall be a one piece forging with regrindabie wear surfaces hardened through heat treat methods. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 6 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator D. Cylinder wear surfaces shall be induction hardened over their entire length. E. Main and rod bearings shall consist of aluminum bonded by copper to a steel backing, The wear surface shall be coated with a lead-tin overlay and the bearing covered by a tin flashing, F. Connection'rods shall be high strength steel' with tapered pin bore. Drilled passages to supply oil from rod bearing for piston cooling and lubricating oil will not be permitted. G. Pistons shall be a lightweight aluminum alloy which is elliptically ground across the skirt and tapered from crown to skirt. For medium and high speed engines, compression rings in aluminum bodies shall have integral cast iron ring bands with keystone sectioned top rings. Compression rings in steel piston crowns shall seat in hardened steel grooves. Oil jets shall supply piston cooling and lubricating oil. Ho Valves shall be hard faced with replaceable inserts. 2.3 LUBRICATION SYSTEM The lubrication oil pump shall be a positive displacement type that is integral with the engine and gear driven from the engine gear train. The system shall incorporate full flow filtcation with bypass valve to continUe lubrication in the event of filter clogging. B. The bypass valve must be integral with the engine filter base or receptacle. Systems where bypass valves are located in the replaceable oil filter are not acceptable. Pistons shall be oil cooled by continuous jet spray to the underside or inside of the crown and piston pin. 2.4 DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM A. The fuel system shall be integral with the engine. It shall consist of fuel filter, transfer pump, injection pump, lines, and nozzles. The transfer pump shall deliver fuel under Iow pressure to individual injection pumps, one for each cylinder. B. The injection pumps shall be driven from the camshaft and simultaneously controlled by a rack and pinion assembly that is hydraulically actuated by signals from the engine governor. The pumps shall be of a variable displacement type to alter the volume of fuel delivered to the spray nozzles according to load demand. C. The nozzles shall inject fuel directly into the cylinder in the optimum spray pattern for efficient combustion. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 7 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 2.5 LARGE ENGINE SYSTEMS A. A unit fuel injector shall be mounted in each cylinder head, with external feeder lines requiring less that 5 bar (75 PSI) fuel pressure. Individual control racks for each cylinder shall permit precise injection timing. 2.6 PRIMARY FUEL FILTER A. In addition to the standard filter, the fuel system shall include a primary fuel filter between the fuel tank and transfer pump to screen large contaminants. 2.7 FUEL COOLER A. Fuel shall be piped from the fuel filter to the intake of the engine fuel pump, and then to the engine. Excess fuel shall be piped through the fuel cooler and returned to the fuel tank with less than 60 kPa (8.7 PSI) restriction. The fuel cooler shall be capable of exchanging heat rejected at full load with the cooling medium, including 10% reserve to accommodate fouling. The fuel cooler shall be supplied by the engine/generator manufacturer, and installed on the unit mounted radiator. 2.8 FUEL PRIMING PUMP A. A manual fuel priming pump shall facilitate priming and bleeding air from the system. 2.9 FUEL LINES A. Flexible fuel lines between engine and fuel supply shall be installed to isolate vibration. 2.10 AUXILIARY FUEL TANK A. The packaged day tank shall be a heavy duty factory assembled system design to comply with all local, state, and federal codes for the State of California. The day tank must be constructed of heavy gauge steel, U.L. listed and labeled. The day tank shall be installed in the generator set enclosure and wired to the load distribution panel. The day tank shall include: 1. 100 gallon capacity 2. Heavy gauge steel 3. Removable 6" square gasketed inspection plate 4. Fuel level gauge 5. Press to test switch 6. Heavy duty float switch STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 8 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 7. Pump running indicating light 8. Tank drain 9. Heavy duty 1/2 HP, 115 VAC, 1 phase, 60hz electric motor 10. 7 gpm bronze gear pump with stainless steel shafts 11. (4) 1" NPT threaded pipe connections and fuel inlet 12. (1) 1-1/4" NPT vent, vent pipe, rain cap, and insect screen 13. Interior epoxy coated 14. Exterior paint to match generator set 15. Plumbing and wiring to be pre-connected 16. Hand priming pump 17. Double wall construction B. Fuel supply piping from the generator set to the day tank shall be sized by the generator set supplier. Connections for the fuel supply and return line to the main storage tank shall be made by the installing contractor. 2.11 FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A. The fuel transfer pump, injection pumps, rack and pinion assembly, and timing mechanism shall be maintenance and adjustment free for the life of the equipment. The fuel filter shall not require changing more frequently than one per year or every 250 hours, whichever comes first. 2.12 GOVERNOR, ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL A. The engine governor shall be a Woodward 2301 Electronic Speed Control with; EG Electro-Hydraulic Actuator. Speed droop shall be externally adjustable from O ~(isochronous) ;to 10% from no load to full rated load. Steady state frequency regulation shall be +/- 0.25 percent. Speed shall be sensed by a magnetic pickup off the engine flywheel ring gear. A provision for remote speed adjustment shall be included. In the event of a DC power loss, the forward acting actuator will move to the minimum fuel position. 2.13 RADIATOR, ENGINE MOUNTED A. Heat rejected to the engine jacket water shall be discharged t° the atmosphere through a close coupled radiator and blower type fan. The generator set radiator shall have a 30-50% antifreeze/coolant mixture. The radiator shall cool the jacket water while the engine is operating at full site capability and 0.062 kPa (0°25 H20) external air restriction. 2.14 FAN AND BELT GUARDING A. The fan, fan drive, and fan belts shall be covered with 14 gauge punched steel mesh guarding for personnel protection. The guarding shall conform ;to IEC 34.5, ISO and OSHA standards. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 9 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 2.15 INLET AIR SYSTEM A. The engine air cleaner shall be engine mounted with dry element requiring replacement no more frequently than 250 operating hours or once each year. 2.16 EXHAUST SYSTEM A. The engine exhaust system shall be installed to discharge combustion gases quickly and silently with minimum restriction. System including silencer shall be designed for minimum restriction, and in no case shall backpressure exceed 6.7 kPa (27 in H20). A critical grade silencer, shall be provided and installed on the top of the building roof. The silencer, all piping, stainless steel flexible connector, rain cap, and silencer supports will be supplied by the generator set supplier. The silencer and piping shall have rust resistant coating. B. Engine Exhaust System: a) Silencer shall be a Maxim Model 51 (no substitutions permitted) hospital grade exhaust silencer. b) The silencer shall be located and installed as shown. C) Suitable protection shall be supplied 'to protect personnel from accidental contact, from the exhaust manifolds, turbochargers, exhaust pipe, etc. The engine exhaust gas temperature shall not exceed 100°F for an unprotected maniford. Any exhaust gas system surfaces whose temperatures will exceed IO0°F shall be protected. Protective measures such as water-cooled exhaust manifilds, insulated manifolds, and insulated exhaust piping shall be utilized. 2.17 WIRING AND CONDUIT A. Engine and generator control wiring shall be multi-strand annealed copper conductors encased by cross-linked polyethylene insulation resistant to heat, abrasion, oil, water, antifreeze, and diesel fuel. Wiring shall be suitable for continuous use at 120°C (250°F) with insulation not brittle at - 50°C (60°F). Each cable will be heat stamped throughout the entire length to identify the cable's origin and termination. Cables shall be enclosed in nylon flexible conduit which is slotted to allow easy access and moisture to escape. Reusable bulkhead fittings will attach the conduit to generator set mounted junction boxes. 2.18 ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM STANDBY GENERATOR- SECTION 16210 - 10 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator A. The engine starting system shall include (2) 24 volt DC starting motors, starter relay, and automatic reset circuit breaker to protect against butt engagement. Batteries shall be lead acid type mounted near the starting motor. A corrosion resistant fiberglass battery box shall be provided for mounting. Required cables will be furnished and sized to satisfy circuit requirements. The system shall be capable of starting a properly equipped ;engine within 10 seconds at ambient temperatures greater than 22°C (70°F). 2.19 JACKET WATER HEATER A. Two jacket water heaters shall be provided to maintain coolant temperature of 32°C (90°F) while the engine is idle. Heaters shall be rated 6 kw each, accept 240 or 480 volt AC single phase power, and include thermostatic controls. 2.20 BATTERIES A. Batteries for starting and control shall be selected and supplied by the generator set manufacturer. They shall be a heavy duty SLI lead acid type .with thru-partition connectors, and 'housed in a hard rubber or polypropylene case with provision for venting. B. ~tarting batteries shall be rated 24 volt DC with a minimum of 420 ampere- hour 2500 CCA. Sizing shall consider specific application requirements of engine oil viscosity, ambient starting temperature, control voltage, overcharging and vibration. C. Batteries shall be located as close to the starting motor as practical, away from spark sources, and permit easy inspection and maintenance. D. Battery warranty shall be the responsibility of the generator set manufacturer. 2.21 ALTERNATOR A. An engine mounted belt driven battery charging alternator shall be installed with an automatic voltage regulator. It shall be suitable for heavy duty applications with a rating of 24 volts 60 amperes. 2.22 GENERATOR A. The generator shall be a Caterpillar model SR4, rated for standby service at 1250 kW, 1550 kVA, 0.8 PF, 480 V, 3 phase, 6 lead, 60 Hz, 1800 rpm. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 11 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator B. The generator shall be capable of withstanding a three phase load of 300% rated current for 10 seconds, and sustaining 150% of continuous load current for 2 minutes with field set for normal rated load excitation. C. It shall exhibit less than 5% waveform deviation at no load. 2.23 STRUCTURE A. The generator shall be close coupled, drip proof and guarded, constructed to NEMA 1 and 1P 22 standards, single bearing, salient pole, revolving field, synchronous type with amortissuer windings in the pole faces of the rotating field. 2.24 MECHANICAL DESIGN - SINGLE BEARING A. The generator housing shall be one piece and mounted directly to the engine flywheel housing without bolted adaptors. Engine torque shall be transmitted through flexible steel plates to the generator rotor. The generator ventilating fan shall mount to the engine flywheel and act as a pressure plate to secure the flexible plates. B. The rotor core shall be constructed of Iow loss non-orientated steel laminations attached to the core lengths and fitted with Iow resistance amortissuer bars brazed/welded to plates at both ends of the core. The rotor assembly shall demonstrate 150% overspeed capability at 170°C for 2 hours. Rotor dynamic, two plane balance shall not exceed 0.002 inch peak to peak amplitude at operating speed. All rotating components shall be secured with SAE Grade 8 hardware. 2.25 EXCITER - PERMANENT MAGNET A. The permanent magnet excitation system shall derive excitation current from a pilot exciter mounted on the rotor shaft. It shall enable the generator to sustain 300% of rated current for ten seconds during a fault condition. 2.26 VOLTAGE REGULATOR- SEALED A. The automatic voltage regulator shall be manufactured by the manufacturer of the engine/generator set. The volt/hertz regulator shall sense line-to-line three phases of generator output voltage and exhibit the following characteristics: 1. Generator output voltage maintained within +/- 1% of rated value for any load variation between no load and full load. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 12 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 2. Generator output voltage drift no more than +/- 1/2 % of rated value at constant temperature. 3. Generator output voltage drift no more than +/- 1% of rated value within a 40°C change over ambient temperature range of -40°C to 70oc. 4. Response time less than 20 milliseconds. 5. Voltage buildup with generator output as Iow as 6 volts. 6. At full throttle engine starting, output voltage overshoot no more than 5% of its rated value, with respect to the volts/Hz curve. 7, Power dissipation 30 watts. 8. Telephone influence Factor (TIF) of less than 50. 9. Electronic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) suppressed to commercial standards. 10o Maintain voltage control with 20% total harmonic distortion. 11. The regulato~ shall include the following features: a. Voltage level rheostat to provide generator output voltage adjustment of -25% to + 10% of nominal. b. Gain adjustment to provide output voltage compensation for changes in load or frequency. c. Reactivate droop control to allow paralleling without interconnect wiring between generators, with 8% minimum droop at full load and 0.8 PF. d. Protection against loss of voltage sensing and long term overcurrent conditions. The overcurrent protection function shall automatically reset when the regulator is de-energized. The regulator shall not be damaged or result in unsafe operation when subjected to open or shortened input due to sensing loss, or a short to ground or adjacent conductor. Fast blown fuses shall be included in two of the sensing leads to fully protect the regulator. e. The .regulator module sealed in a waterproof and airtight shock resistant plastic housing and shall withstand: STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 13 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 1. Operating temperatures between -40° to 70°C. 2. Shock tolerance to 20 g's. f. Vibration of 4.5 g's (peak) between frequencies of 18 to 2000 Hz in three perpendicular planes, and mechanical shock of 15 g's in all three planes. g. Salt spray resistant as described by MIL-STD-810C, Method 509.1 and ASTM-B117. h. Pressure sealed to withstand 35 kPa (5 PSI). 2.27 PARALLELING A. The regulator shall include a reactive droop network to allow paralleling with other generator. The network shall consist of current transformer, rheostat, and control circuit which shall provide 8% minimum droop at full load and 0.8 PF. 2.28 MOUNTING BASE-STRUCTURALSTEEL, RAIL A. The engine/generator base shall be of heavy duty steel constructed with rolled "C" channel structural members reinforced to maintain engine and generator alignment during skidding, lifting and genset operation. Structural side members shall have bottom mounting holes and incorporate welded end caps to enhance skidability. B. The diesel engine electric generating set shall be mounted on a rigid structural steel base of sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment of the generator and engine and to minimize stresses in engine and generator assemblies. C. On the skid plate I Beam structures, at the location of each bolt-down hole, provide special bracing between the web on both sides of each bolt hole. Vibration Isolators: 1. The entire engine - generator assembly shall be suppOrted on required isolators with interconnecting structural tube extending below the structural steel frame of the generator assembly. 2. Isolator assembly structural steel tube shall be welded to bottom of generator unit steel frame utilizing full length fillet welds on both sides of the support frame. STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 14 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 3. Isolators shall be secured to concrete slab utilizing wedge anchors with required embedment per isolator spring unit. D. Provide factory certified drawings showing dimensions of bolt-down holes. Holes are to be located .identical to dimensions indicated on the specified manufacturer's catalog data sheets. E. Manufacturer shall submit certified calculations by a State of California registered professional engineer for seismic and isolator assemblies, welding and anchor bolts are in full compliance with applicable requirements of California Code of REgulations, Title 24, Manufacturer shall submit and secure the approval of O.S.H.P.D. before installation. 2.29 CONTROLS-GENERATOR SET MOUNTED A. The control panel shall be designed and built by the engine-generator manufacturer. It shall be mounted on the generator set and incorporate 100% solid state microprocessor based control circuitry, sealed dust tight, watertight modular components with metal housings, and digital instrumentation. The panel shall be labeled with ISO symbols and comply with IEC 144, IP 22, and NEMA 12 for resistance of the internal sealed modules. B. The panel shall be labeled with ISO symbols and include the following equipment: C. Generator AC Output Metering Devices: 1. Back-lit LCD displays for volts, hertz, and amps in a single environmentally sealed mOdule. Numeral height shall be 13 mm (0.5 in.) with not less than 0.5% accuracy true RMS throughout a temperature range of -40°C to + 70°C. Distorted generator output voltage waveform of a crest factor less than 5 shall not affect metering accuracy. D. Engine Monitoring Devices: 1. Back-lit LCD to sequentially rotate display of operating hours, engine RPM, battery DC volts, oil pressure, and jacket water temperature. A momentary switch shall be provided to continuously display a selected operating parameter. The display shall annunciate fault shutdowns, cycle programming, and diagnostic codes for trouble shooting. Engine monitoring signals provided by engine mounted~ lubricating oil pressure and coolant temperature transducers shall be communicated over a serial data link through a Data Sending Unit (DSU) to the panel control module. The safety logic shall shut the engine down if the serial data link is lost, STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 15 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator E. Controls: 1. Generator voltage level rheostat and ammeter/voltmeter phase selector switch shall be mounted on the panel door. The engine start-stop switch shall be door mounted and include positions for off/reset, run/start, stop, and automatic mode. Start-stop logic shall have provisions for cycle ranking and cool down operations. F. Shutdowns/Annunciation: 1. The generator set shall shut down and red flashing LEDs shall signal operational faults of high water temperature, Iow oil pressure, overcrank, and overspeed. G. Safety Devices: 1. ISO red emergency stop pushbutton shall be provided, and all controls, annunciation, and monitors labeled with ISO symbols. 2. Control wiring from the generator shall be No. 16 min AWG stranded wire, 90°C 600VAC insulation, UL and CSA listed. Wire identification shall be located on the wire 161 mm (6.35 in.) from the terminal, while routing shall avoid sharp edges. Control panel ground wire shall be 12 AGW with green and yellow striped insulation rated 90°C 600 VAC UL and CSA listed. Wire shall be labeled "GND" and have a ring terminal sized for a 10-32 screw. 2.30 ALARM MODULE A. NFPA-99 requirements shall be satisfied by a solid state 24 volt DC microprocessor alarm module mounted in the panel and including red and yellow flashing LEDs and silencable alarm horn to annunciate alarm conditions for high and Iow coolant temperature, Iow oil pressure, Iow DC voltage, and system not in automatic. The horn shall resound on subsequent alarms after silencing/acknowledgement, with the flashing LED displaying a solid light until the condition is corrected. Low fuel level alarm and two spare LEDs shall be available to accept remote switch inputs. 2.31 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL A. Two remote annunciators shall be provided. NFPA-99 requirements for remote annunciation shall be satisfied by a remote mounted solid state panel which includes flashing LEDs and silencable alarm horn to annunciate: Iow coolant temperature alarm, high coolant temperature shutdown, Iow oil pressure shutdown, overcrank, overspeed shutdown, Iow fuel level alarm, generator on load, battery charger malfunction. STANDBY GENERATOR- SECTION 16210 - 16 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 2.32 CIRCUIT BREAKER-GENERATOR SET MOUNTED A. The main line molded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall be mounted and connected in a guarded dripproof enclosure meeting NEMA 1, IP 22 and IEC 144 requirements and shall be installed on the generator enclosure, the molded case circuit breaker shall include cable lugs for customer connections, shunt trip (24 volt DC operation), and solid state trip unit for overload and short circuit protection. The size and rating will be as indicated on the plans. 2.33 BATTERY CHARGER A. A dual rate 10 ampere battery charger shall be provided which shall accept 120-208-240volt AC single phase input to provide 24 volt DC output. It shall be fused on the AC input and DC output, and incorporate current limiting circuitry to avoid the need for a crank disconnect relay. An AC voltage power switch shall be mounted on the face of the charger and shielded from accidental switching. The charger shall include an AC ammeter and voltmeter, a failure malfunction alarm switch, and be housed in a NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for wall mounting. PART III EXECUTION 3.1 PREDELIVERY TESTING A. Prior to delivery and acceptance, the generator set shall be tested to show it is free of any defects and will start automatically and carry full load. This testing shall be performed at the facility of the system manufacturer's' authorized local dealer. B. The testing shall be done on dry type, resistive load banks capable of definite and precise incremental loading. Salt water brine tanks or load banks requiring water as a source of cooling will not be allowed. C. The load banks shall not be dependent on the generator control instruments to read amperage and voltage on each phase. Rather, the test instrumentation will serve as a check of the generator set meters. Load bank testing shall be done in the presence of the owner's engineer or his appointed representative. Testing shall be for a minimum of four (4) hours under full load. D. All consumables necessary for testing shall be furnished by the bidder. Any defects which become evident during the test shall be corrected by the bidder at his own expense prior to shipment to the jobsite. PART IV SHIPMENT TO JOBSITE STANDBY GENERATOR- SECTION 16210 - 17 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator A. Delivery shall be FOB to the jobsite by the system manufacturer's authorized dealer. PART V POST INSTALLATION TESTING A. Following installation, the following tests shall be performed by the system manufacturer's local dealer representative(s) in the presence of the owner's engineer or designated appointee: 5.1 PRESTART CHECKS ARE AS FOLLOWS: Oil level Water level Day tank fuel level Battery connection and charge condition Air start supply pressure (if so equipped) Engine to control interconnects Engine generator intake/exhaust obstructions Engine room ventilation obstructions Removal of all packing materials 5.2 OPERATION: A. Load: One hour operation at 80% of full load rating. Two hours operations at 100% of full load rating. After the first half hour stabilization period at full load, the following shall be recorded at fifteen minute intervals: 1. Voltage and amperage (3 phase) frequency 2. Fuel pressure, oil pressure and water temperature 3. Exhaust gas temperature, ambient temperature B. Proper operation of controls, engine shutdown, and safety devices shall be demonstrated. C. The manufacturer's representative shall provide resistive load banks and field engineer for the test. Building load shall not be used. D. Should these tests indicate that the equipment does not meet the specified performance requirements, National Electric Code and local codes, the cost of all corrective measures shall be berne by the manufacturer's representative. 5.3 ORIENTATION STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 18 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator A. The system manufacturer's authorized dealer shall provide a complete orientation for the owner's engineering and maintenance personnel. Orientation shall include both classroom and hands on instruction. Topics covered shall include control operation, schematics, wiring diagrams, meters, indicators, warning lights, shutdown system and routine maintenance. 5.4 SERVICE MANUALS AND PARTS BOOKS A. The system manufacturer's authorized local dealer shall furnish three copies each of the manuals and books listed below in 3-ring binders for each unit under this contract. 1. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS with description and illustration of all switchgear controls and indicators and engine and generator controls. 2. PARTS BOOK that illustrate and list all assemblies, subassemblies and components, except standard fastening hardware (nuts, bolts, washers, etc.). 3. PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS on the complete system that cover daily, weekly, monthly, biannual, and annual maintenance requirements and'include a complete lubrication chart. 4. ROUTINETEST PROCEDURES for all electronic and electrical circuits and for the main AC generator. 5. TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART covering the complete generator set showing description of trouble, probable cause, and suggested remedy. 6. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST showing all consumables anticipated to be required during routine maintenance and test. 7. WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS showing function of all electrical components. END OF SECTION 16210 miscarch/93113210.spc STANDBY GENERATOR - SECTION 16210 - 19 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16260 - AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Related Documents: The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary or Special Conditions and General Requirements, apply to the work specified in this Section: B. Furnish and install automatic transfer switch (ATS) system with the number of poles; current, voltage and withstand ratings as shown on the plans. Transfer switch shall consist of an inherently double-throw unit and a control module interconnected to provide complete automatic operation. The contact transfer time shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) of a second. C. Where neutral conductors must be switched as shown on the plans, the automatic transfer switch (ATS) shall be provided with a fully-rated overlapping neutral transfer contact. D. When neutral conductors are to be solidly connected as shown on the plans, a neutral conductor terminal plate with fully-rated AC-CU pressure connectors shall be provided. 1.2 MECHANICALLY HELD TRANSFER SWITCH: A. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. The electrical operator shall be a single solenoid mechanism, momentarily energized to minimize power consumption and heat generation. The operating transfer time shall be one-sixty (1/6) of a second or less. B. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only one of two possible positions - normal or emergency. C. ATS utilizing components of molded case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof which have not been intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable. D. Inspection of all contacts (moveable and stationary) linkages and moving parts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. A manual operating handle shall be provided for maintenance purposes. 1.3 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL PANEL: A. The transfer switch control panel shall be mounted separately from the transfer switch and shall be supplied with a quick disconnect plug for ease of AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - SECTION 16260 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator maintenance. The control module shall direct the operation of the transfer switch. The modules sensing and logic shall be controlled by a built-in microprocessor. B. The control panel shall meet or exceed the voltage surge withstand capability in accordance with IEEE Standard 472-1974 (ANSI C37 .90a 1074) and the withstand voltage test in accordance with the proposed Standard ICS 1-109. C. The control panel shall be three phase. 1.4 OPERATION: A. The voltage of each phase of the normal source shall be monitored, with pick- up adjustable from 85% to 100% of nominal and the dropout adjustable from 75% to'98% of pick-up setting, both in increments of 1%, and shall be fully field adjustable without the use of tools, meters, or power supplies. Factory set at 85% dropout, and 90% pick-up. B. Single phase voltage sensing of the emergency source shall be provided. C. The control module shall include four time delays that are fully field adjustable. D. Time delay to override momentary normal source outages, adjustable 0-6 seconds factory set at 1 second. E. Transfer to emergency time delay. Adjustable from 0 to 5 minutes. Factory set at 0 minutes. F. Retransfer to normal time delay. Adjustable 0 to 30 minutes. Factory set at 30 minutes. The time delay is 'automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and normal source is acceptable. G. Unloaded running time delay for emergency engine generator cooldown. Adjustable from 0-60 minutes. Factory set at 5 minutes. H. The above timing functions shall be adjustable without the use of power supplies, tools, or meters. I. Contacts for starting the engine When the normal source fails, shall be provided and shall be gold flashed 32VDC DPDT. J. A momentary type test switch shall be provided to simulate normal source failure. K. Signal lights indicating when the switch is in the normal positiOn, when the switch is in the emergency position and the availability if both power sources.. AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - SECTION 16260 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator L. Two auxiliary contacts, one closed when the switch is in the normal position and one that closes when the switch is in the emergency position, rated at 10 amps, 480 volts. M. A test switch that causes the ATS to transfer the load to the unit for 30 minutes. N. A manual switch to by-pass the time delay on return to normal. 1.5 COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES AND STANDARDS: A. The ATS shall conform to the requirements of: 1. Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated (UL) //1008 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)//70 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)//99 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)//110 B. In addition to the above, ATS for use with fire pumps shall conform to the requirements of NFPA//20. 1.6 WITHSTAND CURRENT RATINGS: A. The ATS shall be rated to withstand the available RMS symmetrical short circuit current at the ATS terminals with the type of overcurrent protection shown on the plans. 1.7 TESTS AND CERTIFICATION:' A. The complete ATS shall be tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. 1.8 CONFIGURATION: A. The ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise shown on the plans. B. Acceptable ATS manufactures, provided there is adequate space and clearance for their equipment, are as follows: 1 ) ONAN 2) Lakeshore 3) ASCO 4) Westinghouse 5) Russelectric AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH - SECTION 16260 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 16323-1 GENERAL LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS PART I GENERAL This section includes dry-type distribution transformers with primary and secondary voltages of 600V and less and capacity ratings through 3750kVA. Note: Paragraphs and words marked in [ ] are alternatives. Select only one. PART I GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Furnish and install, as indicated on the electrical plans, dry-type transformers as manufactured by the Square D Company or approved equal. B. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction and shall be impregnated with nonhygroscopic, thermosetting varnish. C. Transformers 15kVA and larger shall be 150°C temperature rise above 40°C ambient. Transformers 25kVA and larger shall have a minimum of 4-2 1/2% full capacity primary taps. Exact voltages'and taps to be as designated on the plans or the transformer schedule. PART 2 RATINGS 2.1 RATINGS INFORMATION A. The transformer(s) shall be rated as indicated in the following schedule: 1. Identification Number(s) 2. Type 1 Voltage Rating 3. kVA Rating [1. Two-winding, Autotransformer, Buck and Boost, etc.] PART 3 CONSTRUCTION 3.1 TRANSFORMER CONSTRUCTION A. All cores to be constructed of high grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and Iow hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point. The core laminations above 112.SkVA shall be miter cut at the core corners to reduce GENERAL LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS - SECTION 16323 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator hot spots, core loss, excitation current and sound level. The core laminations shall be clamped together with steel angles. Cores for transformers greater than 300kVA shall be clamped utilizing insulated bolts through the core laminations to provide proper pressure throughout the length of the core. The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated therefore by means of rubber, vibration-absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure. Sound isolation systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices will not be acceptable. B. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable UL and NEC standards. C. The transformer enclosures shall be ventilated and be fabricated of heavy gauge, sheet steel construction. The entire enclosure shall be finished utilizing a continuous process consisting of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a polymer polyester powder coating and baking cycle to provide uniform coating of all edges and surfaces. The coating shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The coating color shall be ANSI 49. D. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50°C rise above a 40°C ambient. E. Sound levels shall be warranted by the manufacturer not to exceed the following: 15 to 50kVAm45db; ,51 to 150kVA-- 50db; 151 to 300kVAm 55db; 301 to 500kVA- 60db; 501 to 700kVA-- 62db; 701 to 1000kVA-- 64db; 1001 to 1500kVA-- 6§db; 1501 to 2000kVA-- 66db Note: Lower sound levels may be desirable for critical areas such as hospitals, schools or office areas. Contact your local Square D representative for specific recommendations. PART 4 ACCESSORIES 4.1 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES A. [Provide weathershields for units ID// 750kVA max.] B. [Provide wall mounting brackets for units ID# ~ 75kVA max.] C. [Provide ceiling mounting brackets for units ID# ~ 225kVA max.] PART 5 STANDARDS GENERAL LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS - SECTION 16323 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 5.1 APPLICABLE STANDARDS A. All insulating materials are to be in accordance with NEMA ST20 Standards for 220°C UL component recognized insulation system. Transformers are to be manufactured and tested in accordance with ANSI Standards C57.12.01 and C57.12.91. B. Transformers of 500kVA or smaller shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratory. PART 6 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS 6.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Transformers shall be as manufactured by the Square D Company. B. Suppliers asking consideration as an approved equal shall submit complete, warranted performance data and physical dimensions for similar transformers. Data shall be submitted for each size specified, and shall be received by the consulting engineer no less than 10 days prior to the bid due date for considerations. END OF SECTION 16323 93113323.spc GENERAL LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS- SECTION 16323 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16461 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 1 and Division 16 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE A. This portion of the work includes all labor, materials, equipment and accessories required to furnish and install dry type transformers as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. KVA sizes, voltages, and taps shall be shown on the electrical plans or on the transformer schedule. Primary taps shall be full capacity, with a minimum of 2 - 2 1/2% above and below rated voltage. B. All tr. ansformers shall have a maximum temperature rise of 150 degrees C above a 40 degree C ambient. All insulating materials used, to be in accordance with ANSI C57.12.01 Standard for a 220 degree C insulation system. The temperature rise shall be designed on the transformer nameplate. C. The coil design shall be the modified disc type to provide the most efficient, reliable and compact winding. 13. The completed coils shall be pre-heated, vacuum impregnated with non- hygroscopic, thermosetting insulation varnish, and then thoroughly baked. This process shall completely seal the coils against moisture, and eliminate any voids which could create hot spots, or cause corona formation. E. The transformer cores are to be constructed of high grade, non-aging silicon steel laminations with high magnetic permeability, and Iow hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point. The core laminations shall be clamped together with heavy, structural steel angles. F; The enclosure shall be constructed of heavy gauge sheet steel. All ventilating openings shall be in accordance with NEMA and California Electrical Code standards for ventilated enclosures. Large enclosures are to be provided with lifting devices bolted or welded to the base structure, and shall have jacking pads designed to be flush with the enclosure. The base is to be constructed of structural steel members to permit skidding or rolling in any direction. The DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS - SECTION 16461 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/EmergencyGenerator enclosure is to be cleaned, phosphatized, primed and finished with gray, baked enamel G. Where shown on the plans the transformers shall be integrated into the switchboard enclosures° PART 3 - EXECUTION ~3,'.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine area to receive transformer assure adequate clearance for transformer installation, B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities, C, Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected, 3,2 INSTALLATION: · . A. Install Transformer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and CEC. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Field test prior to energization: 1. Megger check of phase and phase to ground insulation levels. 2. Continuity, 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement, B. Tighten lug connections and mechanical fasteners. C, Tough-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish, 'END OF SECTION 16461 93113461 .spc DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS- SECTION 16461 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/EmergencyGenerator SECTION 16464 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. All of the work under this Section of the Specifications is subject to the General, Supplementary and Special Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections preceding this Section and this Contract shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 1.2 SCOPE: A. This portion of the work includes all labor, materials, equipment and accessories required to furnish and install dry type K Factor transformers as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Transformers are to be UL Listed, International Transformer Corporation or approved equal. B. The Transformers shall be specifically designed, U.L. listed and labeled stating "Suitable for Non-Sinusoidal Current Loads; with a K Factor as shown on the drawings". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. GENERAL: A. Transformers shall be 3 phase, 60 Hertz. Primary winding shall be Delta connected and secondary winding shall be Wye connected. B. The temperature rise at rated voltage and full load shall not exceed 150 degrees C with a 220 degrees C U.L. Component Recognized Insulation System. C. The windings shall be Copper. D. The higher voltage winding shall have a quantity (2) FCAN and (4) FCBN -2.5% taps for units above 500 KVA. E. A copper electroStatic shield shall be inserted between the primary and secondary windings. F. The secondary neutral terminal shall be twice the ampacity of the secondary phase terminal. DRY TYPE TRAI~SFORMERS - SECTION 16464 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator G. The Basic Impulse Level of all windings shall be 10 KV. The core flux density shall be well below the saturation point to prevent core saturation caused by the harmonics even with a 10% primary overvoltage, I. Transformer enclosure shall be suitable for both indoor and outdoor installation, up to and including 300 KVA 80 degrees C rise and 500 KVA 150 degrees C rise. J. Transformer primary and secondary terminals shall be front connected for ease of installation and maintenance. In addition to UL 1561 listing of the transformer, all units shall meet or exceed ANSI, IEEE and NEMA standards, including the sound lever° Certified tests indicating compliance with these standards shall be provided when requested, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine area to receive transformer to assure adequate clearance for transformer installation, B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities. C. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install transformer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and NEC. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A, Field test prior to energization: 1. Megger check of phase and phase to ground insulation levels. 2. Continuity. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Tighten lug connections and mechanical fasteners. · C. Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS - SECTION 16464 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16470 - DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS " PART I - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish and install the service entrance and distribution switchboard as herein specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings. The switchboard shall meet Underwriters' Laboratories enclosure requirements, and be furnished with an Underwriter's Laboratories label. The entire switchboard is to be the convertible circuit breaker type. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standard Institute (ANSI). 2. ANSI C37.20 (1974 edition) Switchgear Assemblies. 3. ANSI Y32.2-197§,Graphic symbols for electrical and electrical diagrams. 4. ANSI Z55.1-1967 (R1973) Gray finishes for industrial apparatus and equipment. 5.. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 6. NEMA PB2-1972, Dead front switchboards. 7. Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated'(UL). 6, UL Electrical Construction Materials List, Switchboards- Dead Front Type (384 W4) WEVZ. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Layouts showing concrete pad dimensions conduit entrance and available space, bus duct connections, electrical ratings nameplate nomenclature, and single-line diagrams in accordance with ANSI-Y32.2 indicating connections and controls. 2. Current transformer compartment dimensions, bus bar size, arrangement and spacing, doors, and ceiling provisions. B. Product Data: DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS - SECTION 16470 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 1. Manufacturer's written recommendations for storage and protection, installation instructions, and field test requirements. C. Certificates: 1. Power company's written approval of pull section current transformer compartment and related items. D. Operations and Maintenance Date: 1. Manufacturer's instructions for tightening bus connections, performing cleaning, and operating and maintaining switchboard. E. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Lift switchboard using eyes, yokes and skids shall be provided by manufacturer. 2. Physically protect switchboard against damage from work of weather and other trades. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION A. Enclosure: The switchboard shall be dead-front with front accessibility required. The switchboard framework shall consist of steel Channels bolted to the frame to rigidly support the entire shipping section for moving on rollers and floor mounting. The framework is to be formed of code gauge steel, rigidly welded  together to support all :cover plates, bussing and component devices. B. Each switchboard section shall have an open bottom and an individual removable top plate for installation and termination of conduit. Top and bottom conduit areas are to be clearly shown and dimensioned on the shop drawings. The wireway front covers shall be hinged to permit easy access to the branch circuit breaker load side terminals. The paint finish shall be medium light gray. ANSI #49, applied by the electrodeposition process over an iron phosphate pre- treatment (A NEMA 3 R enclosure for the switchboard shall be provided). C. Bussing: The switchboard bussing shall be of sufficient cross-sectional area to meet UL Standard 891 on temperature rise. Through bus shall be extruded aluminum plated by Alstan 70 or 80 degree process. The through bus shall have an ampacity as shown and shall be braced to have a short circuit current rating of 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes at rated voltage. The through bus supports, connections and joints are to be bolted with hex head bolts and Belleville washers to minimize maintenance requirements. D. Short Circuit Current Rating: Each switchboard, as a complete unit, shall be given a single short circuit rating by the manufacturer. Such a rating shall be DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS - SECTION 16470 - 2. San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator established by actual tests by the manufacturer, in accordance with UL specifications, on equipment constructed similarly to the subject switchboard. E. Main Circuit Breaker: The main device shall be molded case circuit breaker totally front accessible and front connectable. Line side circuit breaker connections are to be jaw type plug-on. F. Branch Circuit Breakers: Group mounted molded case circuit breakers are to be totally front accessible. The circuit breakers are to be mounted in the switchboard to permit installation, maintenance and testing without reaching over any line side bussing. The circuit breakers are to be removable by the disconnection of only the load side cable terminations and all line and load side connections are to be individual to each circuit breaker. No common mounting brackets or electrical bus connectors will be acceptable. Line side circuit breaker connections rare to be jaw type plug-on. Each circuit breaker is to be furnished with an externally operable mechanical means to trip the circuit breaker, enabling maintenance personnel to verify the ability of the circuit breaker trip mechanism to operate as well as exercise the circuit breaker operating mechanisms. G. Metering Compartment: The utility current transformer compartment as shown shall .be located in the service entrance section of the switchboard, connected for m.etering. Provisions for current transformers meeting utility specifications shall be supplied. The compartment shall be barriered with sealing provisions. All front plates used for mounting meters, instrument transfer switches or other front mounted devices shall be hinged with all wiring installed and laced with flexibility at the hinged side. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Switchboard designed to comply with NEMA PB2, Type I for normal indoor conditions and Type 3R where located exterior to building. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine area to receive switchboard to assure adequate clearance for switchboard installation. B. Check that concrete pads are level and free of irregularities. C. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS - SECTION 16470 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install switchboard in accordance with man0facturer's written instruction and CEC. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Field test prior to energizatiom B. Megger check of phase and phase to ground insulation levels. C. Continuity. D. Short circuit. E. Perform tests according to switch board manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust operating mechanism for free mechanical movement. B. Tighten bus connections and mechanical fasteners. C. TouCh-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. End of Section 16470 93113470.spc DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS - SECTION 16470 - 4 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16471 - DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. All of the work under this Section of the Specifications is subject to the General, Supplementary and Special Conditions and other Division 1 Specifications Sections preceding this Section and this~ Contract shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish and install the distribution panelboards herein specified and shown on the associated electrical drawings. They shall meet underwriters' Laboratories requirements, and be furnished with an Underwriters' Laboratories label. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) a. ANSI C37.20 (1974 edition) Switchgear Assemblies. b. ANSI Y32.2-1975, Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams. c. ANSI Z55.1-1967,(R 1973) Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. 2. National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA) a. NEMA #250 and #1. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated (UL) a. UL Electrical Standards No. 67, PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: A. Distribution panelboards shall be equipped with thermal magnetic, molded case circuit breakers of frame and trip ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule or as hereinafter specified, DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHES - SECTION 16471 - 1 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator' B. Distribution panelboard bus structure and main lugs shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Ground busses shall be provided. C. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other° Large permanent, individual circuit numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between "ON" and "OFF". Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers. Circuit breakers shall be: 1. 15 through 100, Type FA 2. 110 through 225, Type KA 3. 250 through 400, Type LA 4. 450 through 800, Type MA D. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have an integrated equipment short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the maximum available fault current at the panelboard. E. Panelboard assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The rigidity and gauge of steel to be as specified in UL standard 50 for cabinets. The size of wiring gutters shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67. Cabinets to be equipped with latch and tumbler-lock on door of trim. Doors over 48" lone shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. End walls shall be removable. Fronts shall be primed and finished with baked enamel. Indoor panelboards shall be NEMA I construction and outdoor panelboard shall be NEMA 3R raintight construction. F. Distribution panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and shall bear the UL label. 2.2 SAFETY SWITCHES: A. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the OFF position when the door is open. Switches shall be of dead-front construction with permanently attached arc suppressors hinged or otherwise attached to permit easy access to line side lugs without removal of the arc suppressor. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper and/or aluminum cables and front removable. All current carrying parts shall be plated by electrolytic processes. Ground lugs shall be provided. B. Switches shall have a quick-make and quick-break operating handle and mechanism which shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover. Switches DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHES - SECTION 16471 - 2 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator shall have a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the ON position or closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. C. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless specified as NEMA 3R (raintight) on the plans. Covers on NEMA 1 enclosures shall be attached with pin type hinges. Raintight covers shall be securable in the open position. NEMA 3R switches through 200 amperes shall be provided with closing caps and have provisions for interchangeable hubs and these hubs shall be provided as indicated on the plans. Enclosures shall be of code gauge (UL 98) sheet steel (NEMA 1) or code gauge (UL 98) galvanized steel (NEMA 3R). They shall be treated with a rust-inhibiting phosphate and finished in gray baked enamel. D. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 250 or 600 volts AC or DC, and also be service entrance rated where required. Switches shall be Square D Heavy Duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Properly align panelboards and safety switches and adequately support independent of the connecting raceways. Provide all steel shapes and appurtenances necessary for the support of the equipment. B. Where panelboards are installed during construction, place temporary covers over the openings at all times, except when work is being performed therein. END OF SECTION 16471 93113471 .spc DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS AND SWITCHES - SECTION 16471 - 3 San Joaquin Community Hospital/Emergency Generator SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING PART I -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. All of the work under this Section of the Specifications is subject to the General, Supplementary and Special Conditions and other Division 1 Specifications Sections preceding this Section and this Contract shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements thereunder. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED: A. The work under this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment and accessories required to furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings and catalog cuts for approval with sufficient information to determine compliance with drawings and specifications. Include electrical ratings, voltage, dimensions, mounting, material, required clearances, termini~tions, wiring and connection diagrams, photometric data, ballasts, lenses, louvers, lamps and controls. When catalog data and/or shop drawings for fluorescent fixtures are submitted for approval, photometric data including candle power distribution curves from an independent testing laboratory shall be included with the submittal, indicating average brightness and efficiency of the fixture. Coefficient of utilization data will not be considered a suitable substitute: PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: A. Lighting fixtures shall have all the frames, trims, back boxes and fittings necessary for complete and proper installation. All fixtures shall be wired from outlet to socket with #14 fixtures wire per CEC. B. All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type specified. All incandescent fixtures 300 watts and larger shall have mogul sockets unless specified otherwise. C. All pendant stem mounting fixtures shall be supplied with swivel hanger with airplane cable supplementing earthquake support and canopy assemblies providing 45 degree swiveling at top in any direction from plumb and meeting all requirements of the Office of the State Architect and Table 2-23-J-Part B, Title 24. Pendant fixtures with physical obstructions within a 45 degree swing shall be restrained by cable, or other, from striking the obstruction. LIGHTING- SECTION 16500- 1 D. All swivel and canopy assemblies shall be suitable for the type of conduit mounting (surface or concealed) or the type of ceiling construction employed. E. Fixtures shall have special stem length to give the mounting height indicated on the drawings or as hereinafter specified. Stem shall be one piece without coupling and shall be finished the same color as the canopy unless noted otherwise. The Contractor shall check all Iocknuts and set screws to rigidly secure the socket to the stem and the stem to the outlet box. F. All fixtures of one type shall be of one manufacture and of identical finish and appearance. G. The catalog numbers in the fixture schedule shall be to establish the type or class of the fixture with a particular manufacturer only. The fixture length. =, number of lamps, component materials, accessories and all other features required to fulfill the total description of the fixture based on all drawing and specification information shall be complied with regardless of whether or not the catalog number specifically includes the features. If any conflict exists between the catalog number and the description, the Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with the Architect prior to submittal of his bid or furnish the fixture to meet the intent as later interpreted by the Architect without change in contract price. H. HID fixtures shall have integral factory installed 600 volt fuse holder and fuse. I. All recessed incandescent fixtures shall be UL approved and labeled for the ceiling construction as specified. The contractor shall verify ceiling type and provide the proper UL approved fixture... J. Photo cells shall be of the integrally mounted "fail on" type. K. For recessed fixtures the catalog numbers are generally for plaster installation The Contractor shall verify the ceiling condition for each recessed fixture and provide the proper mOunting accessories required for the ceiling condition. All fixtures mounted in plastered ceilings shall be equipped with plaster frames. L. Recessed incandescent and H.I.D~ fixtures must have Underwriters' Laboratories labeling for through wiring in recessed installation with plaster frame and attached pull box. M. Fixture catalog numbers specified are for individual units. Where two or more units are combined for continuous row installation, the Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary accessories for the indicated requirements. N. All recessed fluorescent fixtures shall be painted after fabrication with baked white enamel paint, minimum 85% reflectance. O. All recessed fluorescent fixtures shall have hinge and latch doors with spring LIGHTING - SECTION 16500- 2 loaded latches. Doors shall be capable of hinging from either side. Hinges shall be heavy gauge T-hinge welded or riveted to door frame for maximum rigidity. Fixture, door frame, and lens mounting shall be designed to insure elimination of light leaks. P. There shall be a minimum of six hold down clips between door frame and lens so as to prevent lens bowing and rattle. 2.2 FABRICATION: A. Sheet meal shall be formed to prevent warping and sagging. Housing, trim and lens frame shall be true straight (unless intentionally curved) and parallel to each other. B. Wireways and fittings shall be free of burrs and sharp edges and shall accommodate internal and branch circuit wiring without damage to the wiring. 2.3 LENSES: A. Shall be 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed, crystal glass and shall have not less than 1/8 inch of average thickness. B. Unless other wise specified lenses and diffusers shall be retained firmly in a metal frame by clips or clamping ring in such a:manner as to alloW expansion and contraction of the lens without distortion or cracking. 2.4 BALLASTS AND FLORESCENT FIXTURES: A. Shall be UL Class P, rapid starting type, with automatic-resetting, internal, thermal protection and conform to ETL-CBM label requirements. B. Power factors shall be not less than 90 percent. Capacitors in ballasts shall not contain PCB's or other fluids recognized as hazardous. C. Sound ratings shall be A, except for sizes not available with A ratings, as standard products from any manufacturer. Ballasts which are not available with A ratings shall have the quietest ratings available. D. Two lamp ballasts shall be energy-saving electronic type, UL listed to operate F32T8 rapid start lamps. Input watts to ballast shall not exceed 64 watts at 120 volts or 66 watts at 277 volts. Energy saving electronic type ballast should not be used in ambient temperatures below manufacturer's recommendations. E. Ballasts for lighting fixtures controlled by dimming devices shall conform to the recommendations of the manufacturer of the associated dimming devices to assure satisfactory operation of the lighting systems, and shall be the product of one manufacturer. LIGHTING - SECTION 16500- 3 F. All ballasts serving straight or "U" type lamps, nominal three feet (socket to socket) or longer in tube length, shall be mounted by two non~turning studs or captive bolts firmly secured against the fixture body (or wireway) to maximize dissipation of heat and minimize noise. Nuts and Iockwashers, or locking type nuts shall be employed. G.. Ballasts shall be serviceable while the fixture is in its normally installed position, and shall not be mounted to removable reflectors or wireway covers unless so specified. 2.5 BALLASTS FOR HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE FIXTURES: A. Shall have individual overcurrent protection sized in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Shall be the constant wattage, high power factor type or the reactor high power factor type. Capacitors shall not contain PCB (Polychlorinated Biphenyl) fluids or other fluids recognized as hazardous when discharged into the environment. C. Shall not have less than B sound ratings for interior fixtures, when available. Ballasts which are not available with B ratings shall be of the next standard rating. 2.6 LAMPS: A. All lamps shall be new, for voltage and wattage indicated. They shall be manufactured by General Electric or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp. B. Fluorescent lamps shall be 3500K,CRI of 75 min bi-pin, rapid-start, T-8, 48 inches, 32 watt, 265.m.a. Lamps shall have a lumen output virtually equal to that of conventional lamps with conventional ballasts when used in conjunction with the ballasts herein after specified. 36 inch long lamps shall be 25 watt, 3500 k, rapid-start equal to Sylvania designer 835 or G.E. SPX35 series. C. High output fluorescent lamps shall be recessed, double contact base, rapid-start, 800 m.a. 96 inch lamps shall be 95 watt, Lite-White, equal to General Electric Watt Miser II, with light output virtually equal to that of conventional lamps with conventional ballasts when used with the ballasts hereinbefore specified. 48 inch lamps shall be 60 watt of the color to match the Lite-White lamp color as closely as possible. D. Reflector lamps shall be PAR-38 or R-40 as required unless otherwise specified hereinafter under "Fixture Types". E. Mercury vapor lamps shall be Deluxe White or Brite White Deluxe phosphor coated Bonus-Line with proper base and configuration for the fixture being furnished. LIGHTING - SECTION 16500- 4 F. Metal halide lamps indoor use shall be phosphor coated 3000kwith minimum CRI of 70. Lamps shall be replaced if there is any noticeable color difference. G. Clear or coated metal halide and HPS lamps shall be furnished per manufacturer's recommendations. HPS lamps shall be of the proper burning position. 2.7 FIXTURE TYPES: A. Shall be as shown in fixture schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Installation shall be in accordance with the NEC, and as shown on the drawings. B. Align, mount and level the lighting fixtures uniformly. C. Avoid interference with and provide clearance for equipment. Where the indicated locations for the lighting fixtures conflict with the locations for equipment, change the locations for the lighting fixtures by the minimum distances necessary as approved by the Resident Engineer. D. For suspended lighting fixtures, the mounting heights shall provide the clearances between the bottoms of the fixtures and the finished floors as shown on the drawings. E. When installed, any exposed fixture housing surface, trim frame, door frame and lens frame shall be free of light leaks; lens doors shall close in a light tight manner. F. Hinged door closure frames shall operate smoothly without binding when the fixture is in the installed position, and latches shall function easily by finger action without the use of tools. 3.2 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORTS: A. Shall provide support for all of the fixtures. Supports for recessed fixtures shall be anchored to channels of the ceiling construction, to the structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling Surface mounted fixtures shall be anchored to ceiling joints. B. Shall maintain the fixture positions after cleaning and relamping. C. Shall support the lighting fixtures without causing the ceiling or partition to deflect. D. All fixtures mounting devices connecting fixtures to the ceiling by stem to LIGHTING - SECTION 16500- 5 building structure shall have a capacity for a horizontal force of 100 percent of the fixture weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of the fixture weight. E. Mounting devices shall clamp the fixture to the ceiling system structure (main grid runners or fixture framing cross runners) at four points' in such a manner as to resist spreading of these supporting members. Each support point device shall utilize a screw or approved hardware to "lock" the fixture housing to the ceiling system, restraining the fixture from movement in any direction relative to the ceiling. The screw (size No. 10 minimum) or approved hardware shall pass through the ceiling member (T-bar, channel or spline), or it may extend over the inside of the flange of the channel (or spline) which faces away from the fixture, in a manner which prevents any fixture movement. F. Fixtures less than 25 pounds in weight and occupying less than one square foot of ceiling area may, (when designed for the purpose) be supported directly from the outlet box when all the following conditions are met. G. Screws attaching the fixture to the outlet box pass through round holes (no key- hole slots) in the fixture body. H. The outlet box is supported vertically and horizontally from the building structure. I. Fixtures mounted in open construction shall be secured directly to the building structure with aPproved bolting and clamping devices. END OF SECTION 16500 93113500.spc LIGHTING - SECTION 16500- 6